Bus BAr

Commissioning Service Department
Commissioning Standard Test Formats

Description : Introduction
Sheet : Page 1 of 822
INTRODUCTION
The test formats are one of the important documents during testing and
commissioning working in transmission projects. Up to date there is no reference
test formats cover the most of power system equipments, nevertheless an
intensive effort been conducted in order to introduce the test formats presented
in this section.
Commissioning Reference Test Formats is the reference of test formats on site

for contractors, SEC-Project Department and SEC-CSD.The Commissioning
Reference Test Formats follows the TCS-P-105-R1, SEC standard specifications
and international specifications. Therefore, contractor and CSD should use this
Commissioning Reference Test Formats as an approval guide for recording
results of testing any equipment on site.
Contractor engineer should ensure that the test kits used are as per the
international market Standards and calibrated up to date. All signed test formats
should be kept in substation for future reference and for routine maintenance.
The Commissioing Refrence Test Formats divided into tow parts:

Part 1: Equipments Test Formats.
Part 2: Protection Test Formats. (Aux Relays, Main Relays, Protection
Relays & Devices and C.T.Testing, Functional checks for all panels and
schemes, Stability and sensitivity Tests, End to End Tests, on load
Measurement and Substation Automation System)
All test formats covered in this document are for minimum requirement of testing
of equipments.
Note: - Some functions in digital relays and devices probably not used on some
sites; but the commissioning Refrence Test Formats includes all test formats for
most of the functions in these digital relays and devices. CSD engineers should
make sure which functions in these relays or devices to be tested through
reviewing approved drawings, protection requirement and final setting. It is not
necessary to test any function that not specified or mentioned in approved
drawing, protection requirement or final setting.
PURPOSE:
1. To provide the common test formats for most of the electric power
equipments.
2. To Provide Guidelines for the witnessing Engineers or technicians to
record test results at site during the pre – commissioning test period.
Description : Introduction
3. Limitation of tests on site should be informed and notified to Technical

support and co-ordination Division.
NEW TEST FORMAT APPROVAL PROCEDURE FOR NEW EQUIPMENT NOT

LISTED HERE
1. Contractor should send new test format for new equipment or device to
project department for revision.
2. SEC Project department will send the test format to CSD-technical support
&coordination division to review and approve and they will collect new test
formats to add to Commissioning Reference Test Formats.
3. Technical support &coordination division send the updated reference test
formats to SEC Standard and Specification Department to approve and
update.
4. The Commissioing Reference Test Formats is a part of project documents.
Flow Chart
CONTRACTOR sends new test format to

SEC project department SEC PROJECT DEPARTMENT sends to
1
contractor to change the test format
6'
SEC PD sends test format to CSD-technica support &
2 coordination division
CSD-technica support & coordination division
sends to SEC PROJECT DEPARTMENT change
CSD-technica support & coordination division revises and the test format
5'
3 evaluates test format
CSD-technica support &

Test format coordination division modify test Test format NO
NO
is OK format modified
4'
YES
YES
CSD-technica support & coordination division SEC-STANDARD AND SPEICIFICATION DEPARTMENT
approve test format approve updated Commissioning Refrence Test Formats
4
7
CSD-technica support & coordination division

add test format to Commissioning Reference CSD-technica support & coordination division send
Test Formats and update updated Commissioning Refrence Test Formats to SEC-
5
6 STANDARD AND SPEICIFICATION DEPARTMENT
Description : Part 1 Equipment Test Format
INDEX
INTRODUCTION 1
PART1: Equipment Formats 6
A.C. Distribution Panels 7
Auxiliary Transformer 12
Capacitor Banks 16
D.C.Distribution Panels 18
Gas Insulated Switchgear 23
Power Cables 42
High voltage power Cables 42
Low voltage power Cables 50
Medium Voltage Cables. 52
Medium Voltage Switchgear 54
Neutral Current Transformer (Cap Bank Associated) 76
Neutral Voltage Transformer (Cap Bank Associated) 79
Over Head Line 81
Power transformer 86
Ring Main Unit 105
Shunt Reactor 109
Series Reactor (Cap Bank Associated) 118
Surge Arrester (Cap Bank Associated) 120
Analogue Maximum Demand Ammeter 122
Analogue Mvar Meter 124
Analogue MW Meter 126
Analogue Voltmeter 128
Current Transducer 130
D.C. Ammeter 131
Digital Ammeter 132
Digital power meter 133
Power Transducer 135
PART2: Protection Test Formats 136
Auxiliary Relays 137
D.C. Operated Relay Auto Rest 138
DC auxiliary relay Electrical Reset 140
Trip Circuit Supervision Relay 142
D.C.Timer 144
Main Protection Relays 146
High Impedance REF Relay Argus 1 – 7SG11 147
High Impedance Diff Protection RADHD 154
High Impedance Diff Protection MFAC 34 157
High Impedance Diff Relay RADHA 161
Low Impedance Bus Bar Protection Relay 7SS 522 165

Line Differential Protection Relay P – 543 181
Pilot Wire Differential Relay RADHL 198
Pilot wire Differential Relay MBC 101 202
Transformer Differential Protection RET 670 205
Static High Impedance Circulating current Bus Bar Protection Relay DAD 222
Transformer Biased Differential Relay 7UT 613 225
Transformer Differential Relay RADSB 243
Transformer Differential Protection P633 248
Transformer Biased Differential Relay DUOBIAS – M 259
Distance Protection Relay – P443 266
Line Differential protection – RED 670 288
Line Distance and Directional Earth Fault Protection 7SA522 311
Numerical Distance Protection Relay REL – 670 341
Numerical Line Differential Protection Relay 7SD – 522 357
Protection Relays & Devices 379
Annunciator 380
Auto Reclosing Relay 382
Voltage Regulating Relay TAPCON – 240 385
Capacitor Bank Protection Relay SEL – 451 393
Circuit Breaker Fail Relay 412
Directional O/C & E/F Relay 416
Fault Recorders & Locators IDM (Hathway) 424
Inter Trip Send \ Receive Relay GCM – O5 430
Neutral Residual U\V & O\V Relay Argus – 8 433
O\C & E\F Relay 442
Synchro Check Relay 447
U\F & O\F Relay 457
U\V & O\V Relay (27 \ 59) 464
Voltage Regulating Relay SPAU - 341C 469
Panel Functional Check Formats 477
Functional checks of Bus Coupler Bay D - 130 478
Functional checks of Bus Section Bay D - 120 484
Functional checks of Transformer Bay D - 492
Functional checks of feeder Bay D - 599
Functional checks of R&P Panel For Bus Coupler 506
Functional checks of R&P Panel For Bus Section 516
Functional checks of R&P Panel For Feeder 525
Functional checks of R&P Panel For Transformer 534
Functional checks of AVC panel 544
Functional Checks of Meduim Voltage Switchgear Feeder Panel 552
Functional Checks of MV Switchgear Incomer panel 560
Functional checks of Medium Voltage Bus section panel 567
Functional Checks of Medium Voltage Bus Earthing ---------- panel 576

Functional checks of Load Shedding panel 580
Functional Checks of DCDB Panel 588
Functional Checks of ACDB Panel 592
Functional checks of BBP Panels and CBF Scheme Checks 597
Functional checks of ACSE /ABTS / TOP Panel 614
Functional checks of Transformer Marshalling Kiosk panel 630
Functional checks of Of (ACCS) Panel For 13.8 kv / 7 Mvar 633
Functional checks of Of (ACCS) Panel For 33 kv / 10 Mvar 641
CT Tesing 649
CT Loop Resistance Test Formats 650
CT Primary InjectionTests 652
IPCT Tests 655
Stability Testing 661
Transformer Differential & REF Stability and Sensitivity Test 662
High Impedance Bus Bar Protection Stability And Sensitivity Test 674
Stuck Breaker Stability And Sensitivity Test 680
End To End Test 686
End to End Test – MBC1 687
End to End Test Distance Relay 691
End to End Test Line / Cable Differential 693
End to End Test - BB & CBF Relay 697
On Load Test 698
On Load Measurements 699
On Load test – MBC 1 701
On Load Test – DEF 702
On Load Test – BBP 704
SAS 707
BCU 708
IED OR I/O BOX 717
SAS Station-HMI 720
PART 1
EQUIPMENTS TEST FORMATS
Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

Equip. No. Drawing ref.: Sheet : Page 7 of 822
Contractor : Contract no.: Substation No :
1. General data & information:
Serial no
Panel no
Panel designation
Make
Circuit reference
2. Mechanical checks & visual inspection:
As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.33.1
Item Description Status

1 Inspect for physical damage / defects including quality of paint work
2 Verify correct ratings of each circuit breaker as per design drawings
3 Check tightness of all bolted connections by torque wrench method
4 Inspect and verify ACDB Rating plate ,check bus - bar rating, short
circuit with stand current and main MCCB’s rating at 55 Degree
Centigrade
5 Check for proper grounding connections using torque wrench method
6 Verify all front panel mounted Devices are installed per layout and are
correctly labeled
3. Electrical test: As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.33.2
3.1. Insulation Test:
Applied voltage: 1000V Duration: 1min.
Connection Measured insulation value Remarks

L1-E
L2-E
L3-E
L1-L2
L2-L3
L3-L1
Criteria:
Tested by Witnessed by
Name:
Signature:
Date:

3.2. Main Circuit Resistance Test:
Circuit Reference Measured Resistance (µΩ)
From To R Y B
Criteria:
3.3. MCB Testing:
Injected Current:
MCB Details Operating Time Aux.

Item Pane MCB
Type Curve No. of Rated Injected Time contact
no. l Ref. Ref.
ref. type Poles Current current (Sec) s
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3.4. MCCB Testing:
Injected Current
Name:
Signature:
Date:

MCB Details Operating Time

Panel MCB Aux.
Item Type Rated Injected Time
Ref. Ref. Settings contacts
ref. Current current (Sec)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3.5. A.C. Ammeter Test: (by secondary injection)
Observed
Injected
meter Calculated meter % Error
secondary DC Remarks
Reading (A) reading (At Full scales)
voltage (mv)
(Fixed)
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale

Reading x 100
3.6. A.C. Milli Ammeter Test: (by secondary injection):
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Injected Observed
secondary meter Calculated % Error
Remarks
DC Current reading (A) meter reading (At Full scales)
(mA) (FIXED)
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale reading

x 100
3.7. A.C. Voltmeter Test: (by secondary injection)
Observed
Injected
meter Calculated % Error
secondary Remarks
reading (A) meter reading (At Full scales)
voltage (V)
(Fixed)
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale reading

X 100
3.8. High Voltage Test:
3.8.1. General Data and Information:
Section: System:
Type Frequency:
Make
3.8.2. INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST:
*** All MCBS in open condition

Applied Voltage = Time Duration =
Name:
Signature:
Date:

. R – (Y+B+E) Y –(R+B+E) B –(R+Y+E)

Before HV
test
After HV
test
3.8.3. BUS BAR HIGH VOLTAGE TEST:
***All MCB’S In Open Condition

Applied voltage= 2 kV AC Time duration =
Injected Connected to Neon voltage indicators Leakage Current in mA

Phase Earth OK/Not OK 15S 30S 45S 60S
R Y+B
Y B+R
B R+Y
4. Test Equipment Used:
Item Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Calibration

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Auxilliary Transformer Tests Record No. :

1. Name Plate Details

SL. NO. :
Make :
Power Capacity :
Voltage Rating :
Vector Group :
% Impedance at Nominal Tap:
Normal Tap :
Frequency : 60 HZ
Primary Current :
Secondary Current :
NO. of Taps :
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection
Item Description Remarks

1 Inspect For Physical Damage/Defects
2 Check Nameplates data against contract specifications
Check colour, earthing, painting ,external damage, oil leakage, wheel
3
stopper, cable connection and bolt tightness.etc
Check all Position of the off load tap - changer with its indications and
4
alarms
5 Check all devices are labeled correctly as per drawing
3. Insulation Resistance & Polarization Index Test

Insulation Checked With 5kV MEGGER
Time HV-LV HV- Earth. LV- Earth. Remarks

30 Sec.
1 min
2min
3 min
4 min
5 min
6 min
7 min
8 min
9 min
10 min
P.I.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

NOTE: Polarization Index = IR Value at 10 min. / IR Value at 1 min
4. Winding Resistance Test
Amb Temp.: ⁰C
4.1. HV Winding
Tap Position Measured Value (Ohm) Mean Factory

HV side Mean Value @ Value @ Remarks
(ohm) 75°C(ohm) 75°C (ohm)
R-Y Y-B B-R
1
2
3
4
5
4.2. LV Winding
Mean Value Factory Test

r–y y-b b-r Mean Remark
@ 75°C Value @ 75°C
Temperature correction formula:

R @ 75°C = (235 + 75 / 235 + Tm) x Rm
Where, Rm = Measured value of resistance
Tm = Temp. During measurement
5. Magnetizing Current
Condition: 1. three phase voltages applied on HV side, by keeping

LV side open.
2. Current measurement carried at HV terminals.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Magnetizing Current in m A at Primary

TAP Applied Voltage @ Primary Winding (V)
Winding
No.
R-Y Y-B B-R IR IY IB
1
2
3
4
5
6. Vector Group:
Tap No.
Connect (R) to (r)
Apply 3 Phase balance supply to HV side.
Drawing:
Measured voltages following
R Y B N r y b
R × × × × × × ×
Y × × × × × ×
B × × × × ×
N × × × ×
r × × ×
y × ×
b ×
n
Result: Vector Group _________
7. Calibration of Oil Temperature Sensors
Start Temp. Reading: OTI = °C
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Item Standard Thermometer Reading (°C) Main TR. OTI Reading (°C)
1
2
3
4
5
8. Ratio Test
primary Sec Calc. R - Phase Y - Phase B - Phase

Tap Volts Volts Ratio Measured % E Measured % E Measured %E
1
2
3
4
5
9. Insulating Oil Dielectric Strength Test
According to IEC 156, Electrode Gap is set at 2.5 mm and for transformers in service
with maximum operating voltage up to 36kV the minimum breakdown voltage is to be
40kV.
Number of Trials Breakdown Voltage (KV) Remarks

Sample 1 Sample 2
Average Reading.
Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:

ITEM Description Make Equipment Sl. Calibration Calibration

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : DC Distribution Panel Record No. :
1. General Data & Information:
Sl. No. :
Make :
Type :
Power Capacity :
Voltage Rating :
Connection Type :
Frequency : 60 HZ
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection:
(As per TCS – P – 105, REV -01, Item No – 3.41.1)

Inspect For Defects And Physical Damage From Shipping And
1
Handling
2 Check Nameplates Information For Correctness
3 Check For Overall Body Deformation
Check Tightness Of All Bolted Connections (By Torque Wrench
4
Method)
5 Check Leakage for Any Cell Of Capacitors
6 Check That All Grounding Cables Are Securely Connected
7 Check Any Damaged Paint in Capacitors
8 Check Surge Arrestor Connections
9 Check Banking Configuration as Per Drawings
Check Mounting Racks & Supporting Insulators, Structures For
10
Defects Such As Cracked Welds, Chipped Porcelain Etc.
Check Supporting Structure for Each Phase Grounded At Two
11
Diagonally Opposite Legs
Verify Capacitor Bank Neutral Grounding As Specified (Single Point
12
Ground or Peripheral Grounding)
13 Check Capacitor Bushing Tightness and Bird Proof Capes
14 Check for Bushing Cracks
15 Check Proper Termination
16 Check CT Location Physically
17 Check VT Location Physically
3. Capacitor Bank Test:

Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Electrical Test: (As per TCS – P – 105 ,Item No – 3.41.2)
3.1.1. Insulation Test:
Insulation Checked With 5kV for 1 Min
R – Phase Y – Phase B – Phase. Remarks
Criteria:
3.1.2. Capacitance Measurement Test:
Capacitor Serial No’s Measured Insulation

No Resistance Deviation
capacitance
(µғ) (GΩ)
R - Phase
1
2
3
Y – Phase
1
2
3
B – Phase
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Criteria:
4. Test Equipments used:
No. Test Equipment Serial Number Calibration date Calibration due date
Serial no
Panel no
Panel designation
Make
Circuit reference
2. Mechanical checks & visual inspection: As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.34.1

1. Inspect for physical damage / defects including quality of
paint work
2. Verify correct ratings of each circuit breaker as per design
drawings
3. Check tightness of all bolted connections by torque wrench
method
4. Inspect and verify DCDB Rating plate ,check bus - bar rating,
short circuit with stand current and main MCCB’s rating at 55
Degree Centigrade
5. Check for proper grounding connections using torque
wrench method
6. Verify all front panel mounted Devices are installed per
layout and are correctly labeled
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Insulation resistance Test:
Criteria:
3.2. Main Circuit Resistance Test:
Circuit Reference
Measured Resistance (µΩ)
From To
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Criteria:
3.3. MCB Testing:
Injected Current:

Item Panel Aux.
MCB Ref. Type Curve No. of Rated Injected Time
no. Ref. contacts
ref. type Poles Current current (Sec)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.4. MCCB Testing:
Injected Current

Item Panel MCB Aux.
Rated Injected Time
no. Ref. Ref. Type ref. Settings contacts
Current current (Sec)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3.5. D.C. Ammeter Test:
Secondary injection test:
Procedure:
Inject a secondary voltage (mV) to the meter. For each reading, fix the meter
pointer at some percentage of meter full scale and adjust the injected secondary
voltage to reach the fixed meter reading, then note down the injected secondary
voltage against the fixed meter reading.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Injected Observed meter

Calculated meter % Error (At Full
secondary DC reading (A) Remarks
reading scales)
voltage (mV) (FIXED)
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale reading x 100
3.6. Battery Monitoring Relay
3.6.1. Secondary injection test:
Function Setting Actual Status Remarks

Under voltage
Over voltage
+Ve earth fault
-Ve earth fault
High impedance
3.6.2. Timing test:
Function Setting in sec Actual in sec Error

Under voltage
Over Voltage
High Impedance
3.6.3. Contact check: Ok/not ok
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7. D.C. Voltmeter Test: (by secondary injection)
Injected Observed meter

Calculated % Error
secondary reading (A) Remarks
meter reading (At Full scales)
voltage (V) (Fixed)
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale

reading X 100)
3.8. High Voltage Test:
3.8.1. General Data and Information:
Section: System:
Type Frequency:
Make
3.8.2. Insulation Resistance Test:
*** All MCBS in open condition

Applied Voltage = Time Duration =
. positive negative
Before HV test
After HV test
3.8.3. Bus Bar High Voltage Test:
***All MCB’S In Open Condition
Applied voltage= 2 kV AC Time duration =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Leakage Current in mA
Connected to Neon voltage indicators

bus bar
Earth OK/Not OK 15S 30S 45S 60S
positive
negative

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : GIS Test Format Record No. :
1. Mechanical checks and visual inspection (As per TCS – P – 105, Rev – 01, item No
3.11.1)

1 Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2 Check nameplate information for correctness
Inspect enclosures for proper alignment and foundation fixing and
3
grounding
4 Check quality of paintwork.
Ensure that all special tools and equipment are provided as specified
5
and have storage.
Ensure that gas-handling cart (if provided) operates correctly and that
6 special filling and degassing fittings are provided and have proper
storage.
7 Verify that all lifting devices are correctly labeled for lifting capability.
Ensure that adequate ladders and walkways are provided for access
8
to meters filing ports, cranes, lights, etc.
Check and verify that all grounding of GIS is as per approved layout
9
drawings and specification and is securely connected.
Check that all specified grounding switches are insulated, with
10
removable grounding links
11 Check operation of all mechanical interlocks.
12 Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method)
13 Check each gas section filled to correct rated pressure.
Check sf6 gas at each gas section for air and moisture content after
14
filling at rated pressure.
15 Gas leak test of all flanges and joints after erection and filling.
Calibrate gas pressure (density) gauges. Check the gauges have
16
correct, legible and readable scales.
17 Check the gauges are ambient temperature compensated.
Check operation of all gas density switches (alarm trip signals and
18
lockout functions) confirm correct set points.
Check all wiring is correct according to approved drawings or confirm
19
the correctness of all modifications.
Verify that all front panel mounted devices (meters, push buttons,
20 switches, indicator lamps, mimic buses, etc) are installed as per
drawings, fixed permanently and are correctly labeled.
21 Verify that all operating devices are correctly labeled.
22 Perform mechanical checks and visual inspections on all component
Tested by witnessed by
Name:
Signature:
Date:
equipment.
Circuit breakers
Current transformers
Voltage transformers
Disconnect and grounding switches
Check that all phase marking and circuit labeling have been installed
23
as per specifications.
Ensure that all disconnect switches are provided with viewing windows
24 or Mechanical indicators for verification of contact positions and that
all grounding switch
25 Verify that correct dispatch numbers have been installed.
Check the closed barriers at the ends of each gas zones are
26 externally colored yellow or orange. The zone gas density gauges
shall have a zone marking plates fixed over the gauges.
27 Check GIS over pressure relief discs are not cracked or deformed.
2. Contact resistance measurement of GIS (As per TCS – P – 105 ,Rev – 01,item no
3.11.2)
Injecting Current: 100 Amp DC

Acceptance criteria: The measured value shall not exceed 1.2 Ru,
Where Ru is Design Value
BAY Measuring Measured Value of Each Voltage Drop Of Each Phase Remarks
NO. Portions Phase (µΩ) (mV)
R Y B R Y B
3. Insulation resistance of main circuit:
Ambient temperature: --------------
3.1. Phase to Ground:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Phase Insulation Resistance ( GΩ ) Remark

R–G
Y-G
B-G
3.2. Phase to Phase:

R–Y
Y–B
B–R
All Circuit Breakers and Disconnector Switches are closed
4. Insulation resistance between moving contact and fixed contact:
All tests done by applying 2.5 KV DC for 1 min
4.1. Circuit Breaker:

R–R
Y-Y
B-B
4.2. Disconnector Switch No. ( ):

R–R
Y-Y
B-B

R–R
Y-Y
B-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.4. Disconnector switches no. ( ):

R–R
Y-Y
B-B

R–R
Y-Y
B-B

R–R
Y-Y
B-B
Criteria: More than 1 GΩ
5. Dew Point Test of GIS
Ambient temp: -------------
Compartment no. Gas pressure (bar) Dew point ( oc) Remark
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Criteria: for CB: - 35 ºC for others: -30 ºC
6. SF6 volume % (purities)
GIS compartment No. SF6 %
Criteria: More than 98 %
7. Gas Leakage Test
Gas
Initial reading Final reading (after 15 hrs)
compartment Result
(bars) (bars)
no.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
- The SF6 Leak Detector Inspects Existence of SF6 gas leakage.

- Check That Connected Point in the Site
- Criteria: 15Hrs Check
8. Gas density switch test
Gauge Set Measured Contact

Chann Annunciator
no. Contents value value (bar) resistance
el no. check
( bar ) Set Reset (Ω)
Pressure high
Pressure low stage 1
Pressure high
Pressure high
Pressure high
Pressure high
Pressure low stage1
Pressure high
Pressure high
Pressure low stage1
Pressure high
Pressure low stage1
Pressure low stage2
Accuracy range: ± 1 % at 10 oC, ± 2.5 % at -10 oC ~ 10 oC

Criteria: Set Value ± 0.25 bar
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9. circuit Breaker Testing:
9.1. Circuit Breaker Timing Test
CB Type: Rated Current:

CB Serial No: Rated Voltage:
Ambient temp:
Control Control Time ( ms ) Pole

Oscillograph
Contents voltage current R Y B discrepancy
No.
(DC V) (DC A) ( ms)
106
Closing 125
137
87
Tripping TC1 125
137
Tripping TC2 87
125
137
Trip – Free (1) “C – O1 “ 125
Trip – Free (2) “C – O2 “ 125
Re-closing “O - C – O ” 125
Criteria:
According to IEC 62271-100, acceptance criteria (spec) are limited for
rated Condition only.
- Closing time: 86 ± 10% ms - Closing Current:10 A (Max)
- Opening time:24 ±10% ms - Opening Current:10 A (Max)
Pole discrepancy:
Closing: ¼ cycle (4.2 ms) (Max)
9.2. Mechanism Test:
9.2.1. Hydraulic C.B.:
Oil pressure Testing

Name:
Signature:
Date:
No. Feeder 1st stage 2nd stage Result

Contact -------- Contact ----- Contact --------
On Off On Off On Off
-------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -----
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
9.2.2. Pneumatic C.B.:
Air Pressure Testing

No. Feeder 1st stage 2nd stage Result
Contact -------- Contact ----- Contact --------
On Off On Off On Off
-------- -------- ----- ----- ----- -----
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Tolerance: ±0.2 kg/cm
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9.2.3. Spring Charging C.B.:
Item Motor Testing Charging Time Remarks

Starting Current Running Current (sec)
9.3. Operation Test:
Equip.Ref Command Operation Indication Condition Remarks

LCC CR ECC LCC CR ECC
------30 Service
Close Test
Open
10. Resistance Measurement of C.B Closing & Trip coil
Bay No Measured Values (Ω ) Result

Close Coil Trip Coil (1) Trip Coil (2)
Criteria
The Measured Resistance shall not exceed by
Closing Coil = 14 Ω ± 10 % (±1.4 Ω)
Tripping coil =12 Ω ± 10 % (±1.2)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
11. Disconnecting Switch Timing Test
11.1. General Data & Information:
DS Type: Manufacture:
Rated Voltage: Rated Current:
Auxiliary Voltage: Ambient temp.:
11.2. Supply voltage for Tripping and Closing: 100 % of rated voltage
Control Time (sec) Auxiliary contact Pole Oscillogra

D.S
Serial no Contents current discrepancy h
no
D.C (A) R Y B E. m L.B ( ms) No.
Closing
Opening
Closing
Opening
Closing
Opening
Criteria: Max. 10 sec
12. Earth Switch Timing Test of GIS
Es type: manufacture:
Rated voltage: rated current:
Auxiliary voltage: ambient temp.:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
12.2. Supply voltage for Tripping and Closing : 100 % of rated voltage :
Control Time (sec) Auxiliary contact Pole Oscill-

E.s
Serial no Contents current discrepancy Ograph
no
(DC A) R Y B E.m L.b ( ms) no.
Closing
Opening
Closing
Opening
Closing
Opening
Closing
Opening
Criteria: Max. 10 sec
13. Current Transformer Test
13.1. General data and information:
Bay: --------------------------
Ct type: --------------------------
Make: --------------------------
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Ph Sr no. Core Ratio Class R ct Burden Vkp Duty

R
Y
B
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
13.2. Electrical test:
13.2.1. Polarity test:
Core Ratio Details Phase-r Phase-y Phase-b

Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
Terminal
Polarity
P P
1 2
S S
1 2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
13.2.2. Secondary winding resistance test:
R at 75 °C
Core Ratio Phase At factory (cal) At site (cal)
R Y B R Y B R Y B
The resistance of cable between GIS CT to LCC TB = _________Ω

(Typ)
Resistance measured at LCC TB:
Temperature = ___________°C
To convert the resistance at ambient temperature to resistance at 75
°C
Rc = (234.5 + 75) * R / (234.5 + T)
Where:
Rc = Resistance at 75°C (Ohms)
R= Resistance at ambient temperature (Ohms)
T= Ambient Temperature (°C)
13.2.3. Insulation resistance test:
Test carried out by 1kv for 1 min

Temperature: ______ ° C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Ph R (GΩ) Y (GΩ) B (GΩ) Ph - ph (GΩ)

Core Sec - E Pry -Sec Sec - E Pry - sec Sec - E Pry - Sec Sec - E Pry -Sec
Core to core : > ___________ G ohm

13.2.4. Loop resistance:
Phase
Core No. Ratio
R Y B
13.2.5. Burden test:
Calculated burden
Ohmic
Core no CT Phase Injected Measured Va @ rated
impedance Z
function current(1A) volts I=IxZ
=E/I
A
B
C
A
B
C
A
B
C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
13.2.6. Magnetization current testing:
Core no. R-phase Y-phase B-phase

Point
U(volt) I(ma) U(volt) I(ma) U(volt) I(ma)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Note: Use separate sheet for plotting the graph.
13.2.7. Ratio Test:
Phase R
Ratio
Core Prim Cur Sec Cur Expected Cur % error
1
Note: Same as above for Y& B phases respectively
14. Voltage Transformer Test
14.1. General Data and information:
Serial no. : Rated burden :

Type : Rated frequency :
Primary voltage : Accuracy class :
Secondary voltage : M.F.D. :
14.2. Mechanical check & visual inspection:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Item Description Check

1 Inspection Physical Damage & Defect
2 Verify Nameplate information
3 Check tightness off all bolted connection
4 Check All Grounding connection are securely
14.3. Electrical Test:

14.3.1. polarity test:
Secondary
Primary winding Result
Sec winding 1 Sec winding 2
R – rn 1r – 1rn 2r – 2rn
Y – yn 1y – 1yn 2y – 2yn
B – bn 1b – 1bn 2b – 2bn
14.3.2. Winding Resistance
Primary Winding
Phase o
At c At 75 oc
R – RN
Y – YN
B – BN
secondary winding 1 secondary winding 2
Phase o o Phase o
At c At 75 c At c At 75 oc
1r – 1rn 2r – 2rn
1y – 1yn 2y – 2yn
1b – 1bn 2b – 2bn
R75 = Rt (234.5 +75) / (234.5 + t )

Where: t is ambient temperature. , R is resistance at ambient
temperature.
14.3.3. Insulation Resistance (Megger test):
*All Tests done by applied 1 KV for 1 Min.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Pry to Pry to Sec Wdg

Pry to Sec Wdg Sec Wdg 1
Sec Sec 2 to Gnd
Phase Gnd Criteria 1 to Gnd to Sec Wdg Criteria
Wdg1 Wdg 2 (GΩ)
(GΩ) (GΩ) 2 (GΩ)
(GΩ) (GΩ)
R More More
Y than than
B 1 GΩ 100 MΩ
14.3.4. VT Turns Ratio:
a. Sec Winding 1:
Applied Primary Sec winding 1

Error
voltage (v) winding Expected Value Actual Value
R – RN
Y – YN
B – BN
b. Sec Winding 2 :
Applied Primary Sec winding 2

Error
voltage (v) winding Expected value Actual value
R – RN
Y – YN
B – BN
Name:
Signature:
Date:
15. 10 k. V. Earth Switch Insulation Test
Charging
Phase / Applied Amb
Bay no. Earth Ground Duration Current Result
test voltage temp.
sw.no (m A)
R Y+B
R+B
1 Y
B R+Y
10KV 1min
R Y+B
2 Y R+B
B R+Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
16. GIS High voltage Test
Test
Test Phase/ Phase/ Charging
voltage Duration Result
no. test ground current
Applied
92kV 5min mA
110kV 3min mA
1 R Y+B
176kV 2min mA
220kV 1min mA
92kV 5min mA
110kV 3min mA
2 Y R+B
176kV 2min mA
220kV 1min mA
92kV 5min mA
110kV 3min mA
3 B R+Y
176kV 2min mA
220kV 1min mA
17. GIS-VT High Voltage Test
No. Ph/ Ph/ Test Time Secondary Voltage Measured (unit : V) Charging
test Ground voltage 3-Ph VT current
Result
1 76KV mA
R Y+B
2 115KV 1min
3 76KV mA
Y R+B
4 115KV 1min
5 76KV mA
B R+Y
6 115KV 1min
18. MCB test
18.1. General data and information:
Bay no:
Bay name:
Manufacturer:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
18.2. Mechanical checks and visual inspection:
Item Description Check

1 Inspection Physical Damage & Defect
2 Verify Connections as per approved Drawings
3 Check tightness off all connection
4 Check All Grounding connection are securely
5 Check ferrules
18.3. Electrical tests :
Current Exp Trip Actual Aux contacts

Location no Type no Rating
Inj Time Time (sec) checked
19. GIS insulation resistance Test
19.1. Insulation test: 5kv DC megger between ph-Gnd for i min (Before H.V. test):
Phase Insulation Remarks

R-Gnd Y-B grounded
Y-Gnd R-B grounded
B-Gnd R-Y grounded
Name:
Signature:
Date:
19.2. Insulation test: 5kv DC megger between ph-Gnd for i min(After H.V. test):
Phase Insulation Remarks

R-Gnd Y-B grounded
Y-Gnd R-B grounded
B-Gnd R-Y grounded
Item No Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Calibration

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : HV Power Cable Test Record No. :
INDEX
Item Title of tests Remarks

1 General Data And Information
2 Mechanical checks and visual inspection
3 Conductor continuity & phasing
4 Outer jacket integrity
5 Conductor capacitance
6 Conductor Resistance
7 Conductor insulation Resistance
8 Sheath voltage Limiter
9 Link box Ground resistance Measurement
10 Link box contact resistance
11 Cross Bonding Verification
12 Zero and positive sequence impedance Measurement
13 Insulation Resistance before and after High Voltage Test
14 High Voltage Test
1. General data and information:
Project no: contractor no

Circuit: manufacturer:
Cable size rated voltage
Route length: rated current:
Cable type: test date:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
As per TCS – P – 105, Rev – 01Item no 3.20.1., 3.22.1.

Item Description Checked
1 Inspect For Physical Damage or Defects Yes N/A
2 Verify all cable connections as per drawing Yes N/A
3 Check all cables and cores are labeled correctly Yes N/A
4 Check tightness of terminals and confirm the cables are secured Yes N/A
5 Check cable size against rating required Yes N/A
6 Check cable entry path trench or ducts are to be properly sealed Yes N/A
7 Check for proper cable support ,clamping trays, blocking Yes N/A
Check cable bends to ensure that the bending radius is equal to Yes N/A
8 or greater than that specified
9 Visual inspection, size and rating confirmation Yes N/A
Check that phases are identified and color Yes N/A
10 Coded
11 Check tightness of all bolted connections (torque wrench method) Yes N/A
12 Link Box tightness check Yes N/A
Check / inspect the cable outer jacket for any physical damage or Yes N/A
13 irregularities
14 Check / inspect the transposition of cable phases Yes N/A
Check for the cross connection of cable metallic sheath in cross Yes N/A
15 bonding system
Check the rubber seals in the cable clamp to avoid any damage to Yes N/A
16 cable outer jacket
Single core cable connected between power Transformer and Yes N/A
switchgear shall be single point earthed at switchgear side and at
17 floating side SVL (Sheath voltage Limiter)
Check that all ground points are securely connected to ground Yes N/A
18 grid as specified
Verify that shields are terminated as specified (through Link Box Yes N/A
19 or directly grounded)
For accessories (sealing termination, instrument panels and Link Yes N/A
Boxes), check the following as applicable.
1.Name plate installed and data is correct
2.condition of paint work
20 3.All bolted connections
Check irregularities of outer jacket formed by non uniform shield Yes N/A
21 wire distribution.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. Electrical tests: As per TCS – P – 105, Rev – 01Item no 3.20.2., 3.22.2.
3.1. Conductor Phasing and Continuity Check:
Phase Red Yellow Blue

Phasing At far end Result At far end Result At far end Result
Check Red -Earthed Red – Open Red – Open
Yellow -
Yellow- Open Yellow - Open
Earthed
Blue – Open Blue – Open Blue – Earthed
Criteria:
3.2. Outer jacket integrity test:
Test Red Yellow Blue

Shield IR at 5 K.V. for 1 Min
Jacket Test at 10 K.V. for 1Min
Shield IR at 5 K.V. for 1 Min
Criteria:
3.3. Conductor capacitance test:
Test Red Yellow Blue

µf µf / Km µf µf / Km µf µf / Km
Capacitance
Criteria:
3.4. Conductor resistance test:
Conductor size:
Conductor material:
Air temperature: ºc
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Ambient Recalculated values for

Measured value = Rt ºC
Phase temperature 20 ºc = R
(Ω) (Ω / km) (ºC) (Ω) (Ω / km)
Red
Yellow
Blue
Recalculated = R 20 ºC = Rt ºC * 1 / 1 + 0.00393 (t - 20) Ω

Criteria:
3.5. Conductor insulation Resistance Test:
Insulation Resistance for 1Min at 5 KV

Test
Red Yellow Blue
Conductor
Criteria:
3.6. Sheath voltage Limiter Insulation Resistance:
Joint bay SVL insulation resistance for 1min at 2.5 k. V...

number Link box serial no
Red Yellow Blue
Criteria:
3.7. Link box ground resistance measurement :
Joint bay number Link box serial no Link box type Earth resistance
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Criteria:
3.8. Link box contact resistance test :
Link Box Location: Link Box Type:
Location Link Box Type

Contact Resistance Contact face Resistance Contact Resistance
face (µΩ) (µΩ) face (µΩ)
Red top Red bottom Ground top
Yellow top Yellow bottom
Blue top Blue bottom
Location Link box type



Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.9. Cross Bonding verification Test:
Current Injected at: Injected current:
Location X – Bond Link Box Grounding Link Box

( S / s ------ ) Current Volts to gnd Current Volts to gnd
(A) (V) (A) (V)
Red - blue Red phase
Yellow - red Yellow phase
Blue -yellow Blue phase
Ground Ground
Location X – Bond Link Box Grounding Link Box

( S / s ------ ) Current Volts to gnd Current Volts to gnd
(A) (V) (A) (V)
Red - blue Red phase
Yellow - red Yellow phase
Blue - yellow Blue phase
Ground Ground
Location X – bond link box Grounding link box

( S / s ------ ) Current Volts to Gnd Current Volts to Gnd
(A) (V) (A) (V)
Red - Blue Red Phase
Yellow - Red Yellow Phase
Blue - Yellow Blue phase
Ground Ground
Location X – bond link box Grounding link box

( S / S ------ ) Current Volts to Gnd Current Volts to
(A) (V) (A) Gnd (V)
Red - Blue Red Phase
Yellow - Red Yellow phase
Blue - Yellow Blue Phase
Ground Ground
Criteria:
3.10. Zero and positive Sequence impedance measurement Test :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
First method:
3.10.1. Zero sequence impedance:
U0 (v) I ph (A) cos Φ Z0 = 3 u0 / i ph
cos Φ =
Mean values = Φ=
sin Φ = |Z0| =
3.10.2. Positive sequence impedance:
Phase U0 (V) I Ph (A) cos Φ Z0 = 3 U0 / I Ph

1 2 1 2 1 2 Avg 1 2 Avg
Red
Yellow
Blue
cos Φ =
Sys mean value = Φ =
|Z+| =
sin Φ =
Second method:
3.10.3. Positive sequence impedance :
Phase
Phase Volt (V) Current (A) Phase
impedance
Red + yellow (forward) Red
(reverse) +j
Yellow + blue (forward) Yellow
(reverse) +j
Blue + red (forward) Blue

(reverse) +j
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.10.4. Zero sequence impedance:
Volt (v) (Forward)

(Reverse)
Current (A) (forward)
(reverse)
Phase (forward)
(reverse)
Check value Z1+Z2+Z0

(Inject current in yellow phase, return via same paths as for Z0
measurement)
Volt (V) Current (A)

Forward
Reverse
Z = 3 v/i Ωs (1)
+ + Ωs (2)
(1) & (2) should be similar values
3.10.5. Zero sequence impedance::
Z0 = + j Ω
Z0 = + j Ω / Km
3.10.6. Positive sequence impedance :
Z+ = + j Ω
Z+ = + j Ω / Km
3.10.7. Insulation resistance before and after HV test:
Insulation resistance before Insulation resistance after

Phase Remarks
HV test (5000v) HV test (5000v)
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Criteria:
3.10.8. A.C. high voltage test :
AC Equipment Manufacture = Model / Type:

Megohmmeter Type = Manufacture
Temp / Hum % =
Phase color Red Yellow Blue Result

Cable length in meters
Test Duration
Voltage Set
Actual Voltage
Resonant freq (HZ)
Charging Current (A)
Capacitance (n f)
Criteria:
4. Test equipments used:
Item Test Equipment Serial Number Calibration date Calibration due date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : LV Power Cable Test (0.231 KV) Record No. :
Serial .no: manufacturer:

Type no: Designation No.
Cubicle no. Rated voltage:
Type/model Rated Current:
2. Mechanical checks & visual inspection: (As per TCS – P -105 ,Rev -1 ,Item no 3.26.1)

2 Verify All Cable Connections As Per Drawing Yes N/A
4 Check tightness of terminals and confirm the cables are secured Yes N/A
6 Check cable entry path trench or ducts are to be properly sealed Yes N/A
8 Check cable bends Yes N/A
3. Electrical tests: (As per TCS – P -105 ,Rev -1 ,Item no 3.26.2)
* The megger values will be tested at 1 kV megger
Phase Insulation resistance Continuity resistance checked Phasing check

R Y-B Gnd Y-B Gnd
Y R-B Gnd R-B Gnd
B Y-R Gnd Y-R Gnd
Criteria:
4. High voltage test
Applied voltage= 2 K.V. Time duration =1 Min
Connected to Leakage current in mA

Injected phase
earth 15s 30s 45s 60s
R Y+b
Y B+r
B R+y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : LV Power Cable Test (0.231 KV) Record No. :
Criteria:
No. Test Equipment Serial Number Calibration date Calibration

due date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : MV Power Cable Test Record No. :
Serial .no: Manufacturer:

Cable size Rated voltage
Cable length: Rated current:

2 Verify All Cable Connections As Per Drawing Yes N/A
Check tightness of terminals and confirm the cables are Yes N/A
4 secured
Check cable entry path trench or ducts are to be properly Yes N/A
6 sealed
Check cable bends to ensure that the bending radius is Yes N/A
8 equal to or greater than that specified
Check that phases are identified and color Yes N/A
10 Coded
3. Electrical tests:
3.1. Continuity check:
Phase Continuity resistance checked

R Y-B gnd
Y R-B gnd
B Y-R gnd
Criteria:
3.2. Sheath insulation resistance at 1000 V:
Applied phase Measured insulation resistance (MΩ) Remarks

R - phase
Y - phase
B - phase
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : MV Power Cable Test Record No. :
Criteria:
3.3. Insulation resistance test and phasing check before and after hv test:
Insulation resistance Insulation resistance

Phase Phase checking
before HV test (5000v) after HV test (5000v)
R Y – B Gnd Y – B Gnd
Y B - R Gnd B - R Gnd
B R – Y Gnd R – Y Gnd
Criteria:
4. A.C. high voltage test ( test frequency = 60 HZ)
Applied voltage= 16 k.V. Time duration =60 Min
Leakage current in mA
Injected phase Connected to earth
15mn 30min 45min 60min
R Y+B
Y B+R
B R+Y
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : MV Switch Gear Record No. :
INDE
Item Description Remarks X
1 General & mechanical checks
2 Coil resistance measurement
3 Breaker insulation resistance measurement
4 Breaker contact resistance measurement
5 Bus bar contact resistance measurement
6 Earth switch contact resistance measurement
7 Breaker timing test for
7.1. Feeder
7.2. Incomer
8 . H.V test for
8.1. M.V. switchgear
8.2. M.V. cables
9 Current transformer
10 Voltage transformer
11 Analog ammeter
12 Digital MDI
13 Primary injection test
14 Switchgear functional checks
15 Voltmeter
16 MCB testing
Circuit ref. : CB Serial no. :

Panel no. : Type :
Make : CB Rating :
Voltage : Short circuit current rating :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2. Visual inspection and mechanical checks: ( As per TCS – P – 105 ,Rev – 01,item no
3.12.1)

1. Check tightness of all connections Yes N/A
2. Inspect for physical damage / defects Yes N/A
3. Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for Yes N/A
service, panel doors, handles...etc
4. CT shorting checked Yes N/A
5. Indications checked Yes N/A
6. Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked Yes N/A
7. Check the ferrules as per specification Yes N/A
8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in Yes N/A
its final service location.
9. Panel Earthing checked Yes N/A
10. Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC Yes N/A
relevant specification.
11. Check case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust. Yes N/A
12. Check all installed equipment nameplate information for Yes N/A
compliance to approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
13. For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw Yes N/A
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured
to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the
wire is bent at the termination point.
14. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected Yes N/A
against mal operation due to vibration, shock, etc
15. Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit Yes N/A
wires.
16. Disconnectors Manual operation by handle and related Yes N/A
interlocking conditions to be checked
17. Mechanical interlocking between DS & ES to be checked Yes N/A
3. Electrical tests: ( As per TCS – P – 105 ,Rev – 01,item no 3.12.2)
3.1. C.B Operating coil resistance:
Coil ref. Measured resistance ( Ω )

Close
Open
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.2. Insulation resistance test :
Voltage applied = 5KV time = 60 sec
CB condition R - (Y+B+E) Y -(R+B+E) B - (R+Y+E) R-R Y-Y B-B

CB closed
TΩ TΩ TΩ --- --- ---
condition
CB open
--- --- --- TΩ TΩ TΩ
condition
3.3. Breaker contact resistance test :
Injected current: 100A DC
Circuit breaker in closed position
Panel Breaker serial Measured voltage Measured resistance

Phase
reference number drop 100 a dc (mv) 100 a dc (µΩ)
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
3.4. Bus bar contact resistance test :
Temp at -----‘C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Connection point Measured voltage Measured resistance Remarks

Phase
between feeders drop100 A Dc (mv) 100 a dc (µΩ)
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
R -R
Y -Y
B -B
3.5. Earth switch Contact Resistance Test :
Injected current: 100A DC
Circuit Measured voltage in mv Measured resistance in µΩ Remark

reference R Y B R Y B
H21
H19
H17
H15
H13
H11
H09
H07
H05
H03
H01
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.6. Circuit breaker timing test for feeder & incomer:
3.6.1. Supply voltage for tripping & closing = 100% of rated voltage(125vdc):
R - phase Y - phase B – phase

Operation Remark
time(ms) time(ms) time(ms)
Open
Close
Close-open
3.6.2. Supply voltage for tripping = 60% of rated voltage ( 75 vdc )
R - phase Y - phase B - phase

Operation Remark
time(ms) time(ms) time(ms)
Open
3.6.3. Supply voltage for closing = 80% of rated voltage ( 100 vdc)

Operation Remark
time (ms) time (ms) time (ms)
Close
3.6.4. Supply voltage for tripping & closing = 110% of rated voltage(137.5 vdc)

Operation Remark
time (ms) time (ms) time (ms)
Close
Open
Criteria range:
Closing time = 65(+7 -20) ms
Opening time = 48 (+6 -20) ms
3.7. Current transformer Tests:
3.7.1. General Data And Information:
Manufacturer: Location :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
V kp V kp
Core no's Sr.no. Ratio Class Burden (@15 va) (@30 va)
C1 C1 C1
R - phase
C2 C2 C2
C1 C1 C1
Y - phase
C2 C2 C2
C1 C1 C1
B - phase
C2 C2 C2
3.7.2. Polarity test:
P1:
P2:
Phase R Y B
Core 1S1 - 1S2 1S1 -1S3 1S1 - 1S2 1S1 -1S3 1S1 - 1S2 1S1 -1S3
Core 1
Core 2S1 - 2S2 2S1 -2S3 2S1 - 2S2 2S1 -2S3 2S1 - 2S2 2S1 -2S3
Core 2
3.7.3. Insulation resistance test:
Applied voltage:
Phase R Y B
Primary - earth
Primary - core 1
Primary - core 2
Core 1 - earth
Core 2 - earth
Core 1 - core 2
3.7.4. Winding resistance test:
Ambient temp: ˚C
Results refer to 75 ° C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Phase R Y B
Core 1S1 -1S2 1S1 - 1S3 1S1 - 1S2 1S1 - 1S3 1S1 - 1S2 1S1 - 1S3
Core 1
Core 2S1 -2S2 2S1 - 2S3 2S1 - 2S2 2S1 - 2S3 2S1 - 2S2 2S1 - 2S3
Core 2
3.7.5. Loop resistance test:
Measured loop Measured Measured

Measured
res with CT Rct Rlead + RLoad Cal
Core no phase point
Resist Burden
Location Resist Value Resist Value
Value
R
Core 1 Y
B
R
Core 2 Y
B
R
Core 3 Y
B
Meas. R Lead + load resistance = Meas. Loop resistance with CT – Rct

In = rated secondary current of the CT
Calculated burden = measured load & lead resistance * In2
3.7.6. Burden test:
Current injected (A) Voltage Measured (v) Measured Burden (VA)

Core no R-N Y-N B–N R-N Y-N B–N R-N Y-N B–N
Core 1
Core 2
Core 3
Note: 1. The Current Injected is the Secondary Rated Current of the CT

2. The above test is to be done with all links closed.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.7. Magnetization curve Test:
Function: Location Ct#

Make: Phase Ratio
V kp: Sl # Class
I mag Sl # Burden
Earthed Sl # R ct
Ter.
Sl.# V I ma
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vkp
Ter.
Sl.# V I ma
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Vkp
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.8. Ratio test:
Phase R
Ratio
Core Prim.Cur. Sec. Cur Expected Current % error
1
Phase Y
Ratio
1
Phase B
Ratio
1
3.7.9. Check short & isolated link for proper function:
Confirm test for short and isolated check

Core no Function
R Y B
Core 1
Core 2
3.7.10. Single point earth test:
Core no Function T.b.no Single point earthing check

CORE 1
CORE 2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.8. Voltage transformer Tests:
3.8.1. General data:

Bay no: manufacture:
Type: frequency: 60 hz
Sr no r: sr. No. Y: sr. No. B:
class: winding 1: winding 2:
Burden : winding 1: winding 2:
v.t ratio : winding 1: winding 2:
3.8.2. Mechanical Check & Visual Inspection :

1 Inspection physical damage & defect
2 Verify nameplate information
3 Check tightness of all bolted connection
4 Check all grounding connection are securely
3.8.3. Electrical Test:
a. Polarity test :
Phase Primary Winding 1( a – n ) Winding 2(da - dn)

R A–n
Y A–n
B A-n
b. Insulation resistance test :
Pry to Pry to Pry to

Wndg1 to Wndg 2 to Wndg1 to
Phase Gnd Wndg1 Wndg 2 Remarks
Gnd (G.Ω ) Gnd (GΩ ) Wndg2(GΩ )
(T.Ω ) (T.Ω ) (T.Ω )
R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applying voltages
 Primary to ground : 5 KV for 1 minute
 Primary to secondary : 2.5 KV for 1 minute
 Secondary to ground : 1KV for 1 minute
 Secondary to secondary : 1 KV for 1 minute
Criteria:
 Primary to ground & primary to secondary = More than 1
G.Ω
 Secondary to ground & secondary to secondary = More than
100 M.Ω
c. Winding resistance:
o
Ambient temp: C
Primary winding
Phase o
at C at 75 oC
R – RN
Y – YN
B – BN
Secondary winding 1 Secondary Winding 2

Phase Core 1 o o Core 2 o
at C at 75 C at C at 75 oC
r a–n da – dn
y a– n da – dn
b a–n da – dn
R75 = Rt (234.5 +75) / (234.5 + t)
Where: t is ambient temp. ,
R is resistance at ambient temp.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
d. V.T Ratio Test :
Injected Secondary voltage (v)

Phase primary Winding1 Error Winding 2 Error
voltage Expected Measured % Expected Measured %
R–N
Y–N
B-N
e. Resistance Of Open Delta :

Resistance Ref. eulcutlautcA eAuac AdlluutcA sAru ea
f. VT megger test
Panel reference : serial numbers

Manufacturer : R :
Type : Y :
Rating : B :
Winding terminal : a–n da – dn
Class :
Primary volt :
Secondary volt :
Burden :
V t ratio :
Voltage factor (vf) :
Measured value
Item TEST
R -phase Y -phase B - phase
1 Insulation value between Primary & Earth
2 Insulation value between Secondary & Earth
3 Insulation value between Primary & Secondary
4 Insulation value between Windg-1 & Windg-2
5 Polarity test
6 Primary winding resistance
7 Secondary winding resistance : a - n
8 Secondary winding resistance : da - dn
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.9. Switchgear functional tests:

1. Control circuit function verified.
2. Manual/ electrical operation of switchgear verified.
3. Closing and tripping circuit checked.
4. Electrical/ Mechanical Interlock test done.
5. Protection tripping verified.
6. Alarm circuits verified.
7. Indication Local/ Remote verified.
8. Cubicle AC supply for illumination and heater verified.
For motor / spring operating mechanism, measure spring
9 charging time and measure motor starting and running
current
Verify the electrical operation of the breaker racking truck
10. check the correct functioning of interlocks and limit
switches
11. Cb anti-pumping feature checked
12. Earth switch operation verified
13. Shutter operation checked
14. Draw in / draw out operation of breaker checked
15. Manual spring charging of breaker checked
16. Mechanical on / off operation of breaker checked
3.10. Switch gear high voltage tests:
 Ref as per TCS – P -105, Rev – 01, Item 3.12.3.

 32 –TMMS – 01
 IEC – 62271 – 100
Guidelines for High voltage Tests:
 Test voltage should be applied on each phase to ground with other

phases in earthed position the test should be repeated on other phases
similarly.
 The test period should not be more than 1 min at full test level and the
test voltage frequency should be kept at 60 Hz.
 Charging current for each test is noted and recorded.
 In open position the cable contacts are to be grounded. Test is
considered successful if no break down occurs during test period.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
 Test shall be performed with the CB in both closed and open conditions .
 After the high voltage test on main circuit is finished Rack the Vt in
service position and apply on primary side a test voltage equal to 1.5U n
(Un = phase to neutral rated voltage ) on each phase consecutively and
measure the secondary output voltage same time during the test.
 Make sure the VT secondary side MCB’s are switched off and any
resistor in open delta winding had been removed.
 CT’s secondary terminals should be short circuited and earthed.
 Before and after High voltage test insulation resistance to be checked
3.10.1 Insulation resistance test:
Applied voltage = time duration =
Insulation resistance values

Phase Remarks
Before HV test After HV test
R – (Y+B+E)
Y –(R+B+E)
B –(R+Y+E)
3.10.2. High Voltage Test:
For Bus bar &CB’s:
All CBs In Closed Condition & VT In “Out“ Position [ ]
Applied voltage= Time duration =
Neon voltage Leakage Current in mA

Injected Connected
indicators
phase to Earth 15s 30s 45s 60s
OK/Not OK
R Y+B
Y B+R
B R+Y
All CBs In Opened Condition & VT In “Out“ Position [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Injected Connected Neon voltage Leakage current in ma

phase to earth indicators ok/not ok 15s 30s 45s 60s
R Y+b
Y B+r
B R+y
For voltage transformers:
V.T in on Position and Sec. MCBs Switched Off.
Injected Connected Leakage current in ma

phase to earth 15S 30S 45S 60S
R Y+b
Y B+r
B R+y
Voltage transformers ratio verification test:
V.T in on Position and Sec. MCBs switched on.
Injected Secondary voltage measured (v)

Injected
primary
phase Windg1 Ratio: Windg2 Ratio:
voltage (kv)
R
Y
B
3.11. M.V. Cable Test: (Ref as per TCS – P – 105.Rev – 1 ,item no 3.25)
3.11.1 General data & information:
Panel ref:
Cable Rated voltage:
Manufacturer:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.11.2. Mechanical checks & visual information:

1. Inspect for physical damage / defects. Check irregularities of Yes N/A
outer jacket caused by non uniform shield wire distribution
2. Verify all cable connections as per drawing Yes N/A
3. Check for proper cable support, clamping, trays, blocking Yes N/A
4. Check cable bends to ensure that the bending radius is equal Yes N/A
to or greater than the minimum bending radius as specified
5. Verify shield grounding as per design (single point, both ends Yes N/A
via voltage limiters)etc.
6. Check tightness of all bolted connections (by torque wrench Yes N/A
method)
7. Check phases are identified and color coded Yes N/A
8. check cable entry path trench or duct are to be properly Yes N/A
sealed
9. Verification of exact route length as per approved drawings Yes N/A
from termination to termination
10. Check for proper cable arrangement in the path in order to Yes N/A
prevent circulating current .
3.11.3. Electrical tests:
(Ref as per TCS – P – 105.Rev – 1, item no 3.25)
a. Conductor Phasing & continuity Test :
Phase Connections Remarks

R Y& b Gnd
Y R&b Gnd
B R&y Gnd
b. Sheath armour continuity Test:
Phase Sheath armour continuity Remarks
c. Sheath insulation resistance test:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applied Voltage = 1 k. v.
Time Duration =
Phase Sheath insulation Resistance values Remarks

R
Y
B
d. Conductor insulation resistance test:
Applied Voltage = 5 k.v.

Time Duration =
Insulation resistance values

Phase Remarks
Before HV test After HV test
R – (Y+B+E)
Y –(R+B+E)
B –(R+Y+E)
e. High voltage Test :
Guidelines for High voltage Tests:

 For New XLPE power Cables A.C. H.V., test
voltages should be applied to 2 U 0 for 1 hr or by
VLF at 0.1 Hz at test voltage level of 3 U 0 for 1 hr
respectively.
 For mixed new and old cables, the test voltage shall
depend upon service life of the old cable. At least it
should be tested at normal working voltage U0.
 Mixed new and old cables should not be tested by
D.C. Test voltage at any condition except by A.C. or
VLF methods.
 Where cables are connected to switchgear, the AC
high voltage test time should be reduced to 5 min. 1
hr test applies if the cable is fully isolated.
 U 0 for all the applied tests is equal to phase to
neutral voltage.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Test Leakage current in mA

Injected Connected
voltage
phase to earth 15S 30S 45S 60S
(kv)
R Y+b
Y B+r
B R+y
f. High voltage Test by VLF :
Injected Connected Test Leakage current in mA

phase to earth frequency
15s 30s 45s 60s
R Y+b
Y B+r
B R+y
3.12. Primary injection tests :
3.12.1. General data and information:
Position no: ---------------- line / Feeder no: ---------------

L1: ----------- L2: --------------- L3: -----------------
Primary injection test for Ratio check: -----------------
No REF operation for ph – ph primary injection: ----------------------
Ratio of ICT for differential protection confirmed: --------------------
Polarity connections with ph – ph primary injection confirmed: -----
Complete CT circuit checked with primary injection by
Secondary current measurement check: ----------------------------
CT ratio
Phase Injected current (A) R Y B N R Y B N
R–E
Y–E
B-E
R–Y
Y–B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Injected current CT ratio

Phase R Y B N
(A) R Y B N
R–E
Y–E
B–E
R–E
Y–B
B-R
Injected current CT ratio

Phase
(A) R Y B N R Y B N
R–E
Y–E
B-E
R–Y
Y–B
B-R
CT ratio
Injected current
Phase Terminal block
(A)
R Y B N R Y B N
R–E
Y–E
B-E
R–Y
Y–B
B-R
3.13. Digital MDI:
3.13.1. General Data & Information:
Panel no: C.T.ratio:

Manufacture: Class:
Type: Scale Range:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.13.2. Mechanical checks & Visual Inspection:
Item no Description Remarks

1 Inspect for physical damage / defects
2 Verify Name plate information for correctness
3 Verify connection as per approved drawings
4 Check tightness of all connections
5 Check ferrules
6 Check Device Ear thing
3.13.3. Electrical Test : by secondary injection
Procedure:
Inject a secondary current equal to CT nominal current to the
meter for a period equal to log time of the demand ammeter. Note
down the final reading of RED pointer of the meter at the end of
log time period.
Phase Injection Current (A) For 30 Expected Reading (A) MDI Reading Error
min (A)
Error = (meter reading – expected reading) / expected reading *

100
3.14. Analog ammeter :
3.14.1. General data & information:
Panel No: C.T. ratio:

Manufacture: Class:
Type: Scale Range:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5 Check ferrules
Procedure:
Inject a secondary current to the meter. For each reading, fix the
meter pointer at some percentage of meter full scale and adjust
the injected secondary current to reach the fixed meter reading,
then note down the injected secondary current against the fixed
meter reading
Injection current Observed Calculated % Error Remarks

(A) For 30 min meter reading meter reading (at full scale)
(A) (A)
Error = (Observed meter reading – calculated meter reading) / full

scale reading * 100
3.15. Analog voltmeter:
Panel No: C.T. ratio:

Manufacture: Class:
Type: Scale Range:
Accuracy: Serial Number:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5 Check ferrules
7 Check connection of Test Switch / Plug
Procedure:
Inject a secondary voltage to the meter. For each reading, fix the
meter pointer at some percentage of meter full scale and adjust
the injected secondary voltage to reach the fixed meter reading,
then note down the injected secondary voltage against the fixed
meter reading
Injected Observed Calculated % Error Remarks

secondary meter Reading Meter Reading (at full scale)
Voltage (V) (Kv) (A)
Error = (observed meter reading – calculated meter reading) /

Full Scale reading * 100
3.16. MCB testing :
Panel No:
MCB type:
Rated Current:
Manufacture:
Setting Current:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5 Check ferrules
7 Check Auxiliary contact
3.16.3. Electrical test:
Item Rated No of Injected

MCB
current poles current Trip time (s) Contacts Remarks
Designation.
(A) 200% (A)
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Neutral Current Transformer
Record No. :
(Capacitor Bank Associated)
Sl no: Manufacturer:
Rating: Duty/function:
Ratio: Class:
Va:
2. Mechanical checks & Visual inspection:

1 Check no damage on installed equipment
2 Check grounding cable are connected as per drawing
3 Check tightness for links
4 Check ferrules as per the wiring connections
5 Check CT name plate data for correctness
3. Electrical Test
3.1. Insulation resistance test:
Phase Insulation resistance (mΩ) Remarks

Primary - earth
Primary - secondary
Secondary - earth
Applying voltages:
 Primary To Ground : 5 KV for 1 minute
 Primary To Secondary : 2.5 KV for 1 minute
 Secondary To Ground : 1KV for 1 minute
Criteria:
 Primary to ground & primary to secondary = More than 1 G.Ω
 Secondary to ground = More than 100 M.Ω
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.2. Winding resistance:

o
Ambient temp: C
Primary Winding
Phase o
at C at 75 oC
N
Secondary Winding 1
Phase o
at C at 75 oC
n
R75 = Rt (234.5 +75) / (234.5 + t)

Where,
t is ambient temp,
Rt is resistance at ambient temp
Criteria:
3.3. Polarity test:
Phase N
Core 1S1 - 1S2
3.4. Ratio test :
Core Primary current (A) Secondary current (A) Expected current % error
S1 – S2
Criteria:
4. Single Point Earth Test:
Core no Function T.b.no Single point earthing check
S1 – s2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. Check short & isolated link for proper function:
Core no Function Confirm test for short and isolated check
S1 – s2
6. Mag - curve:
Function: Location CT#

Make: Phase Ratio
V kp: SL # Class
I mag SL # Burden
Earthed SL # R ct
Ter.
Sl.# V I mA
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Vkp
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Neutral Voltage Transformer
Record No. :
1. General Data And Information :
Serial no:
Manufacture:
Class:
Burden:
Vt. Ratio:
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection:

2 Verify nameplate information for correctness
3 Check tightness of all bolted connections
4 Check all grounding connections are securely
3. Electrical test
3.1. Polarity test :
Phase Primary Winding 1( A – N )

N A–N
3.2. Insulation resistance test :
Phase Insulation Resistance (M.Ω ) Remarks

Primary - earth
Primary - secondary
Secondary - earth
Applying voltages
 Secondary to ground : 1KV for 1 minute

 Primary to ground : 5 KV for 1 minute
 Primary to secondary : 2.5 KV for 1 minute
 Secondary to ground = More than 100 M.Ω
 Primary to ground & primary to secondary = More than 1 G.Ω
Criteria
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Neutral Voltage Transformer
Record No. :
3.3. Winding resistance:

o
Ambient temp: C
Primary Winding
Phase o
At c At 75 oc
N
Secondary Winding 1
Phase o
at C at 75 oC
n
R75 = Rt (234.5 +75) / (234.5 + t)
Where:
t is ambient temp. ,
R is resistance at ambient temperature.
Criteria:
3.4. V.T Ratio Test :
Secondary Voltage (V)

Phase Injected primary voltage Winding 1
Error%
Expected Measured
N
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Over Head Line Test Formats Record No. :
Circuit : Line
Line Length: Km
Location :
Conductor Make
Service Voltage
Conductor Size:
Conductor Type:
2. Mechanical checks & visual inspection: As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.29.1

1 Inspect that the access roads and structure pads are as per spec
2 Check that sand stabilization has been done as per spec (if applicable)
3 Check the ROW (right of way) to ensure that there is no construction or
agricultural encroachment
4 Check that the ground profile allows water to run off away from the
structures
5 Check that grounding connection is made properly with steel structure
and protective coating is applied on the concrete cap. There shall be no
cracks and the concrete cap shall slope away from the stub angle.
6 Check that crash barrier and/or flood protection are being done as per
spec
7 For wooden pole structures, ensure the poles, types and size are correct
as per spec and have been installed correctly .ensure that the depth
indication tags are on each pole.
8 For wooden pole structure ,check structure guy wire ,cross braces and
other framing work are being done correctly
9 Check that all wood structures have been identified correctly and that the
identification plates are to specifications.for double circuit structure
ensures that each circuit is correctly identified.
10 For steel structure, ensure that type is as per spec/Drawings
11 Check galvanizing quality and thickness (rust is not acceptable)
12 Check bolt types and tightness (torque wrench method)
13 Ensure anti - climbing guards are correctly installed (if applicable)
14 Check step bolt tightness
15 For porcelain insulators check insulators for chip, cracks etc. ensure `
Name:
Signature:
Date:
correct number of insulators have been installed in each string .ensure

that cotter keys have been properly installed.
16 For composite insulators, perform close elevated inspection on each
structure to check that the insulator sheaths and sheds are not cracked,
damaged, torn. The rod should not be exposed at any of its location.
17 Check that all line hardware (insulator, corona rings, vibration dampers,
spacers, conductor clamps, warning spheres, warning lights, armor rod,
counter weight, flag socket / keys etc) are installed correctly and in
correct locations as per spec and drawings
18 Make sure that the insulators are clean and line is safe to be energized
19 Check that all splices are correct and installed in correct span locations
20 Check that all jumpers are installed correctly .make sure of correct
clearance between jumper and structure as well as with other phases.
21 Check that overhead shield wire / OBGW and associated joint box are
grounded to towers as specified
22 Ensure that sags for phase and overhead ground conductors are even
and to spec.
23 Check that ground clearance is meeting company standards.
24 Check circuit / phase identification plates, structure number ,danger sign
plate etc, have been correctly installed at each structure
25 Check line / phase correctly transposed at the specified locations (if
applicable)
26 Check that washing platform and pumping system has been installed as
per spec(if applicable)
27 Check solar unit for tower lighting with cable (if applicable)
28 For terminal compound check the following if available as per contract
a. outdoor equipments such as surge arrester, CVT’s etc
b. equipment structure
c. foundation
d. bonding of equipment / structure
e. gravelling inside terminal compound
f. circuit identification
g. conductor dropper and connectors
h. fence and gate are complete and grounded
29 Ensure that the site has been properly cleaned up and all earthwork
profiles are correct before acceptance
30 Regarding to the spacer dampers and vibration on the 380 kV overhead
transmission lines the following should be observed :-
a. installed as per manufacture instructions
b. space damper locations are as per the approved “In – span
position Table”
Name:
Signature:
Date:
c. Alignment of space dampers are perpendicular to installed using

manufacturer
d. Recommended tools
3.1. Phasing Test:
Phase Checked Remarks

R
Y
B
Results:
3.2. Phase Rotation Test:
 Connect 3-phase 220 V AC voltage supply (Generator) to the line.

 Connect phase sequence meter to both ends of the line
 Read the phase sequence of sending and receiving ends
.
Results:
3.3. Conductivity / continuity Test:
Phase Checked Remarks

R–Y
Y–B
B–R
Results:
3.4. Insulation Test:

R-E
Y-E
Name:
Signature:
Date:
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Criteria:
3.5. Impedance Test:
3.5.1. Zero Sequence Impedance (Zo):
Impedance results: R [Ω] X [Ω] Z [Ω] Phi (°)

zero sequence impedance Z0
zero sequence impedance Z0/KM
Results:
3.5.2. Positive Sequence Impedance Test (Z1):

Positive sequence impedance Z1
Positive sequence impedanceZ1/KM
Results:
3.5.3. Mutual Impedance (for Double circuit only):

Positive sequence impedance Z1
Zero sequence impedance Z0
Mutual Coupling Impedance ZM
Mutual Coupling Zero Sequence Z0M
Mutual Coupling Impedance ZM/KM
Mutual Coupling Zero Sequence Z0M/KM
Results:
3.6. Susceptance Test:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
 Isolate the three phase from both ends.

 Connect 1- phase 220 V AC supply voltage source (generator) between
R &Y phases now connect ammeter and voltmeter as shown in figure-6
 calculate phase-to phase susceptance as per the formula given below
X=2V/ I in Ω
B=1 / (- JX) in Moh
 Repeat for both phases Y-B and B-R

 Fill the result in the Table below
.Phase X (ohm) B (mho) Remarks

R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Results:
Note: - Separate check list for spacer damper installation to be done as per
TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.29.3

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Commissioning Standard Test Format
Description : Power Transformer Record No. :
INDEX

1 General name plate details
2 Mechanical check and visual inspection
3 Transformer turns ratio test
4 Capacitance & tan delta of winding
5 Magnetizing current test
6 Magnetic balance test
7 Vector group test
8 Single phase impedance
9 Short circuit test (impedance measurement)
10 Winding resistance test
11 Zero sequence impedance test
12 Insulation resistance test of transformer winding & polarizing index test
13 Core insulation test
14 Testing of fans
15 Oil & winding temperature gauge calibration
16 Winding temperature calibration by secondary current injection
17 Mcb & thermal overload testing
18 Supervision equipment functional checks
19 Oil breakdown test
20 OLTC function test
21 Function of fan accessories
1. Name plate details:
Si No. :
Make :
Power capacity : / / MVA
Voltage rating : / / V
Vector group :
% Impedance at nominal tap : %
Normal tap :
Frequency : HZ
No. Of winding :
Primary current :
Secondary current :
Type of cooling : / /
Name:
Signature:
Date:
No. of H.V taps :
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection: (As per TCS – P -105.Rev – 01, Item no
3.1.1)
1 Inspect for physical damage/defects
2 Check nameplates information as per contract specification
3 Check quality for paint work, condition of lifting lugs, quality of weld
areas rust spots and wheel stoppers
4 Check tightness of all bolted connections
5 Check impact recorder for any abnormal impact during transportation
6 Check integrity of diagram/airbag in the conservator
7 Check piping to buchholz relay has proper slope
8 Check that all grounding are securely connected
9 Check vertical/horizontal clearance of live parts to adjacent grounded
point to conform standard
10 Check the valves between the tank and radiator
11 Check the H.V – L.V and Tertiary bushing for any damage and
completeness
12 Check phase marking in cable box and it should match with GIS and
cables
13 Perform all the manufacturer specific checks
14 Check all pipes - hoses and fan protection(not rubber or plastic)
15 Check the color and quantity of silica gel in breather and oil pot level
16 Check labeling of all auxiliary devices as per approved drawings
17 Check proper operation of all auxiliary devices
18 Check oil leakage by applying 0.35 bar (35KPa) over pressure for 24
Hrs
19 Check the oil sampling devices are reachable from ground level
20 Check oil level in main tank, conservator, tap changer tank and bushing
etc
21 Check all external wiring for correctness and tightness
22 Bleed trapped air at the bushing turrets and tank top
23 Check flow of oil in flow meter in correct direction and proper rate
24 Check that the temperature sensor oil well is two third filled with oil
25 Check the each optical feed through unit is properly connected to the
ports of Hot Spot Temp Measuring device
26 For new transformer, Internal inspection of the H.V. bushing before
installation is required due to upper yoke any bents in the core and if
any paint particles found
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. Electrical Test: (As per TCS – P -105.Rev – 01, Item no 3.1.2,)
Instrument : Megger 520

Average oil temperature : c
3.1 Core insulation Resistance Tested with 1000 VDC
Insulation resistance Insulation resistance with 1000 V

between tester (G ohms) (1 mins)
Core to ground
Main core frame to earth
3.2 Winding Insulation Resistance Test & Polarizing Index Tested with : 5000 VDC
Insulation resistance 1 Mins 10 Mins

Polarizing index
between ( GΩ ) ( GΩ )
HV – ground
LV – ground
TW – ground
HV – LV
HV – TW
LV – TW
Criteria: Polarization Index (I.R at 10 min / I.R at 1 Min) Value > 1.3
4. Winding Resistance (DC) Test at All Taps
Instrument :
Oil temperature : C
Injecting Current : A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.1 HV Winding
Ambient Temperature:
Tap Winding resistance () @ amb temp. Avg Res /ph @ * res /ph @ Factory Avg
no. R-N Y-N B-N amb temp () 75  c () res @ 75˚c
(235 + 75)
* Res / Ph @ 75  C. = Avg. Res / Ph @ Amb. Temp. X --------------------------
(235 + Avg Oil Temp.)
4.2 LV Winding
Winding resistance () @ ambient temp. Average Res * Res/ph Factory

Tap
/Ph @ Amb. @ 75 C resistance
no. 1r-n 1y-n 1b-n Temp () () @ 75˚c
-----
(235 + 75)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3 TV winding
Average Res * Res/ph Factory

Tap Winding resistance ( m) @ ambient temp.
/ph @ amb. @ 75  C resistance
no. 2r-n 2y-n 2b-n Temp (m) (m) @ 75˚C
-----
(235 + 75)
5. Magnetizing current test (no load current test)
Instrument:
Condition:
(1) Three phase voltage applied on HV side by keeping LV side open.

(2) Current measurement carried at HV terminals.
Measured voltage at HV side Measured current at HV side (mA)

Tap No. Average
R-Y Y-B B-R Average volt IR IY IB I0 %
Current
Average current rated tap voltage

I0 % = --------------------- × ----------------------- × 100
Average voltage rated tap current
I0 Criteria: < 0.5 %
6. Magnetic balance test
Tap : ----L
Measured Voltage ( V )
HV LV
REF R–N Y- N B–N 1r – n 1y - n 1b – n
R–N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Y–N
B–N
Tap : N
HV LV
R–N
Y–N
B–N
Tap : ---- R
HV LV
R–N
Y–N
B–N
Note:
1. When applying voltage between R-N => Y-N + B-N
2. When applying voltage between Y-N => R-N +B-N
3. When applying voltage between B-N => R-N +Y-N
7. Vector Group Test
HV termination designation – R, Y, B, N
LV termination designation – 1r, 1y, 1b, 1n
Condition:
 Three phase Voltage applied on HV side.
 Connect R and 1r.
 Tap changer kept at Tap position (Normal Tap)
 Voltage measurement
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Measured voltages following
R Y B N r y b
R × × × × × × ×
Y × × × × × ×
B × × × × ×
N × × × ×
r × × ×
y × ×
b ×
n
Proof: Vector Group is
Result:
Equations to be satisfied for YNyn0 vector group as an example are
1. R-1b = Y-1y =>

2. Y-1b > B-1b => R,1r
3. B-1y = Y-1b =>
4. Y-1y > R-1y => 1n
5. Y-1b > Y-1y => 1b 1y
6. R-1y = R-1b =>
N
B Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. Single phase impedance measurement
8.1 Condition:
1. Apply voltage between R and Y.

2. Short all low voltage side of transformer.
Tap Measured Measured current Factory Measured % Error

voltage resistance resistance
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8.2 Condition:
1. Apply voltage between Y and B.

2. Short all phases of low voltage side of transformer.
Tap Measured Measured Factory Measured % Error

voltage current resistance resistance
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8.3 Condition:
1. Apply voltage between B and R.

2. Short all phases of low voltage side of transformer.
TAP Measured Measured Factory Measured % Error

voltage current resistance Resistance
9. Short Circuit Test (percentage impedance measurement)
Ambient Temperature : C
9.1 Tap ---- L
 Connect 3-phase supply to HV side and short LV side winding.
Voltage (V) R-Y Y-B B-R
Current (A) IR IY IB
* Average voltage = volt

* Average current = Amp
Name:
Signature:
Date:
* Rated current = Amp

* Frequency = 60 HZ
* Rated voltage = volts
% Impedance = (HV side Rated current / HV side Rated voltage) ×

(Average voltage / Average current) × 100 =
Note:
Factory test = %
Error = %
Tolerance = +10 %
9.2 Tap N
* Average voltage = Volt

* Frequency = 60 HZ
* Rated voltage = Volts

Note:
Factory test = %
Error = %
Tolerance = +10%
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9.3 Tap --- R
* Average voltage = volt

* Frequency = 60 HZ
* Rated voltage = volts

Note:
Factory test = %
Error = %
Tolerance = +10 %
10. Zero sequence impedance measurement
10.1 Condition:1
 Shorted R , Y ,B On HV Side
 Single phase Voltage applied on HV side between shorted terminals R-Y-B
and neutral N. Keep LV side open and TW side short.
 Measure the Voltage & Current on HV side
Tap Rated Rated Measured Z0 Calculated Factory % error

voltage Current V0 I0 Z% Z%
---L
N
---R
10.2 Condition:2
 Shorted R , Y ,B On HV Side
Name:
Signature:
Date:
 Single phase Voltage applied on HV side between shorted terminals R-Y-B

and neutral N. Keep LV and TW side short.
 Measure the Voltage & Current on HV side
Tap Rated Rated Measured Z0 Calculated Factory % error

voltage Current V0 I0 Z% Z%
---L
N
---R
Calculation
3 V 0 / I0
% Z = ---------------------------- × 100
(VRATED / √3) / I RATED
11. Capacitance & Tan Delta of Winding:
Oil temperature : c
Correction factor :
(To convert % Dissipation Factor to 20 C, Divide the measured %
Dissipation Factor value with Correction Factor)
Test Insulation Test Test connection Test P.F P.F %

ma Cap (ΡF) Watts
No. Tested Mode Eng Gnd Gar KV % At 20 C
1 CHG+CHL GST H L T 10
2 CHG GST H L,T 10
3 CHL UST H 10
4 CLG+CLT GST L T H 10
5 CLG GST L T,H 10
6 CLT UST L 10
7 CTG+CHT GST T H L 5
8 CTG GST T H,L 5
9 CHT UST T 5
H = high voltage 110 kV winding G = body of Transformer grounded

L = low voltage 15 kV winding T = 6.6KV tertiary winding
Criteria: P.F% AT 20  C < 0.5
Name:
Signature:
Date:
12. Transformer Turns Ratio (HV- LV)
Measured ratio Measured ratio Measured ratio

Transformer name plate data
R-N/1r-n Y-N/1y-n B-N/1b-n
I I I
Tap Calc. Dev. Dev. Dev.
HV LV Ratio exc. Ratio exc. Ratio exc.
no. Ratio (%) (%) (%)
(mA) (mA) (mA)
Criteria Acceptable Tolerance for Ratio Deviation is + 0.5%
Name:
Signature:
Date:
13. Calibration of Oil and Winding Temperature Sensors
Reference HV winding temp. LV winding temp.

Oil Temp Indicator
Temp. indicator indicator
Starting Temp
40
60
80
100
120
140
Criteria: ± 3
14. Winding Temperature Calibration by Secondary Current Injection:
High voltage winding temperature indicator:

Ct ratio :
Full load current: A
Current injection: A
Reading
Time (min.) Temp. Reading
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Oil Temp. At start (A) ˚C

Oil Temp. At end (B) ˚C
Winding Temp. Before current injection (C) ˚C
Winding Temp. After 45 mins (D) ˚C
Simulated temp. Rise measured: [(D-C)-(B-A)] ˚C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Low voltage winding temperature indicator:

Ct ratio :
Full load current : A
Current injection : A
Reading
Time (min.) Temp. Reading(˚c )
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Oil Temp. at start (A) ˚C

Oil Temp. at end (B) ˚C
Simulated Temp. Rise Measured: [(D-C)-(B-A)] ˚C
15.
16. Oil Dielectric Strength:
Electrode form : IEC 156 1995

Distance : 2.5 mm
Minimum strength : 50 KV
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Sample Average Break down

Test # Break down voltage (KV)
location Voltage (KV)
Main tank
Top
Main tank
Bottom
OLTC
Conservator
17. Testing of Fans:
Group # 1
Fan IR with 1000 starting current (A) running current (A)

Direction
no. V ( GΩ ) IR IY IB IR IY IB
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Total current consumption by group # 1 cooling fans
STARTING RUNNING
IR IY IB IR IY IB
Group # 1
As per approved drawing

1. Verified group # 1 starts at c
2. Verified group # 1 stops at c
Group # 2
Fan Ir with 1000 V Starting current(A) Running current (A)

Direction
no. ( GΩ ) IR IY IB IR IY IB
Starting current (A) Running current (A)

IR IY IB IR IY IB
Group # 2
1. Verified group # 2 starts at C

2. Verified group # 2 stops at C
Name:
Signature:
Date:
18. On Load Tap Changer:
No Explanation of event Results

1 MCB of tap changer motor(Q1)
2 AC socket(X19) & mcb(F25)
3 Heater & thermostat & mcb(F16)
4 Lighting(E1) & door switch(S10)
5 Mechanical operation check
6 Mechanical upper limit lock
7 Mechanical lower limit lock
8 Electrical opertion
Upper
9 Electrical limit lock
Lower
10 Counter operation check
11 Local operation check
12 Stop and rotation pointer
13 Motor starting / running current
14 Motor handle interlock
15 Local / remote check(local operation switching)
16 Motor drive & OLTC tap # comparison
17 Sound during operation
18 Alarm signals for control room
19 Emergency stop switch
20 Tap position indicator
21 Tap changer in progress
22 Tap changer faulty
Raise
23 Tap changer from remote
Lower
24 OLTC local
25 OLTC remote
Raise
26 Tap position
Lower
27 Tap changer incomplete
Name:
Signature:
Date:
19. MCB Test at Marshalling Kiosk:
19.1 Mechanical Checks & Physical Inspection:

3 Verify tightness of all connections
4 Check ferrules
5 Check apparatus list
19.2 Electrical Tests:
Thermal over Load Test:
Setting Injected Measured criteria

MCB No. Type
Make (A.) Current (A.) tripping time (s) (sec.)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
20. Function Check of Fan Panel Accessories:
Item Functions Terminals

1 Main power supply 3ph AC 380/220V,60hz
2 Backup power supply 3 ph AC 380/220V,60hz
3 Voltage monitors(under voltage relays)27-1,27-2,check 27X1,
27X2 operating with <V
4 Main power supply
3ph AC 380/220V 60hz to motor drive unit for OLTC
5 220V AC socket & MCB #52C-1(RT1, RT2)
6 Lighting and door switches?
7 Heaters, MCB 52C-3 and Manual, off, auto switch
8 Thermostat
9 Fan group 1 man/auto switch
10 Fan group 2 man/auto switch
11 Fan(g1 & g2) local/remote switch
12 Fan g1 on/off manual
13 Fan g2 on/off manual
14 Fan g1 on/off auto
15 Fan g2 on/off auto
16 Man/auto interlock check
17 In auto position (group 1 fans-
-starts at HV/LV winding temp reaches 70˚C
-stops at HV/LV winding temp reaches 60˚C
-stops at oil temp reaches 60˚C
18 In auto position -group 2 fans
- Starts at HV/LV winding reaches 80˚C
- Stops at winding temp reaches 70˚C
- Stops at oil temp reaches 70˚C
19 Fan G -1 MCB trip signal for all G-1 MCB
20 Fan G-2 MCB trip signal for all G-2 MCB
21 Fan G-1 & G-2 signal Auto
Manual
22 Fan signal from Local
Remote
23 Fan group-1 On
Off
Name:
Signature:
Date:
24 Fan group-2 On
Off
25 Fan faulty signal Jumpers Group-1
Group-2
21. Supervision Equipment Functional Checks:
Item Equipment Terminal at Marshalling Kiosk

Alarm
1 Main tank buchholz relay
Trip
Alarm
2 Cable champers buchholz relay
Trip
3 OLTC Protective (oil surge) Relay Trip
Main tank over pressure relief
4 Trip
device
5 OLTC over pressure relief device Trip
Main tank oil level indicator Min
6
(alarm only) Max
Min
7 OLTC oil level indicator
Max
Alarm
8 Oil Temperature Indicator
Trip
Winding temperature Indicator Alarm
9
(high) Trip
Winding temperature indicator Alarm
10
(low) Trip
22. Test Equipments Used:
No. Test equipment Serial number Calibration date Calibration due date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Ring Main Unit Test Record No. :

Sl no. :
Make :
Type :
Capacity :
Voltage rating :
Phase connection :
Frequency : 60 Hz
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection: (As Per TCS – P – 105 Rev – 01,Item 3.40.1)

1 Check for Damage/Defects to the body or fuses
3 Check Quality For Paint Work
Check Tightness Of All Bolted Connections (by Torque wrench
4
method)
5 Check That All Grounding Are Securely Connected
6 Check the interlock system
7 Check the level of insulation medium (SF6,OIL,..etc)
3. Electrical test: (As Per TCS – P – 105 Rev – 01,Item 3.40.2)
3.1. Insulation resistance test
Insulation Checked with 5kv for 1 Min and measured values in (MΩ)
R phase - earth Y phase - earth B Phase - earth. Remarks
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

3.2. Contact Resistance Test:
Connection points Phases Measured resistance at 100 A d,c Remarks
Criteria:
3.2.1. Insulation resistance before and after H.V. test ( 5 kV ):
Value in G Ω
Item Description
Before After
1 With all switches closed, test between poles and earth
2 With all switches closed, test between 2 poles and 3rd earth
3 Test across opened switching device (one side ground )
injection bay at 1 in closed position
4 Injection at bay 1 in opened position bay 2 in closed position &
grounded
Criteria:
3.2.2. High voltage Test:
Injecting phase Applying Voltage Leakage Current Time Remarks

R
Y 30 KV 60 sec
B
* Voltage should carry out at 80% applied at the approved Factory Test
Result.
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

4. Testing for Cable Ring Current Transformer
Type:
Aux. Supply:
Manufacturer:
Contact no.:
Current range:
4.2. Insulation Resistance Test:
Applied 1000 V in
Measured value in (MΩ) Remarks
secondary 1 min
5. Earth Fault Indicator:
Current injected check earth fault indicator
25 A operated
Check earth fault indicator flag reset by depressing the reset Plunger
5.1. General data & information:
Type:
Aux. Supply:
Manufacturer:
Contact no.:
Current range:
5.2. Pick Up Test
Setting ( A ) Pick - Up value ( A )

50
25
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5.3. Timing test:
Optd. Time (ms) Flag reset time (sec)

Injected current (A)
Setting Meas. Limit Meas.
50
100 10> t <30sec
25
'- Time taken at contact 9, 10 N/O

'- Alarm check on Annunciator at Control Panel ____
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Shunt Reactor Test Record No. :
INDEX

1 Reactor data & characteristics
2 Mechanical checks and visual inspection
3 Core insulation resistance test
4 Insulation resistance of Reactor & polarizing index test
5 Winding resistance test
6 Magnetizing current test
7 Capacitance & tan delta of winding & bushing
8 Zero sequence impedance test
9 Winding temperature calibration by sec current injection
10 Oil & winding temperature gauge calibration
11 Oil breakdown test
12 Supervision equipment functional checks
1. Name plate details

Sl No.
Make
Power capacity : MVA
Voltage rating : kv
Frequency : 60 Hz
No. Of phases : 3
Rated current : A
Type of cooling :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2. Mechanical checks and visual inspection: (As per TCS – P -105.Rev – 01, Item no 3.2.1)

2 Check nameplates information for correctness
3 Check quality for paint work, condition of lifting lugs
4 Check Tightness of All Bolted Connections (Torque Wrench Method)
and refer manufacture’s recommendations
5 Check impact recorder for indication of abnormal impacts
6 Check integrity of diagram/airbag in the conservator
7 Check piping to buchholz relay has proper slope
8 Check that all grounding are securely connected
9 Check vertical/horizontal clearance of live parts to adjacent non-
current carrying metallic/ground parts
10 Check HV bushing for damage
11 Check oil test enclosed result from lab
12 Check the silica gel breather for color and quantity
13 Check proper operation of all auxiliary devices.
3. Electrical Tests: (As per TCS – P -105.Rev – 01, Item no 3.2.2)
3.1. Insulation resistance & polarizing index Test
Instrument : megger 520

Average oil temperature : C
3.1.1. Tested with : 5000 V DC
Insulation resistance with 5000 volt tester ()

Measurement Test voltage At 60 th At 600 th
PI=R600/R60
kv sec () sec ()
HV to ground
Criteria: Polarization Index (I.R at 10 min / I.R at 1 Min) Value > 1.3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1.2. Tested with : 1000 VDC
Insulation resistance with 1000 v tester

Insulation resistance between
(G Ω) (1 min)
Core to ground
Main core frame to earth
Criteria:
4. Winding resistance test
Instrument : transformer winding resistance kit - Avo

Oil temperature : c
Injecting current : A
Winding resistance
Tap () @ ambient temp. Average Res /ph * res /ph @ Winding
no. @ amb.Temp () 75  c () Connection
U-N V-N W-N
STAR
(235 + 75)
Note
Factory value :
Tested value :
Error : %
5. Magnetizing current test
Condition:
1)Three phase voltage applied on HV side.

2) Current measurement carried at HV terminals.
Applied voltage at primary Magnetizing current at primary

Tap
Winding in Volt Winding in mA
no.
H1-H2 H2-H3 H3-H1 I H1 I H2 I H3
---
Name:
Signature:
Date:
I calculated = AVG. VOLTAGE X RATED TAP CURRENT

RATED TAP VOLTAGE
I0 % = MEASURED AVG.CURRENT X 100 =

I Calculated
6. Capacitance & Tan Delta of Winding
Instrument: Biddle Delta 2000- 10KV automated insulation test set

Oil Temperature : C
Correction Factor :
(To convert % Dissipation Factor to 20  C, Divide the measured % Dissipation
Factor value with Correction Factor)
Insulati Test Connection

Test Test Test Capacitance P.f P.f %
on mA
No. Mode Eng Gnd Gar KV Ρf % At 20 C Watts
Tested
Limit: p.f % at 20  C < 0.5
7. Zero Sequence Impedance Measurement
Instrument: digital multimeter & clamp meter
 Shorted U , V ,W on HV side
 Single phase voltage applied on HV side, (H1,H2,H3)&(H0)
 Measure the voltage & current on HV side
Tap measured z0 Calculated z% Factory z% % error

V0 I0
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applied voltage =
*measured current =
*rated tap current =
*rated tap voltage =
Used calculation
3 V 0 / I0
% Z = ----------------------------------------------- × 100
(VRATED / √3) / I RATED
Note:
Factory test = %
Error = %
8. Calibration of oil and winding temperature sensors
Instrument: Broman- model
Reference Temp. Oil Temp. Indicator HV winding Temp Indicator

Starting Temp
40
60
80
100
120
140
Limit: ± 3
8.1. Winding Temperature Calibration By Secondary Current Injection
High voltage winding temperature indicator:
CT Ratio :
Full load current: Amps
Current injection: Amps
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Reading
Time (min.) Temp. Reading
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Oil Temp. at start (A) ˚C

Oil Temp. at end (B) ˚C
Simulated Temp. Rise Measured: [(D-C)-(B-A)] ˚C
9. Oil Dielectric Strength:
Electrode form : IEC 156 1995

Distance : 2.5 mm
Minimum strength : 50 KV
Sample location Test # Break down voltage (kv) Avg.bd.Voltage (kv)

1
2
3
H.v. tank
4
5
6
1
2
3
Conservator
4
5
6
Name:
Signature:
Date:
10. Loss Neasurement Calculation
For R phase :
Measured voltage : in volts
Measured current : in amps
Formula used : R=V/I
Calculated Ω/ph :
Calculation of inductance:
Formula used : Z=R+XL
: L= (Z-R) / 2*3.14*60
Factory Test :
Calculated Value :
Error% :
For Y phase,:
Measured line voltage : in volts

Calculated Ω/PH :
Calculation of inductance
: L= (Z-R)/2*3.14*60
Factory test :
Calculated value :
Error% :
For B phase :
Measured line voltage : in volts

Calculated Ω/PH :
Calculation of inductance
: L= (Z-R)/2*3.14*60
Factory test :
Calculated value :
Error% :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
11. Testing of fans:
Instrument : Digital Multimeter with Clamp Meter & Megger
Group # 1
Fan IR with 1000 v Starting current(amp) Running current (amp)

Direction
no. ( GΩ ) IR IY IB IR IY IB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
STARTING RUNNING
IR IY IB IR IY IB
GROUP # 1
As per approved drawing:
1. Verified group # 1 starts at : c

2. Verified group # 1 stops at : c
12. Functional test on the control and supervisory equipment:
Instrument : digital multimeter
Item Devices Alarm Trip

1 Buchholz relay for main tank
2 Pressure relief valve
3 High voltage & winding gauges
4 Oil temperature
5 Thermostat for tank
6 Oil level Gauge for T/F
7 Mcb
Name:
Signature:
Date:
13. Insulation test on control wires:
All wiring were checked for continuity between individual devices, terminals and
terminal box and insulation resistance
Cable no. Wires no. Description Voltage 500 v Measured ohms

Buchholz T/F 500
P.R.V - TF 500
No. Name of device Terminal Marks Insulation resistance at Result

1000 V (K)
1 Buchholz relay for
> 150000
transformer
2 Buchholz relay for
> 150000
conservator
3 Thermometer for oil
> 150000
temperature
4 Thermometer for
> 150000
winding temp
5 Oil level indicator > 150000
6 Pressure relief
> 150000
device
7 Temperature
> 150000
monitor for oil temp
8 Source cabling > 150000
9 Others > 150000
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Series Reactor Test Record No. :
Sl. No. :
Make :
Type :
Reactance Capacity :
Voltage Rating :
Connection Type :
Frequency : 60 Hz
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection: (As per TCS – P – 105 ,Rev – 01, Item no –
3.42.1)

1 Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling
2 Check nameplates information for correctness
3 Check for overall body deformation
Check tightness of all bolted connections (by torque wrench
4
method)
5 Check of foreign particles between the layers of the reactor coils
6 Check all grounding cables are securely connected
7 Check quality of paint for reactors
8 Check for insulation Cracks
9 Check Proper Termination
3. Series Reactor Test
3.1. Electrical Test: (As per TCS – P – 105 ,Rev – 01 ,Item no – 3.42.2)
3.1.1. Insulation test
Insulation Checked With 5kV for 1 Min
R – Phase to Gnd Y – Phase to Gnd B – Phase to Gnd Remarks
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Series Reactor Test Record No. :
3.1.2. Impedance Measurement (Z)
Phase Injected Value Impedance in Remarks

AC Volt (V) AC Amps (A) (Ω)
Criteria:
3.1.3. D.C. Resistance Measurements (Y)
Phase Injected Value DC Resistance in Remarks

DC Volt (V) DC Amps (A) (Ω)
Criteria
3.1.4. L calculated
Phase Calculated Reactance Measured Reactance L in (mH )

XL = (mΩ) XL = √Z2 - Y2 (m Ω)
4. Test Equipments used
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Surge Arrester Test Record No. :
1. General Data & Information:
Sl. No. :
Model No :
Type :
Maximum Continuous operating voltage in Kv rms :
Rated Voltage in kV rms :
Frequency : 60 HZ
Nominal Discharge Current (KA) rms :
Year of Manufacture :
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection: ( As per TCS - P – 105, Item No :3.4.1)
Item No Description Remarks

1 Inspect For Physical Damage/Defects and sign of fluid leaks
3 Check Quality For Paint Work
Check Tightness Of All Bolted Connections (by Torque wrench
4
method)
5 Check That All Grounding Are Securely Connected
6 Check configuration as per Drawings
Check mounting racks & supporting insulators, structures for
7
defects such as cracked welds, chipped porcelain etc.
3. Surge Arrester Test:

3.1. Electrical Test: ( As per TCS - P – 105, Item No :3.4.2)
3.1.1. Insulation Test:
Insulation Checked With 5kV for 1 min
R – Phase - Earth Y – Phase - Earth B – Phase - Earth. Remarks
Criteria:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Surge Arrester Test Record No. :
3.1.2. Leakage Current Meter Calibration :
Injected Current Expected Reading Actual Reading % Error

R Y B R Y B R Y B
Criteria:
3.1.3. Capacitance & Tan Delta :

Instrument :
Correction Factor :
(To convert % Dissipation Factor to 20  C, Multiply measured %
Dissipation Factor with Correction Factor)
Test Insulation Test Test Connection Test Capacitance P.F P.F %

mA Watts
No. Tested Mode ENG GND GAR KV Ρf % At 20 C
Criteria: < 0.5%
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog Maximum Demand
Record No. :
AMMETER
Circuit Ref: Designation

Panel No : Type
Dwg No & Sch No Range
Make Class
Serial No Ct Ratio:

1 Inspect for any physical damage or defects.
2 Verify connections as per approved drawings.
3. Electrical test:
3.1. Secondary injection test:
Procedure:
Inject a secondary current equal to CT nominal current to the meter for a

Period equal to log time of the demand ammeter.
Note: Down the final Reading of RED pointer of the meter at the end of log
time period.
Injected Secondary Observed Meter Calculated % Error at

Remarks
voltage (v) Reading (A) Meter Reading Full Scale
Results: % Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full

scale reading x 100
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog Maximum Demand
Record No. :
AMMETER
Procedure:
Inject a secondary current equal to CT nominal current to the meter for a period
equal to log time of the demand ammeter. Note down the final reading of RED
pointer of the meter at the end of log time period.
Injected Secondary Expected Actual % Error at

Time (sec) Remarks
current (A) Reading Reading Full Scale
Results: % Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading) / Full scale

Reading x 100

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog MVAR Meter Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Serial No Range
Make Vt Ratio
Ct Ratio: Class

3. Electrical test:
Procedure:
Inject a fixed secondary voltage equal to nominal VT voltage to the meter.

For each reading, fix the meter pointer at some % of meter full scale and
Adjust the injected secondary current to reach the fixed meter reading,
Then note down the injected secondary current against the fixed meter
Reading
Observed
Injected %
Injected Injected meter Calculated
current Error
Secondary secondary reading Meter Remarks
angle (Lag) at Full
voltage (v) current (A) (MVAR) Reading
in Deg Scale
fixed
-30 25%scale=
-30 50%scale=
-90 75%scale=
-90 100%scale=
-210 25%scale=
-210 50%scale=
-270 75%scale=
-270 100%scale=
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog MVAR Meter Test Record No. :
Important note: Meter with center zero scale, the full-scale reading is equal to
sum of upper and lower limit irrespective of sign.
Results: % Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/

Full scale reading x 100
MVAR = MAX
90
+MVAR +MVAR
(MVAR = ZERO) 180 0 (360) (MVAR = ZERO)

-MVAR -MVAR

No Date Due Date
270
MVAR = MAX
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog MW Meter Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Serial No Range
Make VT Ratio
Ct Ratio: Class

3. Electrical test:
Procedure:
Inject a fixed secondary voltage equal to nominal VT voltage to the meter. For
each reading, fix the meter pointer at some %of meter full scale and adjust the
injected secondary current to reach the fixed meter reading, then note down the
injected secondary current against the fixed meter Reading
Injected Observed Calculated %

Injected Injected
current meter Meter Error
Secondary secondary Remarks
angle (Lag) reading Reading at Full
voltage (v) current (A)
in Deg (MW) fixed (MW) Scale
-30 25%scale=
-30 50%scale=
-90 75%scale=
-90 100%scale=
-210 25%scale=
-210 50%scale=
-270 75%scale=
-270 100%scale=
Important note: Meter with center zero scale, the full-scale reading is equal to
sum of upper and lower limit irrespective of sign.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog MW Meter Test Record No. :
Results: % Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/

Full scale Reading x 100
MW = Zero
-90
-MVAR +MW
(MW = Max) -180 0 (360) (MW = Max)

-MVAR +MW
No Date Due Date
-270
MW = Zero
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog Voltmeter Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Dwg No & Sch No Input
Make Output
Vt Ratio Class
Ct Ratio: Serial No

3. Electrical test:
Procedure:
Inject a secondary voltage to the meter. For each reading, fix the meter Pointer
at some % of meter full scale and adjust the injected secondary voltage to
reach the fixed meter reading, then note down the injected secondary voltage
against the fixed meter reading.
Injected Secondary Observed Meter Calculated % Error at

Remarks
voltage (v) Reading (Fixed) Meter Reading Full Scale
Results: % Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale

Reading x 100
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Analog Voltmeter Test Record No. :

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Current Transducer Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Make Output
Ct Ratio Class
Serial No

3. Electrical test:
Injected Input current (A) Measured Dc output %error

% of Full Scale Current Expected Actual
0
25
50
75
100
Results: % Error = (Actual- Expected)/ Expected * 100.

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : D.C. AMMETER Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Make Class
Serial No

3. Electrical test:
Procedure:
Inject a secondary voltage (mV) to the meter. For each reading, fix the Meter
pointer at some % of meter full scale and adjust the injected secondary voltage
to reach the fixed meter reading, then note down the Injected secondary
voltage against the fixed meter reading.
Injected Secondary Observed meter Calculated % Error at

Remarks
D.C. voltage (mv) reading (A) (fixed) meter reading Full Scale

Reading x 100

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Digital AMMETER Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Make Class
Serial No C.T. Ratio

3. Electrical test:
Procedure:
Inject a secondary current to the meter. For each reading, fix injected Current as
some % of CT nominal, then note down meter display current against the fixed
injected current.
Injected Secondary Observed meter Calculated % Error at

Remarks
Current (A) reading (A) meter reading Full Scale

Reading x 100

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Digital Power Meter Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Serial No Input
Make Class
Vt Ratio Ct Ratio:
Dwg & Sch No Output

3. Electrical test:
Secondary injection test:
3.1. Ammeter:
Expected
Function Injected Current Meter Reading AVG %Error Status
Reading
0.25xIn R Y B
0.5xIn
Ammeter
0.75xIn
1xIn
1xIn for
Max Demand
15min.
Results: % Error = (Observed Meter Reading – Expected Meter Reading)

/ Expected Reading * 100.
3.2. Voltmeter
Expected
Function Injected Current Meter Reading AVG %Error Status
Reading
0.5xVn RY YB BR
Voltmeter
1xIn
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Digital Power Meter Test Record No. :
Frequency 1xVn
Results: % Error = (Observed Meter Reading – Expected Meter Reading)

/ Expected Reading * 100
3.3. Power meter:
Injected 3ph Expected Meter reading

Function %Error Status
voltage & Current reading Watt meter VAR meter
V=1xVn
I= 0.5xIn
Watt Ø= -30º
meter V=1xVn
I= 1xIn
Ø= 0º
V=1xVn
I= 0.5xIn
VAR Ø= -60º
meter V=1xVn
I= 1xIn
Ø= -90º
V=1xVn
KWH I= 1xIn
meter Ø= -30º
Duration:
% Error = (Observed meter reading-Expected meter reading)/Expected reading x 100
Item Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Date Calibration Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Power Transducer Test Record No. :

Panel No : Type
Make Output
Vt Ratio Class
Ct Ratio: Serial No

3. Electrical test:
Injected Dc output
Injected Injected current Injected active
current %error
voltage (v) lag angle (deg) power (mw) Expected Actual
(A)
Results: % Error = (Actual- Expected)/ Expected * 100.

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Part 2 Protection Test Formats
PART 2
PROTECTION TEST FORMATS

Description : Auxiliary Relays
AUXILIARY RELAYS
Description: DC Oprderated.AUX. Relay(Auto Reset) Record No. :

1. General Data and Information:
Panel No. Designation

Make Type
Serial No. Aux. Voltage
Model No. No. of Contacts
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection: (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)
ITEM DESCRIPTION REMARKS

3 Check tightness of all connections.
4 Check that serial no. of relay matching with serial no. of case.
Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and
5
travel. (if applicable)
6 Check armature gap. (if applicable)
7 Check Reset mechanism.
3. Electrical Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)

1 Check the continuity of the contacts.
2 All output contacts resistance measured (0.2 Ω Max).
3 Check Flag Operation (if applicable).
4 Check Reset Operation.
5 Check operating Coil resistance.
Voltage operated relays to have a pickup voltage less than 80%
7 of the rated substation voltage to allow for proper operation of
the relay even during substation DC under-voltage condition.
3.1 Pickup & Drop Off Test:
Pick UP Drop off Contact

Voltage (V) Current (mA) Voltage (V) Current (mA) terminals
Limit: (According to relay catalogue page NO. )
3.2 Operating and Drop Off Time Test:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: DC Oprderated.AUX. Relay(Auto Reset) Record No. :

Operating time (mS) Contact Terminals Reset time (mS) Contact Terminals
Limit: (According to Relay, catalogue page no. )
3.3 Relay Burden Test:
RELAY BURDEN
VOLTAGE APPLIED MEASURE RELAY BURDEN
MEASURED
(VOLTS) CURRENT (mA) ACTUAL VALUE
VALUE
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: DC Operated.AUX.Relay (Electrical
Record No. :
Reset)

Make Type

Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and
5
travel. (if applicable)
6 Check armature gap. (if applicable)
7 Check Reset mechanism.

1 Check the continuity of the contacts.
2 All output contacts resistance measured. (0.2 Ω Max).
3 Check Flag Operation (if applicable).
5 Check operate and Reset Coil resistance.
6 Check the cut off facility.
Voltage operated relays to have a pickup voltage less than 80%
7 of the rated substation voltage to allow for proper operation of
3.1 Relay burden test:
COIL Voltage (V) Current (mA) Burden (VA )

Operate
Reset
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: DC Operated.AUX.Relay (Electrical
Record No. :
Reset)
3.2 Operating time Test:
Relay Expected operating Time Actual Operating Time

COIL
Terminals (ms ) (ms)
Operate
Reset
ITEM Test Equipment Serial Number Calibration date Calibration due date
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Trip Circuit Supervision Relay Record No. :

Make Type

Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and
1
handling.
5 Case / Relay grounding checked.
6 Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
7 Check armature gap.
3. Electrical Test
3.1 Function Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
ITEM Description REMARKS
1 All output contact resistance measured. ( 0.2 Ω Max )
2 Check Flag Operation
3 Check Reset Operation
4 Check that rating of the relay is compatible with the Auxiliary
Supply to which it is connected.
5 All coils resistance measured.
6 Check External resistors for correct value and function.(if
applicable)
7 Check trip Circuit supervision in both CB open and close
positions.
8 Voltage operated relays to have a pickup voltage less than 80%
of the rated substation voltage to allow for proper operation of
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Trip Circuit Supervision Relay Record No. :
3.2 Pickup & Drop Off Test:
Pickup Drop off Current at

COIL REF Current Rated
Voltage (v) Voltage (v ) Current (mA)
(mA) voltage (mA)
COIL A
COIL B
COIL C
3.3 Timing Test:
Voltage
COIL Injection Pick Up Drop Out
Applied Contact No.
REF terminals time (mS) time (mS)
(volt)
COIL C
3.4 Current Through Trip Coil
Terminals Voltage Measured Current Measured CB Status

Open
Close
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: D.C.Timer Record No. :
1. General Data and Information : (Ref: 4.5 of TCS-P-105 R1)

Make Type
Ordering Code Rated Coil Volt.
Draw. & Sh. No. Time delay Range
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection : (Ref: 4.1of TCS-P-105 R1)

1 Inspect for defects and physical damage from shipping and handling.
6 Check condition of any connectors, contacts alignment and travel.
7 Check armature gap.
3. Electrical Tests :
3.1. Function Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105 R1)

1 All output contact resistance measured. (0.2 Ω Max).
2 Check Flag Operation.
4 Check that rating of the relay is compatible with the Auxiliary Supply to
which it is connected.
5 Check that DC Supply is with the correct Polarity.
All coils resistance measured
6 Voltage operated relays to have a pickup voltage less than 80% of the
rated substation voltage to allow for proper operation of the relay even
during substation DC under-voltage condition.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: D.C.Timer Record No. :
3.2. Pick-Up And Drop Off Test :
Pick up value Drop off value

Voltage Current Voltage Current
Limits: (According to relay catalogue page NO. )
3.3 Operating And Reset Time Test:
Set Time Contacts Operating Time Resetting Time
4. Final Setting:
Set Time Contacts Operating Time
5. Relay burden test:
Applied Voltage Measured Current Power
6. Test Equiments Used:
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Main Protection Realys
MAIN PROTECTION RELAYS

Description : High Impedance REF Relay ARGUS
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
Note:
 The approved updated final settings should be applied and printed out from the
relay by using the software of the relay.
 The approved final setting and the printout final setting should be attached with
this test format.
 The print out final setting should be signed by SEC AND Contractor.
 The following test format contains minimum required tests and some of settings
are mentioned as an example and not as limitation.
1. General Data & Information
Panel No. SEF / REF CT:

Relay Type SEF / REF CT:
Manufacturer No. of contacts:
SERIAL NO Draw. & Sh No. :
Order - No. Conn.Diag.No.
Software Version DC. Auxiliary. Voltage
Frequency Fn 60 Hz
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection
As per TCS –P–105 Rev -1, Item no 4.1& 4.12.1.1

1 Inspect for any physical damage or defects.  Yes  N/A
2 Verify connections and ferrules as per approved drawings  Yes  N/A
3 Check tightness of all the connections.  Yes  N/A
4 Check Apparatus List  Yes  N/A
Check relay version and switching elements on printed circuit
5  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
3.1. Function Test

1. Human Machine Interface (HMI) Checked. Yes N/A
2. Case Earthing checked. Yes N/A
3. LED’s Function Checked. Yes N/A
4. Trip Contacts Checked. Yes N/A
5. Reset Function Checked Yes N/A
6. Group active Functions Checked Yes N/A
7. Binary inputs checked. Yes N/A
8. Output Relays Checked Yes N/A
9. Event Display on HMI Screen Checked Yes N/A
10. Test switch / plug checked for correct function. Yes N/A
11. Watchdog contacts checked Yes N/A
12. Current shorting facility. Yes N/A
3.2. Measurements
3.2.1 Current Measurement:
Phase Applied current(A) Measured Sec Current(A) Measured Primary Current (A)
R
Y
B
N
Limits: +/- 3%
3.2.1 Voltage Measurement:

Phase Applied Voltage(V) Measured Sec Voltage(V) Measured Primary Voltage (V)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
3.2.1 Measurement of Active, apparent, Real Power
Phase Angle Injected current Injected voltage MW MVAR MVA Power factor
3.3. SEF
3.3.1. Pick-up and Drop-off
Measured Error
Phase Pick - up Setting (A)
Pick-up Drop -off Pick up Drop off
R
Y
B
Setting Range (IS) : 0.005 to 0.96

Pick-up level : ± 5% of the set value
Drop-off occurs : ≥95% of the measured Pick-up value
3.3.2. Timing Test
Time Delay Delay Setting Measured Delay Error

1st Time Delay
2nd Time Delay
Low set Delay
Setting: 0.00 to 20.00 sec

Error: +/- 5 % or +/- 30 ms
3.4. REF
Measured Error
Phase Pick - up Setting
Pick-up Drop off Pick up Drop off
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
Setting Range (IS): 0.005 to 0.96 In

Pick-up level: ± 5% of the set value
Drop-off occurs: ≥95% of the measured Pick-up value
3.4.2. Timing Test

1st Time Delay
2nd Time
Delay
Low set Delay
Setting: 0.00 to 20.00 sec

Error: +/- 5 % or +/- 30 ms
3.5. Circuit Breaker Fail
3.5.1. Pick up / Drop off Tests
Pick - up Measured Pick up Measured Drop off

Pole Setting Pick-up Error Drop - off Error
Phase R
Phase Y
Phase B
E/F
Setting Range (IS): 0

Pick-up level: ± 5% of the set value
Drop-off occur: ≥95% of the measured Pick-up value
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
3.5.2. Timing Test
CB Fail Time Delay Setting (sec) Measured Time (sec) Error
SEF / REF Delay 1

CB Fail 1  OK
CB Fail 2  OK
Error : +/- 5 % or +/- 30 ms of Setting
3.6. Phase over current test:
3.6.1 Pick -up/Drop-off Test :( IDMTL Characteristic)
Phase Pick-up Measured Pick- up error Measured Drop-off error

setting pick-up (±4% of 105%) drop-off (≥95% of pick up)
R
Y
B
N
3.6.2 Timing Characteristic Test: (IDMTL)
Phase Curve(NI, 2x Is 5x Is 10x Is 20x Is

VI, EI,
Delay Error(±5% Delay Error(±5% Delay Error(±5% Delay Error(±5%
LTI, DTL) or ±30ms) or ±30ms) or ±30ms) or ±30ms)
R
Y
B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
3.7. Pick –Up Test (Low set and High set)
Phase Set I> = _____ Set I1>> = ______ Set I2>> = ______
Measured Pick-Up Measured Pick-Up Measured Pick-Up
Actual Error(±5%) Actual Error(±5%) Actual Error(±5%)
R
Y
B
N
3.8. Time Test (Low set and High set)
Phase Set I> = _____ Set I1>> = ______ Set I2>> = ______
Measured Delay Measured Delay Measured Delay
Actual Error (±5% Actual Error(±5% Actual Error(±5%
or ±30ms) or ±30ms) or ±30ms)
R
Y
B
N
3.9. Status Inputs
Sl. No. Description Checked

1. Status Input 1 Yes N/A
3.10. Output Relays

1. Output Relay 1 Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1 / 7SG11
3.11. LEDs
1. Starter LED Yes N/A
2. Trip LED Yes N/A
3. Protection healthy LED Yes N/A
4. Final Setting Testing
4.1.REF
Measured Error
Phase Pick - up Setting
Pick-up Drop off Pick up Drop off
4.1.2. Timing Test
5. Test Equipment Used
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Date Calibration Due

Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: High Impedance DIFF. Prot. RADHD Record No. :
Note:
 The approved updated final settings should be applied.
 The approved final setting should be attached with this test format.
1. GENERAL DATA AND INFORMATION
Panel No. Ratio, main CTs :

Relay Type US
Type of Relay Flag DC. Auxiliary. Voltage
Metrosil Type Metrosil Rated Voltage
external voltage divider divider OHM
Bay NO & Name : Frequency Fn 60 Hz
2. MECHANICAL CHECKS AND VISUAL INSPECTION: (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)

1. Inspect for any physical damage or defects.  Yes  N/A
2. Verify connections and ferrules as per approved drawings  Yes  N/A
3. Check tightness of all the connections.  Yes  N/A
4. Check Apparatus List  Yes  N/A
Check relay version and switching elements on printed
5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. ELECTRICAL TESTS: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
3.1. FUNCTION TEST

3.2. FIXED PICK-UP AND DROP-OFF VOLTAGE TEST
Relay operate voltage setting Us1 = V

Us Setting AC Ir in relay AC Ir in relay cct. D.O/P.U X
Pick Up Drop off
cct.at pick up mA At Drop off mA 100
R
Y
B
Limits: Pick-up tolerance = ± 10%

AC Ir in relay
Us Setting AC Ir in relay cct.
Pick Up Drop off cct.at pick up D.O/P.U X 100
At Drop off mA
mA
R %
Y %
B %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. OPERATING TIME TEST
Relay Opearate voltage setting Us1 = V Relay Opearate voltage setting Us1 = V
PHASE
Injected voltage 2Us Operate Time Injected Voltage 2Us Operate Time
Limits: Operating time = 10 – 20 ms
4. FINAL SETTINGS
CT in service, injection should be done from the CT terminal block.
Shunt resistor setting = KΩ,
Operate value of voltage set Us = V
Relay operate voltage setting Us = V

Us Setting AC Ir in relay AC Ir in relay cct. D.O/P.U X
Pick Up Drop off
cct.at pick up mA at operation mA 100
%
%
%
Max. Continuous voltage = 125% of Us,
Operating Time Test:
Relay Operate Voltage Setting Us =

phase
INJECTED VOLTAGE = 2 x Us (V) OPERATE TIME (ms)
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Date Calibration Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: High Impedance DIFF. Prot. MFAC 34 Record No. :
Note:
are mentioned as an example and not as limitation
1. General Data and Information

Relay Type US
Bay NO & Name :
Frequency Fn 60 Hz
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)

5.  Yes  N/A
board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. Electrical Tests (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
3.1. Function Test

Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.2. Secondary Injection Test

3.2.1. Test Of Voltage Taps
Tap Selections:
Voltage (Vs): as shown
PICK- DROP- VOLTAGE

RELAY LIMITS METRO
TOTAL LIMITS UP OFF ERROR =
Vs CURRE FOR SIL
CURRENT WITH VOLTA LIMITS VOLTA DROP-
PHASE Set NT RELAY CURRE
MEAS. metrosil GE (V) GE OFF
% MEAS. ONLY NT
(mA) (mA) MEAS. MEAS. PICK- (mA) (mA) (mA)
(V) (V) UP
R 18-20 90-110 19
Y 100 18-20 90-110 19
B 18-20 90-110 19
R 18-20 135-165 19
Y 150 18-20 135-165 19
B 18-20 135-165 19
R 18-23 180-220 19
Y 200 18-23 180-220 19
B 18-23 180-220 19
R 18-23 225-275 19
Y 250 18-23 225-275 19
B 18-23 225-275 19
R 19-28 270-330 19
Y 300 19-28 270-330 19
B 19-28 270-330 19
R 20-39 315-385 19
Y 350 20-39 315-385 19
B 20-39 315-385 19
R 24-60 360-440 19
Y 400 24-60 360-440 19
B 24-60 360-440 19
Limits:
Total current limit is as per MFAC34 Technical Manual page 7
The ratio of Drop-off/Pick-up should be > 50% (as per Service Manual
page)
Pick-up voltage limit = = 10% (as per Service Manual page)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.2.2. Test Of Operating Time
Switch Selections: Voltage (Vs)
OPERATING TIME (ms) AT 2x Vs

Phase Injected voltage
Measured Calculated
Limit: Operating time AT 2 x Vs should be between 14ms – 28 ms

(Refer sh. 4 of the manual)
4. Final Settings
4.1. Final Tap Setting
Voltage (Vs)
4.2. Secondary Injection Test At Final Settings
Total limits Pick-up Drop-off Voltage Relay Limits for

Error = Metrosil
Current with Voltage Limits Voltage Current Relay
Phase Vs Current
Meas. metrosil Meas. (V) Meas. Drop-off / Meas. only
Set % (mA)
(mA) (mA) (V) (V) Pick-up (mA) (mA)
Note: The ratio of Drop-off / Pick-up should be > 50%
4.3. Test Of Operating Time
Tap Selections: Voltage (Vs)
OPEARTING TIME (ms) AT 2 x Vs

PHASE INJECTED VOLTAGE
MEASURED CALCULATED
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Note: Operating time AT 2 x Vs should be between 14ms – 28 ms (Refer

sh. 4 of the manual)
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl. Calibration Calibration

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: High Impedance DIFF. Relay - RADHA Record No. :
Note:

Relay Type US
Bay NO & Name :
Frequency Fn 60 Hz

5.  Yes  N/A
board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Fixed Pick-Up And Drop-Off Voltage Test

Phase AC Ir in relay AC Ir in relay cct. I (DC) of RXID D.O/P.U
Pick Up Drop off
cct.at pick up mA at operation mA at Pick-up (mA) X 100
R %
Y %
B %
Limits: Pick-up tolerance = ± 10% (Refer UG03 – 6011E Page.12)

Max. Continuous voltage for 67V Pick-up setting = 125V

AC Ir in relay
Phase AC Ir in relay I (DC) of RXID D.O/P.U
Pick Up Drop off cct. at
cct.at pick up mA at Pick-up (mA) X 100
operation mA
R %
Y %
B %
Limits: Pick-up tolerance = ± 10% (Refer UG03 – 6011E Page.12)

Max. Continuous voltage for 97V Pick-up setting = 145V
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Injection in the test plug handle with the handle in Test position gives
internal Operating current (Ir) for the relay protection and relay
operates at fixed pick-up i.e. 67V or 97V while stabilizing resistor
bypassed of the phase under test
3.3. Operating Time Test:
PHASE Relay Opearate voltage setting Us1 = V Relay Opearate voltage setting Us1 = V
Injected voltage 2Us Operate Time Injected Voltage 2Us Operate Time
Limits: Operating time = 10 – 20 ms (Refer UG03 – 6011E Page.7)
4. Final Settings Testing
Shunt resistor setting = KΩ

Operate value of voltage set Us =
4.1. Fixed Pick-Up And Drop-Off Voltage Test
Relay operate voltage setting Us = V

Phase
Pick Up Drop off Current Ir in relay at operation ( mA) D.O/P.U X 100
R %
Y %
B %
Limits:
Pick-up tolerance = ± 10%
Operate voltage us range = 100 - 400V
Max. Continuous voltage = 125% of Us
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.2. Operating Time Test:
Injected voltage = Operate voltage Set x 2 =
Phase Relay operate Voltage setting Us = V

Injected Voltage = 2Us Operate time (ms)
R
Y
B
4.3. CT CIRCUIT CALCULATIONS AND PRIMARY INJECTION IN CT CIRCUIT:
4.3.1. Requested settings:

Internal operating values, relays: …………………..……………..V
Operating value (incl. Extn. Voltage divider): …………………...V
4.3.2. General injection test:
Test plug-handle checked in all positions: ………………………..

Appropriate connection to obtain requested setting: ………….. 
CT-circuits earthed only in one point: …………………………… 
4.3.3. Secondary injection test:
Trip function checked ………….  Alarms correctly initiated …..
Positions of Test Test position Intermediate Operating time at

plug-handle position V
Operating values (v) ( mA ) (v) ( mA ) ( ms )
R
Y
B
5. Test Equipments Used
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Date Calibration Due

Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Low Impedance Bus Bar Protection
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
Note:
this test format.
 As Per The Schematic Drawing The Content In This Test Format Can Be
Modified.
Bay Unit No Designation

Relay Type C.T Ratio
CI U Sr. no Draw. & Sh No. :
BU – MLFB Conn.Diag.No.
P.T Ratio Circuit Ref:
CU- MLFB No Frequency Fn 60 Hz

5  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests: (As per TCS –P–105 Rev -1, Item no 4.2& 4.12.1.2)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Measurements: CT Ratio:
Measured current (A)

Bay No: Phase Iinj: (A)
Bay unit (A) Central unit (A)
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
3.3. Diff Current Alarm Test:
Any function (Check zone or Bus zone) to be checked should be as the set
value and the others should be in high value.
Settings, Address 6306: Idiff supervision ON
Address 6307: Idiff superv. : Time delay: Sec (ref technical manual page no
276.)
Address 6308: Idiff superv. Limit value - BZ: 0.2 I / Ino (ref technical manual
page no 276.)
Address 6309: Idiff superv. Limit value - CZ: 0.8 I / Ino (ref technical manual
page no 276.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
Idiff: sup.CZ, BZ alarm appears only at C.U (Config: LED address on CZ.
/10410, BZ. /104l5)
Check Zone Bus Zone

Bay Relay
Phase setting P/U D/O Time setting P/U D/O Time Remarks
No: LEDs
(A) (A) (sec) (A) (A) (sec)
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
3.4. Diff Current (Tripping Time):

Pickup Test:
(Check zone or Bus zone), the function which will be tested the other
should be Set at low value
Settings,
6306: l diff supv: OFF,
6101: Stabilizing Factor (BZ):
6102: I diff: threshold (Id > BZ): Ino,
6103: Stabilizing factor (CZ):
6104: I diff: threshold (Id > CZ): Ino
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
Check Zone Bus Zone

Bay Relay
Phase P/U Time at 4*I Time at 4*I Remarks
No: P/U (A) Lead
(A) (m sec) set (m sec)
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
Note: Typical tripping time: 15ms
3.5. Current Slope Test: Selective Zone (Bus Zone)

Settings,
Address 6306: l diff: superv, 6101: Stabilizing factor (BZ), 6102: I diff:
threshold (BZ), 6103: Stabilizing factor (CZ), 6104: l diff: threshold (CZ)
K- Factor Injected K- Factor

Bus Zone
Phase (Slop) current Slope = Id/ Is Remarks
Setting measured
I1 I2 Id Is
L1
L2
L3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
Stop contact: BB Trip 3 pole

Injected Id=
K- Factor K-Factor (Slop)=I2/I1
Phase current Remarks │I1
(Slop) Setting measured
I1 I2 -
L1 I2│
Is
L2
L3
Verify this connection Inject I1 ∟0º & 12 ∟180º with equal magnitude and a phase
displacement of 180°, then decrease or increase any one for Trip.
I 2 = I 1 (1 + k) / (1 – k)
Central unit
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.6. Check Zone:
Settings,
Address 6306: l diff: superv:
Address 6101: Stabilizing factor (BZ)
Address 6102: I diff: threshold (BZ)
Address 6103: Stabilizing factor (CZ)
Address 6104: l diff: threshold (CZ)
Stop contact. BB Trip 3 pole
Verify this connection.

Inject I1 ∟0º ≥ 2.0 A; I diff: threshold (CZ) Increase I 2 ∟180° up to trip,
Calculate slope I2 / I1
Test current I1
A
Bay unit 1 Test Set
FO
FO
Central unit
Bay unit 2
Test current I2
A
Bay unit 3
FO
L+
TRIP
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.7. Breaker Failure Protection Tests
Trip repetition current query I <
Circuit Breaker Failure

Bay Relay
Phase I Set P/U D/O Stg-1 Stg-2 Remarks
No: Leads
(A) (A) (A) (m sec) (m sec)
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
L2-N
L3-N
3.8. Bus Section Inter trip Test:
Setting:
Address: xx20: ___ Sec.
Set time: ____
1. Connect all feeders to Bus-1 with bus section A603 close.
(i.e) All feeders with 1 A and 1 C
(i). Apply fault on A603 from 1 C side. There should be no current in 1 A
(a).1C faulty bus should trip instantaneous

Measured time:
A607: ____ m.sec
A605: ____ m.sec
(b).1A should not trip.
(ii) Apply fault on A603 from 1 C. There should be Balance current in1 A.
(a) 1 C faulty bus should trip instantaneously.

(b) 1A trip after breaker failure time
Measured time:
A607: ____ m.sec
A605: ____ m.sec
A602: ____ sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
A604: ____ sec

A606: ____ sec
BUS -1A A603-2 A603-1 BUS-1C Fault
X
A 606 A 602 A 604 A605 A607
BU-06 BU-02 BU-04 BU-05 BU -07
3.9. Bus Section Inter trip Test:

Setting:
Set time: ____
1. Connect all feeders to Bus-1 with bus section A603 close.
(i.e.) All feeders with l A and 1 C
(i). Apply fault on A603 from 1 A side. There should be no current in 1 C
(a). 1A faulty bus should trip instantaneous.

Measured time:
A602: ____ m.sec
A604: ____ m.sec
A606: ____ m.sec
(b) 1C should not trip.
(ii) Apply fault on A603 from 1 A. Balance current in 1 C.

(a) 1 C faulty bus should trip instantaneously.
Measured time:
A607: ____ m.sec
A605: ____ m.sec
A602: ____ sec
A604: ____ sec
A606: ____ sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
Fault
BUS -1A A603-2 A603-1 BUS-1C
Χ
ΧA 606 Χ A 602 Χ A 604 A603 Χ A605 Χ A607
BU-06 BU-02 BU-04 BU-05 BU-07
3.10. Bus Coupler Inter trip Test:

Settings:
Address: xx2I: ___ Sec.
Set time: ____
1. Connect all feeders to Bus-1A And 2C with bus coupler A60l close.
(i. e) All feeders with 1A and 2C
(i). Apply fault on A601 from 2C side. There should be no current in

1A.
(a). 2C faulty bus should trip instantaneous.

Measured time:
A607: _____ m.sec
A605: _____ m.sec
(b). 1A should not trip.
(ii) Apply fault on A60l from 2C. Balance current in 1A
(a) 2C faulty bus should trip instantaneously.

Measured time
A607: ____ m.sec
A605: ____ m.sec
A602: ____ sec
A604: ____ sec
A606: ____ sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
BUS -1A A601-2 A601-1 BUS-2C
Χ
ΧA 606 Χ A 602 Χ A 604 A601 Χ A605 ΧA607
BU-06 BU-02 BU-04 BU-05 BU-07
3.11. Bus Coupler Inter Trip Test:
Settings:
Address: xx 20: ____ Sec.
Address: xx21: ____ Sec.
Set time: _____
1. Connect all feeders to Bus-1A And 2C with bus coupler A601 close.
(i.e.) All feeders with l A and 2C
(i). Apply fault on A601 from l A side. There should be no current in

2C.
(a). 1 A faulty bus should trip instantaneous.
Measured time:
A602: ____ sec
A604: ____ Sec
A606: ____ Sec
(b). 2C should not trip.
(ii). Apply fault on A601 from l A Balance current in 2C.

(a) 1 A faulty bus should trip instantaneously.
(b) 2C trip after breaker failure time
Measured time:
A607: ____ m.sec
A605: ____ m.sec
A602:____ sec
A604: ____ sec
A606: ____sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
BUS -1A Fault A601-2 A601-1 BUS-2C
Χ
ΧA 606 Χ A 602 Χ A 604 A601 Χ A605 Χ A607
BU-06 BU-02 BU-04 BU-05 BU-07
3.12. ISOLATOR POSITION STATUS FAILURE
Settings during test:

Id>BZ =
Id>CZ =
Max. Isolator operating time (6031/cu) =
Treatment isolator status on DC Fail (6303/cu) =
Treatment isolator status not plausible (6304/cu) =
Isolator fault simulated on "Bay Unit under Test"
3.12.1. Reaction on Isolator Malfunction (6302)=Blocking during the fault
Case 1: Current = ____ A injected in "Bay Unit under Test" (i.e.) in

Zone l A
Case 2: Current = ____ A injected in '''Reference Bay"(i e) in Zone
2A
Position
Bay unit Ref: Position Case 1- Case 2-
Bay unit
under Bay Ref: Bay phase Trip/Block on Trip/Block on
under test
Test (1) (2) unit (2) zone zone
(1)
L1-N
A604 A606 L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
A606 A604 L2-N
L3-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.12.2. Reaction on Isolator Malfunction (6302) = Alarm only without

Blocking
Case 1: Current = _____ A injected in "'Bay Unit under Test" i.e.

in Zone IA
Case 2: Current = _____ A injected in "Reference Bay" i.e. in
Zone 2A
Bay unit Case 1- Case 2-

Ref: Bay Position A Position
under Test Phase Trip/ Block Trip/ Block
(2) 713 (1) A711 (2)
(1) on zone on zone
L1-N
A604 A606 L2-N
L3-N
3.12.3. Blocking until Acknowledge checked =
3.12.4. Blocking until release checked =
3.12.5. Isolator DC failure (0+0 condition)- system is stable No Trip

verified =
3.12.6. Isolator not plausible (1 + 1 Condition) - system is stable No Trip

verified =
3.12.7. Isolator running time: _____ sec (tested with loss of image)
3.13. Isolator Position Status Failure
Settings during test:

Id>BZ =
Id>CZ =
Max. Isolator operating time (6301/CU) =
Treatment isolator status on DC Fail (6303/
Treatment isolator status not plausible (6304/CU) =
Isolator t1mlt simulated on "Bay Unit under Test"
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.13.1. Reaction on Isolator Malfunction (6302) = Blocking During

the Fault
Case 1: Current = A injected in "Bay Unit under Test" i.e. in Zone

1C
Case 2: Current = A injected in "Reference Bay" ie in zone 2C
Position
Bay unit Position Case 1- Case 2-
Ref: Bay Bay unit
under Test Ref: Bay phase Trip/Block Trip/Block
(2) under test
(1) unit (2) on zone on zone
(1)
L1-N
A605 A607 L2-N
L3-N
L1-N
A607 A605 L2-N
L3-N
3.13.2. Reaction on Isolator Malfunction (6302) =Alarm only without

Blocking
Case 1: Current = A injected in '''Bay Unit under Test" i.e. in

Zone IC
Case 2: Current = _____ A injected in "'Reference Bay" i.e.
in Zone 2C
Bay unit Case 1- Case 2-

Ref: Bay Position A Position
under Test Phase Trip/ Block Trip/ Block
(2) 713 (1) A711 (2)
(1) on zone on zone
L1-N
A605 A607 L2-N
L3-N
3.13.3. Blocking until Acknowledge checked =
3.13.4. Blocking until release checked =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.13.5. Isolator DC failure (0+0 condition) - system is stable No Trip

verified =
3.13.6. Isolator not plausible (1 + 1 Condition) - system is stable No Trip

verified =
3.13.7. Isolator running time: sec (tested with loss of image)
3.14. Remarks:
3.14.1. Diff. Current Supervision function Checks:
Blocking during fault. =

Blocking till release. =
Alarm without blocking. =
 DC Fail checks (the relay save the old status, and the bus zone
concerned to this bay unit is blocked =
 Comm. Fail checks (the bus zone concerned to this bay unit is
blocked) =
 Out Of Service (measuring of the bay unit is stopped for that BZ,
but CZ is still running) =
 Fault Recorder checked: =
3.15. Watch Dog Contact Checked.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.16. Binary Input Assignment:
B.I STATUS
DESCRIPTION REMARKS
No: CONFIG
1 SPARE
2 SPARE
3 SPARE
4 SPARE
5 SPARE
6 SPARE
7 SPARE
8 SPARE
9 SPARE
10 SPARE
11 SPARE
12 SPARE
13
14
3.17. BINARY OUTPUT ASSIGNMENT:
B.O STATUS
DESCRIPTION REMARKS
No: CONFIG
1 BUS BAR BLOCK
2 CHECK ZONE OPTD
3 DIFF:PROTN: OPTD
4 SPARE
5 BUS- 1A OPERATED
6 BUS -1C OPERATED
7 BUS-2A OPERATED
8 BUS-2C OPERATED
9 SPARE
10 SPARE
11 SPARE
12 SPARE
13 SPARE
14 SPARE
15 SPARE
16 SPARE
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.18. LED ASSIGNMENT:
LED STATUS
DESCRIPTION REMARKS
No: CONFIG
1 BB1A TRIP
2 BB1B TRIP
3 BB1C TRIP
4 BB2A TRIP
5 BB2B TRIP
6 BB2C TRIP
7 L1 TRIP
8 L2 TRIP
9 L3 TRIP
10 TRANSFER TRIP
11 DEVICE TRIP
12 I DIFF: TRIP
13 TRANSFER TRIP 1A
14 TRANSFER TRIP 1B
15 TRANSFER TRIP 1C
16 Id SUP: CZ
17 BEAKER FAILURE PICKUP
18 Id SUP:BZ
19 BAY UNIT FAIL
20 MEAS:SUP: ALARM
21 ISOLATOR FAULTY
22 CB FAULT
23 BATTERY ALARM
24 TRIP BLOCKED
25 TRANSFER TRIP 2A
26 TRANSFER TRIP 2B
27 TRANSFER TRIP 2C
28 TRIP L1 CZ
29 TRIP L2 CZ
30 TRIP L3 CZ
31 ERROR PROTN: ACTIVE
32 ERROR PROTN: BLOCKED
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RELAY -7SS522
3.19. TEST EQUIPMENTS USED:

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Line DIFF. Prot. Relay – P543 Record No. :
Note:
this test format.
Panel No. C.T Ratio

Relay Type Rated Current. :
Frequency Fn 60 Hz

5  Yes  N/A
circuit board
3. Electrical Tests: As per TCS –P–105 Rev -1, Item no 4.2& 4.12.1.2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Function Test

3.2. RELAY BURDEN
ITEM DESCRIPTION DC Voltage (V) Current (mA) Watts

1 Normal Condition 125
2 Fault Condition 125
Limits: according to the Catalogue for Technical Data – P54X/en TD/ Ja4 Page: 32
Minimum *
11W or 24VA
SUPPLY OFF
TERMINALS (CLOSED) - (J11, J12) :
TERMINALS (OPEN) - (J13, J14) :
SUPPLY ON
TERMINALS (CLOSED) - (J13, J14) :
TERMINALS (OPEN) - (J11, J12) :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. Current Transformer Shorting Terminals:-
Current Input Terminals Shorting Checked

IR C3 – C2 – C1
IB C6 – C5 – C4
IY C9 – C8 – C7
IN C15 – C14 – C13 *
IM C12 – C11 – C10 *
* Not be checked because it is not used in the scheme.

This table according to the Catalogue for Commissioning and Maintenance –
P54x/EN CM/G53 – Page No; 11
3.4. Time and Date Check:-
If the time and date is not being maintained by an IRIG-B signal, so in the event
of the auxiliary supply failing, with a battery fitted in the relay, the time and
date will be maintained.
To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approximately 30
seconds, on restoring the auxiliary supply the time and date should be correct.
Result: ____________
3.5. Communication Failure Test:
Comm. fail timer setting Comm. fail timer meas. ( sec ) Remark
10 SEC
20 SEC
30 SEC
3.6. Measurements:-
 For Angle Measurement; Set Measurement Ref is VR. '' See; Catalogue:
Application Notes – P54X/ EN AP/ H53 – Page No; 110''
 Inject three phase current with different values and angles.
 For Neutral Current (N) Inject 3 Phase Current with same magnitude and
same phase angles.
So, IN = IR + IB + IY = 3 X I inject.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
APPLIED CURRENT DISPLAY VALUE %ERROR

PHASE
Magnitude Angle Magnitude Angle Magnitude Angle
Limits: Amplitude Accuracy; ± 1 %

Phase Accuracy ; ± 2º
According to the Catalogue for Technical Data – P543/en TD/ H53 –
Page: 24
3.7. Pick up & Drop off Test for Differential Current (Id)
3.7.1. Select test loop back external from HMI.
3.7.2. Arrange fiber optic connection as show.

F. O
T R 3
CH 1 F. O P591
7
F. O
R 83
R T 4
F. O P591
P543 7
T Tested by 8 Witnessed by
Name:
T
Signature:
Date: CH 2
3.7.3. Calculate the expected op. value from the formula below (when external loop
back is selected.
NOTE: Dual Redundant Must be selected at P543.

P591: FIBER OPTIC CONVERTER.
Pick up Value = 0.5 x (Is1 + K1 x I bias) A
Where; K1 = 30 % = 0.3 P.U
Drop Out Value = 0.75 x (Pick Up Value) A
Injected Expected Measured Expected Measured

SETTING
PHASE Current Pick Up Pick Up Drop Out Drop Out
Is1 (A)
I bias A Value (A) Value (A) Value (A) Value (A)
R
B
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
Limits: Pick up & Drop Out ±10%
According to the Catalogue for Technical Data P543/en TD/ H53 Page: 10
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.8. Operating Time Test for Differential Current (Id):
Set; DT Mode & Is1 = 1 In & K1 = 30 % & Is2 = 20 In & K2 = 150 %
Inject current (A)

Delay Time setting (ms) Meas. Time (ms)
PHASE
4 Zero (Inst)
R 4 100
4 200
4 Zero (Inst)
Y 4 100
4 200
4 Zero (Inst)
B 4 100
4 200
R-Y 4 Zero (Inst)
Y-B 4 Zero (Inst)
B-R 4 Zero (Inst)
R-Y-B 4 Zero (Inst)
Accuracy:
Instantaneous Operation: <30 ms.
Definite Time Operation: ± 2 % or 20 ms whichever is greater.
Phase Time Delay Range: 0.0 Sec. To 100 Sec.
According to the Catalogue for Technical Data – P543/en TD/ H53 Page: 10
.
3.9. Inverse Operating Time Test For Differential Current (Id)
Set; Is1 = 1 In & K1 = 30 % & Is2 = 20 In & K2 = 150 % & Iinj = 1 A
Characteristic Operating time at twice current setting and time multiplier/

Characteristic time dial setting of 1.0
Meas. Time (ms) Nominal (seconds) Range (seconds)
R PHASE
IEC SI 10.03 9.53 - 10.53
IEC VI 13.50 12.83 - 14.18
IEC E 26.67 24.67 - 28.67
Name:
Signature:
Date:
According to the Catalogue for commissioning – P543/en cm/ ka4 – Page: CM (10-
55)
3.10. Bias Characteristic Testing
To avoid absence of fiber optic communication then blocking of differential

protection element;
At Commission Tests menu, Set '' Test Loop back '' is '' external ''. Through HMI
only.
3.10.1. Lower Slope
Connect the test circuit as shown figure.
A current is injected into the R phase which is used as the bias current
and another current is injected into the Y phase which is used as
differential current.
Inject a bias current of 1A in the R phase. The relay will trip and any
contacts associated with the R phase will operate.
Slowly increase the current in the Y phase until phase Y trips. Record the
phase Y current magnitude and check that it corresponds to the following
equation;
Id Calculated = 0.5 * (Is1 +I bias K1) A
Where: IS1 is The Basic Diff Current Setting.
K1 is the Lower Percentage Bias Setting.
Set; IS2 = 20 In
To check more than one point at the same slope, Change the bias current
value and the equation above can be used, and also for other differential
settings '' Different slopes, Is1 ''.
Apply the above procedure for each phase.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Id Measured Errors %
I bias Id
K1 IS1
A calculated
R Y B R Y B
Limits; ± 10 % According to the Catalogue for Commissioning and

Maintenance – P54x/EN CM/G53 – Pages No; 30 & 31
3.10.2. Upper Slope
Repeat the test and check the result with the following equation;
Id Calculated = 0.5 X [(I bias X K2) – {(K2 – K1) X IS2} + IS1] A
Is2; the Bias Current Threshold Setting.
K2; the High Percentage Bias Setting.
IS1 & K1 are Fixed; IS1 = 1 A, K1 = 30 %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
I bias Id Id Measured Errors %

K2 Is2
A calculated R Y B R Y B
Limits; ± 10 % According to the Catalogue for Commissioning and

Maintenance – P54x/EN CM/G53 – Pages No; 30 & 31
Permissive Intertrip Check:
1) Activate binary input No. 7 local relay (perm. intertrip) as if B.B

Protection relay trip.
2) Inject current at single phase while Iinj>Is1.
3) Measure pit time at remote relay.
PIT SETTING PIT MEAS. ( sec ) REMAEK

0.02 sec
0.2 sec
Direct Transfer Trip Check:
1) Activate binary input No. 8 to im64 ch1 output 1 from any external
trip.
2) Activate opto o/p to im64 ch2 input 1.
3) Initiate binary input no. 8 (direct transfer trip)
Check the direct transfer trip will be arriving to remote end { }
With time = …………..
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.11. VTS Fuse Fail Test
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / configuration / supervision set enabled.

Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts mode set
measured + mcb .
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts status set
indication .
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts reset mode
set auto .
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts time delay set
1 sec .
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts I> inhibit set
10 A .
Go to MICOM P543/ setting / group 1 / group 1 supervision / vts I2> inhibit set
250 mA .
-Apply 3 Phase rated voltage (Ur V) with balanced angles.

-Apply 3 Phase rated current (Ir A) with balanced angles.
-Must be keep your injecting current less than I> & I2> setting.
-First start decrease the voltage on one phase until voltage fuse fail work.
-Second decrease three phase voltage from rated voltage until voltage fuse fail
work.
Measured value Measured Time V2 Reading at

PHASE Set Time
volts sec HMI
UNDER TEST sec
Pickup Drop off
R
Y 1
B
Measured value Measured Time

PHASE Set Time
volts sec
UNDER TEST sec
Pickup Drop off
R 1
Y 1
B 1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
P543/en op/ ka4 – Page: op (5-125) Built in time delay = 20m sec & Pickup limit
= 10 V & Drop off limit = 30 V.
-VTs MCB check:
1) Activate binary input no. 12 relay (MCB/VTs).
2) Make VT MCB off and take aux. contact normally close to active your binary
input.
Check VTs fail indication (……………..)
3.12. Susceptance (capacitive charging current) check:
Where steady state charging current = 6.9 A/km – cable

Cable length =7.2 km
CTratio = 1200/5
VT ratio = 132kv/115v
Ich =7.2 x 6.9 A = 49.68 A
Susceptance B = ω C = Ich/V
B = 49.68 A / (132/ 3 ) kV primary
B = 651.88  S primary
Therefore set:
B = 651.88  S primary (= 3117.6  S secondary)
So the effect of charging current for the diff current (Id) can be calculated as
follows:
Id = IL + IR - (jVLBS /2) - (jVRBS /2)
Id = {IL - (jVLBS /2)} + {IR - (jVRBS /2)}
Id = Local relay current + remote relay current
Inject with 0 current at 3 ph to check the pure Susceptance and The display of
currents in the
"Measurements 3" column will be affected by this feature.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
SETTING Exp. Id at V Id Measured Exp. Id at V Id Measured

PHASE
"S" = 66.4 V (A) = 33.2 V (A)
1 66.4 A 33.2 A
R 0.5 33.2 A 16.6 A
3117.6  S 20.701 mA 10.35 mA
1 66.4 A 33.2 A
Y 0.5 33.2 A 16.6 A
3117.6  S 20.701 mA 10.35 mA
1 66.4 A 33.2 A
B 0.5 33.2 A 16.6 A
3117.6  S 20.701 mA 10.35 mA
Current Transformer Supervision

1- Select Restrain Mode.
2- Inject 3 Phase Current TILL I1> PICKUP.
I1> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)

500 mA
1A
1.5 A
1- Inject 3 Phase Current TILL I1> PICKUP and then increase single phase
only up to pickup I2/I1>.
I2/I1> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)

0.1
0.3
0.7
I2/I1>> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)

0.3
0.5
0.8
If I2/I1>> operate any no any trip CT diff block will be operate.

Check ct diff block indication …………..
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Blocking time setting ( fixed) Time meas. (indication )

mSEC
3.13. OPTO I/P Status Checked:
Apply DC Voltage (110 V) at each terminals of each OPTO I/P.

Check at HMI;
System Data Menu; Opto I/P Status; each I/P should change from (0) state (1)
state.
OPTO RELAY No TERMINAL STATUS CHECKED

1 D1 – D2
2 D3 – D4
3 D5 – D6
4 D7 – D8
5 D9 – D10
6 D11 – D12
7 D13– D14
8 D15– D16
9 F1 – F2
10 F3 – F4
11 F5 – F6
12 F7 – F8
13 F9 – F10
14 F11 – F12
15 F13 – F14
16 F15 – F16
3.14. Output Contacts Status Checking
AT HMI ONLY;
Commission Tests Menu.
Set: Test Mode '' Contacts blocked ''
Test Pattern '' Change from (0) state to (1) state.
Contact Test '' Apply Test ''
Then after confirmation of each output contact by continuity tester;
Set: Contact Test '' Remove Test ''
Test Pattern '' Change from (1) state to (0) state.
Then Don't Forget To Reset Test Mode '' Disabled ''
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Output relay no Terminals Status Status checked

1 H1 – H2 NO
2 H3 – H4 NO
3 H5 – H6 NO
H8 – H9 NO
4
H7 – H9 NC
H11 – H12 NO
5
H10 – H12 NC
H14 – H15 NO
6
H13 – H15 NC
H17 – H18 NO
7
H16 – H18 NC
8 G1 – G2 NO
9 G3 – G4 NO
10 G5 – G6 NO
G8 – G9 NO
11
G7 – G9 NC
G11 – G12 NO
12
G10 – G12 NC
G14 – G15 NO
13
G13 – G15 NC
G17 – G18 NO
14
G16 – G18 NC
3.15. Final Setting:
CT Ratio
PT Ratio
Cable Details;
XLPE , Size Sq MM
Length in KM :
Charging Current A/KM
Susceptance Sec (Micro mho)
General Configuration:
Setting Group 1;
Phase Differential:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Setting Value:
SUPERVISION
System check
Input labels
Output labels
Ct , Vt ratio
Common setting
Differential Protection Configuration
Scheme Set:
Address:
Baud Rate:
Clock Source:
Communication Delay Tolerance:
Communication Fail Timer:
Char Mode Time:
I Capacitance Correction:
Inrush Restraint:
Vector compensation:
Phase CT Correction:
E.F CT Correction:
Differential Characteristics Configuration
Phase Is1:
Phase Is2:
Phase K1:
Phase K2:
Phase Characteristic:
Phase Time Delay:
Phase TMS:
Phase Time Dial:
P I T Time:
High set
Compensation
Susceptance
Phase Is1 CTS
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Supervision Characteristics Configuration
CTS Mode:
CTS STATUS :
CTS RESET MODE:
CTS TIME DELAY:
CTS I1>:
CTS I2 / I 1 > :
CTS I2 / I 1 >> :
3.15.1. Select test loop back external from HMI.
Arrange fiber optic connection as show
F. O
T R 3
4
F. O
CH 1 P591
F. O 7
R 3
8
4
R T
F. O
P591
7
P543 3.15.2. Calculate the expexted operating. value from the formula below
(when 8external loop back is selected).
T
T redundant must be selected at P543.
NOTE: * dual
* P591: fiber optic converter.
CH 2
a. Pick up & drop off test for differential current (Id):
Pick up Value = 0.5 x (Is1 + K1 x I bias) A

R Where; K1 = 30 % = 0.3 P.U
Drop Out Value = 0.75 x (Pick Up Value) A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Injected Expected Measured Expected Measured

Setting Pick Up Pick Up Drop Out Drop Out
Phase Current
Is1 (A) Value (A) Value (A) Value (A) Value (A)
Ibais A
R
Y
B
b. Operating Time Test For Differential Current (Id)
Injection Current = 2 * I PICKUP
Phase Delay Time (ms) Operating Time (ms)

R
Y
B
Accuracy:
Definite Time Operation; ± 2 % or 20 ms whichever is
greater + time setting.
c. Lower Slope
IS1; the Basic Diff Current Setting.
K1; the Lower Percentage Bias Setting.
Id Calculated = 0.5 * (Is1 +I bias K1) A
I bias Id Id Measured
K1 IS1
A calculated R Y B
Limits; ± 10 % According to ''Catalogue: Commissioning and

Maintenance – P54x/EN CM/G53 – Pages No; 30 & 31''
d. Upper Slope
Is2; The Bias Current Threshold Setting.
K2; The High Percentage Bias Setting.
Id Calculated = 0.5 X [(I bias X K2) – {(K2 – K1) X IS2} + IS1] A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
I bias Id Id Measured
K2 IS2
A calculated R Y B
e. Communication Failure Test:
Set comm. Fail Timer = sec

Result: ____________
i.Permissive intertrip check:
1) Activate binary input no. 7 local relay (perm. intertrip) as if B.B

protection relay trip.
2) Inject current at single phase while Iinj>is1.
3) Measure pit time at remote relay.
pit setting pit meas. ( sec ) remaek
ii. Direct Transfer Trip Check:
1) Activate binary input no. 8 to im64 ch1 output 1 from any

external trip.
2) Activate opto o/p to im64 ch2 input 1.
3) Initiate binary input no. 8 (direct transfer trip)
4) Check the direct transfer trip will be arriving to remote end { }
With time = …………..
3.15.3. Current Transformer Supervision:
 SELECT RESTRAIN MODE.

 INJECT 3 PHASE CURRENT TILL I1> PICKUP.
I1> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
 Inject 3 Phase Current until I1> Pick Up and then

increase single phase only up to pickup I2/I1>.
I2/I1> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)
I2/I1>> ( setting) ( pick up) ( drop off)
If I2/I1>> operate any no any trip CT diff block will be

operate.
Check ct diff block indication …………..
Blocking Time Setting Time Meas. (Indication )

mSEC

No Date Due Date
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Pilot Wire Differential Relay - RADHL Record No. :
Note:

Relay Type Rated current
Approx. Length of Pilot
Frequency Fn 60 Hz
wire: _______

5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. FUNCTION TEST

3.2. INSULATION RESISTANCE:
Pilot wire 1 to earth M

Pilot wire 2 to earth M
Between Pilot Wires M
Measured Pilot Loop Resistance 
Requested Loop Resistance 
3.2.1. Requested Setting of matching resistance
½ x (1000 = pilot loop resistance) 

Selected setting R1+R2 
3.2.2. Requested setting of matching resistance (with interposing transformer)
Transformer primary winding resistance (relay side) P = 

Transformer secondary winding resistance (pilot side) S = 
Turns ratio (primary to secondary) H = 
2
½ x [1000-2P-n (25+Pilot loop resistance)] = 
Selected setting R1+R2 
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. RELAY BURDEN
ITEM DESCRIPTION DC Voltage (V) Current (mA) Watts

1 normal condition
2 During operation
Limit: 100mW (Refer User guide page No. 9)
3.4. Secondary injection test :( pilot wire is not connected)
3.4.1. Check of pick up values:
Phase Expected Pickup Current A Measured Pickup Current A Voltage At Test Point V
Local Remote Local Remote
R-N 0.12
Y-N 0.15
B-N 0.2
R-Y 0.625
Y-B 0.625
B-R 0.3125
Limit voltage (10 V AC)
* These Values May Be Consistently High or Low By 15% (refer user

guide page 24)
3.4.2. Timing Test
Phase Injected Current At Expected Operating Measured operating

1.5 Ipu Time ms Time ms
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
* TIME LIMITS: 20ms AT (1.5*Pick Up) - (Refer User Guide Page 27)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.4.3. Trip supply supervision 

Pilot wire checked 
Trip link checked 
Trip operation checked 
Indication operation checked 
3.5. Final Setting
3.5.1. Check of Pick up Values
Phase Expected Pickup Measured Pickup Current A Voltage at Test Point V

Current A
Local Remote Local Remote
3.5.2. Timing Test
Phase Injected Current at Expected Operating Measured Operating

1.5*Ipu (a) Time(ms) Time(ms)
3.6. Test Equipment Used:

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Pilot Wire Differential Relay – MBCI01 Record No. :
Note:

Relay Type Rated current
Type of Stabilizing
Frequency Fn 60 Hz
Resistor: _________

5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. FUNCTION TEST

3.2. OPERATING DC SUPPLY CURRENT :
DC Voltage DC Current Without Fault DC Current During Fault
DC Current drain without fault = 15mA (Refer sh.13 of service manual)

DC Current drain with fault = 90mA (Refer sh.13 of service manual)
3.3. Adjust stabilizing resistor:
RECOMMENDED 
MEASURED 
3.4. Operating Values Where The Pilot Wires Are Not Connected:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.4.1. OPERATING VALUES AT:
Rpp = 5 x 100, Ks = 1, KT = 20, N = 3

Phase Operating Value Calculated mA Measured Values
Pickup Drop Off
R-N 0.5*19%In 95
Y-N 0.5*25%In 125
B-N 0.5*33%In 165
R-Y 0.5*80%In 400
Y-B 0.5*100%In 500
B-R 0.5*40%In 220
R-Y-B 0.5*50%In 250
Operating Current should be within 10% of calculated value
3.4.2. OPERATING VALUES AT:

Rpp = 5 x 100, Ks = 1, KT = 20, N = 6
Phase Operating Value Calculated mA Measured Values
Pickup Drop Off
R-N 0.5*12%In 60
Y-N 0.5*14%In 70
B-N 0.5*17%In 85
Operating Current should be within 10% of calculated value
3.5. Timing Test:

SETTING: Rpp = 5 x 100, Ks = 1, N=3
Phase Pickup 5* pickup KT (ms)
6 14 20 40
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
Refer Time graph shown on sh.12 of the Catalogue for the details given below
At KT = 6, the operating time at 5 x pickup is 85 ms (5 ms)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.6. Test Equipment Used
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Calibration

Date Due Date
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Transformer Differential Protection-
Record No. :
RET670
Note:
this test format.
Panel No. CT Ratio of HV Side : ______

Relay Type CT Ratio of LV Side
pto-coupler supply: Frequency Fn 60 Hz


5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Operating DC supply current
DC voltage (V) DC current w/o fault DC current with Max. calculated watt (W)
(mA) fault(mA)
+
-
Limit: DC burden 50 watts. (Refer to the reference technical manual page 391).
3.3. Watch Dog Check
Supply OFF
TERMINALS (CLOSED) - (X11:2, X11:3) :
TERMINALS (OPEN) - (X11:2, X11:1) :
SUPPLY ON
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
3.4. Time and Date Check:-
To check time &date go to main menu on the display for RET670 then system
time and adjust time &date.
To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approximately 30
seconds, then restoring the auxiliary supply, the time and date should be correct.
Result: ____________
3.5. Setting Adopted:
Transformer Data: (All Values as an example)
Winding 1 ( HV ) Winding 2 ( LV ) Winding 3 (Tertiary.)

Connection Type Y0 y0 d1
Capacity ( MVA ) 60 60
Rated Voltage ( KV ) 132 13.8
Rated Current ( A ) 262 2510
CT Data:
CT 1 ( HV ) CT 2 ( LV ) CT 3 (Tertiary.)
Connection Type Y y
Primary Current ( A ) 300 3000
Secondary Current (A ) 1 1
Calculated Amplitude Matching Factor (K):

KX = CTX / Rated_Current_Of_Ref.Wdg
Where Ref.Wdg is First Wdg with Y connection. If no Y connection then HV side
selected automatically
KHV = 1.14
KLV = 1.19
KTerit. =
General Differential Equation:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
Where
1. is Differential Current
2. is Differential Current Contribution from W1 side
A, B, C is a coefficients depended on vector group; refer to Manual to get exact
value.
3.6. Secondary Injection Tests: (All Values as an example)
3.6.1. Measurements (HV side):

TRM P40 - 9I+3U
Injected Measured Values
Channel DUTY CTR REMARKS
Values Primary Sec
CH 1-I W1 CT IL1
CH 2-I W1 CT IL2
CH 3-I W1 CT IL3
CH 4-I W1 CT IN
CH 5-I W2 CT IN
CH 6-I W2 CT IL1
CH 7-I W2 CT IL2
CH 8-I W2 CT IL3
CH 9-I Spare
CH 10-U W1 VT Ph-R
CH 11-U W1 VT Ph-R
CH 12-U W1 VT Ph-R
TRM P41 – 6I+6U

CH 1-I Spare
CH 2-I Spare
CH 3-I Spare
CH 4-I Spare
CH 5-I Spare
CH 6-I Spare
CH 7-U Spare
CH 8-U Spare
CH 9-U Spare
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
CH 10-U Spare
CH 11-U Spare
CH 12-U Spare
Limits: Amplitude Accuracy; ± 0.5 % Ir
According to the Catalogue for Technical Data Page: 32
3.6.2. Pick- up & Drop- off Test For Differential Current (Id):
 This is single phase injection test.

 Disable SOTF facility.
 Disable any Negative Sequence facility.
 Disable zero Sequence removing facility.
Apply equation at page 3 the Diff. Eq. for single phase injection, 2
winding will be:
IDLx = A. KHV. Iw1Lx + B. (U2/U1). KLV. Iw2L
Where x represents the concerted phase
HV Winding
Measured Value Drop Out Operating Time @

Id min.
Calculated (A) PickUp 2X
Phase Set Value
value (A) Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
0.1 0.087
R 0.3 0.262
0.5 0.437
0.1 0.087
Y 0.3 0.262
0.5 0.437
0.1 0.087
B 0.3 0.262
0.5 0.437
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
LV Winding
Measured Value Drop Out Operating Time @

Id min.
Calculated (A) Pickup 2X
Phase Set Value
value ( A ) Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
0.1 0.084
R 0.3 0.251
0.5 0.418
0.1 0.084
Y 0.3 0.251
0.5 0.418
0.1 0.084
B 0.3 0.251
0.5 0.418
Limits: Pick up & Drop Out ±2% of Ir for I < Ir or ±2% of I for I > Ir,
Reset Ratio > 95%,
Timing tolerance Typically 25 ms for 2 Id, and 12 ms for 5 Id for
unrestrained function ,
According to the Catalogue for Technical Data Page: 143
3.6.3. Pick-up & Drop-off Test for Unrestrained Differential Current (id):
H.V Winding
Measured Value
Drop Out Operating Time
(A)
Phase Set Value Calculated Pickup @ 5X
value ( A ) Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
2.00 1.754
R 3.00 2.631
5.00 4.385
2.00 1.754
Y 3.00 2.631
5.00 4.385
2.00 1.754
B 3.00 2.631
5.00 4.385
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
L.V Winding
Measured Value
Drop Out Operating Time @
Calculated (A)
Phase Set Value Pickup 5X
value ( A )
Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
2.00 1.678
R 3.00 2.517
5.00 4.195
2.00 1.678
Y 3.00 2.517
5.00 4.195
2.00 1.678
B 3.00 2.517
5.00 4.195
3.6.4. BIAS CHARACTERISTIC TESTING
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
Inject H.V and L.V phase with equal current on each, and angle 0 for
H.V and 180 for L.V, then decrease L.V Phase until trip, while leave
H.V with fixed current which will be the bias current, and record values
and check that corresponds to following equation.
a. Section 1 (All Values as an example)
Where bias current is between:

0 ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection1
Idmin = 0.3 ,
Set End section1 = 1.25
Slope I bias IH.V Expected Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

section (A) (A) IL.V (A) calculated R Y B R Y B
1
0.3 0.262 0 0.3
Idmin 0.4 0.350 0.084 0.3
1.00 0.875 0.586 0.3
Limits; ± 2 %Ir According to the Technical Reference Catalogue –

Page24
b. SLOPE Section 2 (All Values as an example)
When bias current is between:

Endsection1 ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection2
Trip Id = (Idmin + slope section2/100 *(Ibias - End section1) A
Where; Idmin ; The Basic Diff Current Setting.

To check more than one point at the same slope, Change the bias
current value and the equation above can be used, and also for
other differential settings '' Different slopes, Is1 ''.
Set Idmin = 0.3
End section1 = 1.25
End section2 =3.0
Slope section 2 = 40%
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
Ibias IH.V = Ibias / Expected Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

A kHV A IL.V = (Ibias calculated R Y B R Y B
– Id) / kLV
(A)
1.25 1.093 0.795 0.300
1.50 1.312 0.920 0.400
1.75 1.531 1.046 0.500
2.00 1.750 1.171 0.600
2.25 1.968 1.297 0.700
2.50 2.187 1.422 0.800

Page24
c. SLOPE Section3 (All Values as an example)
When bias current is more than:
Ibias ≥ End section2
Trip Id = (Idmin + slope section2/100*(End section2 - End section1)) +

(Slope section3/100 * (Ibias- End section2)) A
Set End section1 = 1.25

End section2 =3.0
Slope section1 = 40%
Idmin = 0.3
I bias IH.V = Ibias Expected IL.V = Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

A / kHV A (Ibias – Id) / kLV calculated R Y B R Y B
(A)
3.0 2.624 1.673 1.000
3.5 3.062 1.757 1.400
4.0 3.499 1.841 1.800
4.5 3.936 1.925 2.200
5.0 4.374 2.008 2.600
6.0 5.249 2.176 3.4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670

Page24
3.6.5. Test of 2nd Harmonics (All Values as an example)
Idmin = 0.3 Ib
I1 ( F =60 Hz ) I2 ( F = 120 Hz )
Phase I2 / I1 ratio %
(Pickup Value) Expected Blocking Measured
R 10 0.300 0.030
Y 50 0.300 0.150
B 100 0.300 0.300
3.6.6. Test of 5th Harmonics
I5 ( F = 300 Hz )
Phase I5 / I1 ratio % I1 ( F =60 Hz )
Expected Blocking Measured
R 15 0.300 0.045
Y 30 0.300 0.090
B 50 0.300 0.150
3.6.7. Cross Block test
Cross Cross
Winding IR IY IB
Block on Block Off
I > pickup with I > pickup without
2nd harmonic 2nd harmonic
I > pickup
I > pickup with
HV without 2nd
2nd harmonic
harmonic
I > pickup without I > pickup with
I > pickup with I > pickup without
I > pickup
I > pickup with
l.V without 2nd
2nd harmonic
harmonic
I > pickup without I > pickup with
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
Test done at I2/I1= 15%, I5/I1 = 25 %
3.6.8. SOTF test:
This function used when energized the transformer with internal fault.
Where it use current gap principle to overridden all harmonic and
waveform block and trip quickly.
To test it, enable SOTF function and inject phase with harmonic and
current over pickup value …. At two condition:
a) Direct injection expected : Trip Status ___________
b) 2 stage, 1st state normal load without trip (note you must inject
from both side H.V and L.V to simulate the normal load) and 2nd state
with value over pickup and have a 2nd harmonic over I2/I1 setting.
Expected: Block Status ___________
3.6.9. Negative Sequence test: (All Values as an example)
a. IminNegSeq test :
INegSeq. =1/3 { IR + a2 IY + a IB }, where a = 1120 

Irelay = Iinject * K
And we at test inject single phase then:
Irelaynegseq = 1/3 Iinject * K
IMinNegSeq setting IH.V ( > IMinNegSeq setting ) (A) Expected IL..V (A) Measured IL..V (A)
0.04 0.11 0.100
0.08 0.22 0.201
0.10 0.27 0.252
b. Negative sequence Relay Operating Angle (NegSeqROA ) test :

Inject H.V & L.V > IMinNegSeq
Inject H.V with angle zero degree and change the L.V to get the
operating zone.
Neg.Seq.ROA Expected IL..V angle for operating Measured IL..V angle for
setting zone (Deg) operating zone (Deg)
30 330 – 30
40 320 – 40
80 280 – 80
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
c. Sensitive negative sequence (turn-to-turn falut ) test:
This function based on Negative sequence discriminator. where

if there is no start signal (independent on existence or not for
start signal) and the fault is classified as internal fault and at
same time for H.V and L.V sides the negative sequence current
is greater than IminNegSeq .Then trip transformer to test it,
inject single phase from 2 winding in phase and increase them
at same time until trip, (must happen by ssneg only not restrain
function).
Status ____________________
3.6.10. Unrestrained negative sequence test:
Any start signal activate that function (i.e function independent on

start signal ), where if the fault discriminate as internal fault then
remove any harmonic which block relay and trip quickly , And if fault
discriminate as external fault. Then if the signal is polluted with
harmonics this will block relay else request trip.
Internal fault action (Expected: Trip): _____________
External fault (with harmonics) action (Expected: Block) :
External fault (without harmonics) action (Expected: Trip) :
3.7. FINAL SETTING: (All values as an example)
Power Transformer Configuration
Rated Voltage W1
Rated Voltage W2
Rated Voltage W3
Rated Current W1
Rated Current W2
W1 Connection Type
W2 Connection Type
W3 Connection Type
W2 Clock Number
W3 Clock Number
ZS CurrSubtr W1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
ZS CurrSubtr W2
ZS CurrSubtr W3
T configuration of W1
CT1 Rating W1
CT2 Rating W1
CT1 Rating W2
CT2 Rating W2
Differential Characteristics Configuration
Idmin:
End section1:
End section2:
Slope section2:
Slope section3:
Id Unre:
I2/I1 Ratio:
I5/I1 Ratio:
Idiff Alarm:
tAlarm delay:
Op Neg. Seq. Diff
I min Neg. Seq.
Neg Sequence ROA
SOTF
Cross Blocking
3.7.1. PICK UP & DROP OFF TEST FOR DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT (Id):
From eq. at page 2 the Diff. Eq. for single phase injection, 2 windge
will be:
IDLx = A * Iw1Lx + (U2/U1) * B * Iw2Lx
And after applying zero sequence removing facility then

- H.V side:
I relay = I inject * (2 / 3) * KH.v .
Where KH.v =
- L.V side:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
I relay = I inject * (2 / 3) * KL.v

Where KL.v =
Where x represent the concerted phase
HV Winding
Drop Out Operating Time @

Id min. Measured Value
Calculated PickUp 2X
Phase Set Value
value Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
R
Y
B
LV Winding

Id min. Calculated Measured Value
Phase PickUp @ 2X
Set Value value
Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
R
Y
B
Reset Ratio > 95%,
Timing tolerance Typically 25 ms, According to the Catalogue for
Technical Data Page: 143
Pick-up & Drop-off Test for Unrestrained Differential Current (Id):
HV winding

Iunrest. Calculated Measured Value
Phase PickUp @ 2X
Set Value value
Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
LV Winding
Iunrest. Drop Out Operating

Calculated Measured Value
Phase Set PickUp Time @ 2X
value
Value Ratio I pickup (ms)
Pick up Drop out
R
Y
B
Reset Ratio > 95%,
Timing tolerance Typically 25 ms, According to the Catalogue for
Technical Data Page: 143
3.7.2. BIAS CHARACTERISTIC TESTING
Section 1

0 ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection1
Slope I bias IH.V Expected Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

section1 A A IL.V (A) calculated R Y B R Y B
Idmin

Page24
SLOPE Section 2

Endsection1 ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
Trip = (Idmin + slope section2/100 *(Ibias - End section1) A
I bias IH.V Expecte Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

A A d IL.V (A) calculated R Y B R Y B

Page24
SLOPE Section3

Ibias ≥ End section2
Trip = (Idmin + slope section2/100*(End section2 - End section1)) +

(Slope section3/100 * (Ibias- End section2) A
I bias IH.V Expected Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

A A IL.V (A) calculated R Y B R Y B

Page24
3.7.3. Test of 2nd Harmonics
I1 ( F =60 Hz ) I2 ( F = 120 Hz )
R
Y
B
Phase I5 / I1 ratio % I1 ( F =60 Hz ) I5 ( F = 300 Hz )

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670

R
Y
B
3.7.5. Negative Sequence test:

IminNegSeq test:
Expected Expected Measured Measured

IMinNegSeq setting
IH.V (A) IL.V (A) IL.V (A) IH.V (A)
Negative sequence Relay Operating Angle (NegSeqROA) test:

Inject H.V & L.V > IMinNegSeq
Inject H.V with angle zero degree and change the L.V to get the
operating zone.
NegSeqROA Expected IL..V angle for Measured IL..V angle for operating
setting operating zone (Deg) zone (Deg)
3.7.6. Sensitive negative sequence (turn-to-turn falut) test:

Status ____________________
3.7.7. Unrestrained negative sequence test:
Internal fault action (Expected: Trip): _____________

External fault (with harmonics) action (Expected: Block) :
External fault (without harmonics) action (Expected: Trip) : ____
Trip indication test: ____
No. Type of fault Led Color Check
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
RET670
3.7.8. Disturbance recorder checked [ ].
3.7.9. Binary outputs and inputs checked [ ].
3.7.10. Attach the Final setting print out of relay:
3.8. Test Equipment Used

Date Due Date
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Static High Impedance Circulating
Record No. :
Current Bus Bar Protection Relay - DAD
Note:

Relay Type DC. Auxiliary. Voltage
Bay NO & Name :
Frequency Fn 60 Hz

5. Check relay version and switching elements on printed circuit board  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Relay Setting:
Alarm Trip
Alarm Measured Voltage Relay Measured Voltage
Phase
Setting Value Reading Setting Value Reading
(%) (mA) (V) (mA) (mA) (V)
LIMITS: Operating Current (Starter) 100% ±5% of setting; Reset

operating current as per Performance manual page no ------
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.3. RELAY OPERATING TIME:
Relay
Phase
Alarm Time Setting(S) Alarm Measured Operating(Trip)
Ref.
Value(S) Time(ms)
LIMITS: Instantaneous Operate Time: +5ms, -10ms of declared operating time;

Delay Operate Time: ±1% or ±10ms as per Performance manual page no -----
Multiple of Relay Setting Typical Operating Time
2 x Is 21ms
3 x Is 14ms
5 x Is 12ms
3.4. Final Settings:
3.4.1. Relay Setting:
Is =320mA Alarm TRIP

MEASURE
PHASE ALARM MEASURED VOLTAGE RELAY VOLTAGE
D
SETTIN VALUE READING SETTING READING
VALUE
G (%) (mA) (V) (MA) (V)
(mA)
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.4.2. Relay Operating Time
Phase Alarm Timer Setting(S) Alarm Measured Value(S)

R
Y
B
3.4.3. Set and Measured value of the stabilizing resistor :

Stabilizing Resistor
Phase
Set value Measured value
R
Y
B

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Transformer Biased Differential Relay –
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Note:
this test format.
Panel No. Rated Voltage : ______

Relay Type Rated Current


5.  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Operating DC supply current:
D.C. voltage (V) D.C current w/o fault D.C current with fault Max calculated watt (w)
(mA) (mA)
Limit: D.C. burden ---12 watts (Ref to the Technical manual 7UT613 page no:
343)
3.3. Watch Dog check:
Supply off:
Terminals (closed):
Terminals (open):
Supply on:
Terminals (closed):
Terminals (open):
3.4. Time & Date Check:
To check time & date go to main menu on the display for 7UT 613 then system
time and adjust time & Date.
To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approx 30 sec, then
restoring the aux supply, time and date should be correct.
RESULT:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
3.5. Secondary Injection Tests:
3.5.1. Measurements (HV Side):
Phase Injected Current Measured ( A )

R
Y
B
3.5.2. Measurements (LV Side):
Phase Injected current Measured ( A )

R
Y
B
Limits: Amplitude Accuracy, ± 0.5 % Ir According to the catalogue for
Tech data -----------------------
3.5.3. PICK UP & DROP OFF TEST FOR DIFFERENTIAL CURRENT (Id):
 This is single phase injection test

 Disable SOTF facility
 Disable any Negative sequence facility
 Disable Zero sequence removing facility
The Diff Eq for single phase injection, 2 windings will be:
HV WINDING:
To obtain rated voltage Vn calculate from the tab changer data:
Vn = 2 {(Vmax.* Vmin.) / (Vmax. + Vmin.)}

Vmax = Vmin =
Then Vn = KV use this parameter in relay setting for HV voltage.
I Rated( pry) = = I Rated( sec.) = I Rated( pry) / CT RATIO =
Idiff operating value = (I> set value) x (k from table depending on vector
group) x (Irated of winding)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
fault Id Min set Calculated Measured value (A) Drop out Operating Time
type value value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up @ 2.5x I pick up
Ratio (ms)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
LV WINDING:
fault Id Min set Calculated Measured value (A) Drop out Operating Time
type value value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up @ 2.5x I pick up
Ratio (ms)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
Limits: Pick up & Drop out ± -------- % of Ir for I < Ir or ± ------ % of I for I
> Ir, Reset ratio > ------ %
Timing tolerance: Typically 25 ms for 2 Id & 12 ms for 5 Id of
unrestrained function,
According to the catalogue for Technical Data ------------------
3.5.4. Pick up & Drop off Test for Unrestrained Differential Current
(Irest):
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
HV WINDING:
Phase set value Calculated Measured value(A) Drop out Operating Time @
value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up Ratio 5x I pick up (ms)
R
LV WINDING:
Phase set value Calculated Measured value (A) Drop out Operating Time
value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up Ratio @ 5x I pick up
(ms)
R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
3.5.5. Bias Characteristic Testing:
Inject H.V & L.V Phase with equal current on each and angle 0 for H.V
and 180 for L.V then decrease L.V phase until trip, while leave H.V with
fixed current which will be the bias current and record values and check
that corresponds to following equation
Idiff / IN
Sec
Sec 2
1
Id Min
IREST / IN
END SECTION 1
END SECTION 2
a. Section 1:
Where bias current is between 0 ≤ Ibias≤ section 1, Idmin = 0.3, set

End section 1 = 1.25
Slope I bias I H.V Expected Id Measured IL.V Errors %

section 1 ( A) ( A) IL.V ( A) calculated (A)
R Y B R Y B
Id min
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Limits: ±-------- % Ir according to the technical ref catalogue
b. Slope Section 2:
When bias current is between End sections 1 ≤ Ibias ≤ End section 2
Trip Idiff = ( Idmin + slope section 2 /100 * (Ibias – End section 1)) A
I bias ( A) I H.V ( A) Expected Id calculated Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

IL.V ( A) R Y B R Y B
c. Slope Section 3:
When bias current is more than Ibias ≥ End section 2

Trip = ( Idmin + slope section 2 / 100 * ( End section 2 – End section
1 ) + slope section 3 / 100 * ( Ibias – End section 2 ) A
I bias (A) I H.V (A) Expected Id calculated Measured IL.V (A) Errors %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
d. Test of 2nd Harmonics:
Idmin = --------- lb
Phase I 2 / I 1 ratio % I 1 ( f = 60 Hz) I 2 (f = 120 Hz)

Pick up value Expected blocking Measured
e. Test of 5th Harmonics:

f. Cross Block test:
winding IR IY IB Cross Cross Block

Block On Off
H.V I > Pickup With I > Pickup
2nd harmonic Without 2nd
harmonic
I > Pickup With I > Pickup With
2nd harmonic out2nd harmonic
out2nd harmonic 2nd harmonic
L.V I > Pickup With I > Pickup With
out2nd harmonic 2nd harmonic
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
3.5.6. SOTF test:
This function used when energized the transformer with internal fault
where it use current gap principle to overridden all harmonic and
waveform block and trip quickly .To test it, enable SOTF function and
inject phase with harmonic and current over pick up value …… at two
conditions:
a) Direct injection
Expected: - ------------------- status; ---------------------
b) 2 stage, 1 st state normal load without trip (note you must inject
from both side H.V and L.V to stimulate the normal load ) and 2 nd
state with value over pick up and have a2nd harmonic over 12 / 11
setting
Expected: --------------------- status: ---------------------
3.5.7. NEGATIVE SEQUENCE TEST:
a) Imin negative sequence test:
INeqseq = 1/3 (IR + a2 IY + a IB ) ,where a = I ---------

Irelay = Iinject * K
And we at test inject single phase then
Irelay neg seq = 1 / 3 Iinject * k
Imin neg seq setting I H.V ( > IMinNegSeq setting) (A) Expected IL.V (A) Measured IL.V (A)
b) Negative sequence Relay operating Angle (Neg. seq. ROA ) test:
Inject H.V & L.V > IMinNegseq

Inject H.V with angle Zero degree and change the L.V to get the
operating Zone
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Neq seq ROA setting Expected IL.V angle for operation Measured IL.V angle for
Zone (Deg) operation Zone (Deg)
c) Sensitive negative sequence ( turn to turn fault) test:
This function based on Negative sequence discriminator, where if

there is no start signal (Independent on existence or not for start
signal) and the fault is classified as internal fault and at same time
for H.V & L.V sides the negative sequence current is greater than
IminNegseq then trip Transformer.
To test it, inject single phase from 2 winding in phase and
increase them at same time until trip (must happen by s/s neg
only not restrain function). Status: -------------------
d) Unrestrained negative sequence test:
Any start signal activate that function (i.e, function independent

on start signal ) where if the fault discriminate as internal fault
then remove any harmonic which block relay and trip quickly and
if fault discriminate as external fault then if the signal is polluted
with harmonics this will block relay else request trip.
Internal trip action (Expected: Trip):----------
External trip (with harmonics) action (Expected: Block):--------
External trip (without harmonics) action (Expected: Trip):-------
CT characteristics
Transformer current Rating W 1 (A)
CT Rating W 1 (A)
CT Rating W2 ( A)
CT Rating W3 (A)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Differential characteristics
Idmin
End section 1
End section 2
Slope section 2
Slope section 3
Zero seq subtract
parameters calculation
Amplitude match for W1
Multiplication factor
For simple calculations, enable or disable Zero seq for 3 winding together not
individually GT ------------- R - PHASE
I bias I H.V Expected L.V I Diff calc Measured Measured Error %

I L.V Diff
GT ------------- Y - PHASE
I bias I H.V Expected I Diff calc Measured I Measured Diff Error %

L.V L.V
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
GT ------------- B - PHASE
I bias I H.V Expected I Diff calc Measured Measured Error %

L.V I L.V Diff
3.6. FINAL SETTINGS:
Power Transformer Configuration
Rated voltage W 1
Rated voltage W 2
Rated voltage W 3
Rated current W 1
Rated current W2
W 1 connection Type
W 2 connection Type
W 3 connection Type
W 2 clock number
W 3 clock number
ZS currsubtr W1
ZS currsubtr W2
ZS currsubtr W3
CT1 Rating W 1
CT2 Rating W1
CT1 Rating W 2
CT2 Rating W2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Differential characteristics configuration
Idmin
End section 1
End section 2
Slope section 2
Slope section 3
Id Unre
I2 / I1Ratio
I5 / I1 Ratio
Idiff Alarm
T Alarm delay
Op neq seq Diff
I min Neq Seq
Neq sequence ROA
SOTF
Cross blocking
3.6.1. Matching of the Measured Values
Calculated Amplitude Matching Factor (k):

KX = CTX / Rated current of ref winding
Where ref winding is first winding with -------------
connections, if no -------- connection then HV side selected
automatically,
KHV = ---------------------------,
KLV= ----------------,
KTerit =---------------,
General Differential Equation:
(I M) = K. (K). (I n)
Where, (Im) – matrix of the matched currents IA, IB, IC,
k – Constant factor for magnitude matching,
(K) – coefficient matrix, dependent on the vector
group,
(In) – Matrix of the phase currents IL1, IL2, IL3.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
3.6.2. Pick up & Drop off Test for Differential current (Id)
The diff equation for single phase injection, 2 windings will be
And after applying zero sequence removing facility then,

KH.V = ----------
KL.V= -----
H.V. Winding
fault Id Min Calculated Measured value (A) Drop out Operating Time @
type set value value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up Ratio 2.5x I pick up (ms)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
L.V.Winding:
fault Id Min set Calculated Measured value (A) Drop out Operating Time @
type value value (A) Pick up Drop out pick up Ratio 2.5x I pick up (ms)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B
3.6.3. Pick up & Drop off Test for unrestrained Differential current (Id)
voltage Phase Iunrest Calculated Measured value Drop out Operating

side set value value (A) (A) pick up Time @ 2x I
Pick up Drop off Ratio pick up (ms)
H.V R
side Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
B
L.V side R
Y
B
3.6.4. Bias Characteristic Testing:
Section 1:
Idiff = 0.25 Irest
When bias current is between 0 ≤ Ibias ≤ End section 1
Slope I I H.V Expected Id Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

section bias ( A) IL.V ( A) calculated R Y B R Y B
1 ( A)
Id min
Limits: ±-------- % Ir according to the technical ref. catalogue
Slope Section 2:
When bias current is between End sections 1 ≤ Ibias ≤ End

section 2
Trip = (Idmin + slope section 2 / 100 * ( Ibias – End section 1 ) A
I bias ( A) I H.V ( A) Expected Id calculated Measured IL.V (A) Errors %

Slope Section 3:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
When bias current is more than Ibias ≥ End section 2

Trip = (Idmin + slope section 2 / 100 * ( End section 2 – End section
1 ) + slope section 3 / 100 * ( Ibias – End section 2 ) A
I bias (A) I H.V (A) Expected Id calculated Measured IL.V (A) Errors %
3.6.5. Test of 2nd Harmonics:


3.6.7. Negative sequence test
Imin neg seq test:
Imin neg seq setting I H.V ( > IMinNegSeq setting) (A) Expected IL.V (A) Measured IL.V (A)
3.6.8. Negative sequence Relay operating Angle (Neg seq ROA) test:
Inject H.V & L.V > IMinNegseq

Inject H.V with angle Zero degree and change the L.V to get the
operating Zone
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Neq seq ROA Expected IL.V angle for operation Measured IL.V angle for
setting Zone (Deg) operation Zone (Deg)
3.6.9. Sensitive negative sequence (turn to turn fault) test
Status: -------------------
Unrestrained negative sequence test:
Internal trip action (Expected: Trip):----------
External trip (with harmonics) action (Expected: Block):--
External trip (without harmonics) action (Expected: Trip):-------
3.6.10. Trip indication test
SN Type of fault Led colour check
3.6.11. Disturbance recorder checked
3.6.12. Binary outputs and inputs checked
CT characteristics
CT Rating W 1 (A)
CT Rating W2 ( A)
CT Rating W3 (A)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613
Differential characteristics
Idmin
End section 1
End section 2
Slope section 2
Slope section 3
Zero seq subtract
parameters calculation
Multiplication factor
For simple calculations, enable or disable Zero seq for 3 winding

together not individually
GT ------------- R - PHASE

L.V I L.V Diff
GT ------------- Y - PHASE

L.V I L.V Diff
GT ------------- B - PHASE
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ 7UT613

L.V I L.V Diff
3.7. Test Equipment Used:

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Transformer Differential Relay-RADSB Record No. :
Note:
Panel No. Ratio, CTs

Relay Type RADSB Rated Current
Bay NO & Name :
Frequency Fn 60 Hz

5.  Yes  N/A
board
3. ELECTRICAL TESTS (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. FUNCTION TEST

3.2. Power TRANSFORMER
Winding Rated Normal Rated Vector Tap %Impedance

Number Power Voltage Current Group
3.3. SECONDARY INJECTION TEST:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.1. Check for Operating Current
Phase Scale Wire At Winding1 KV Wire at Winding2 KV

Isr*In Terminal Pick-up Drop- Reset terminal Pick- Drop- Reset
off ratio up off ratio
R 0.2
0.25
0.350
0.5
Y 0.2
0.25
0.350
0.5
B 0.2
0.25
0.350
0.5
Relay should pickup at ± 10% from setting value, Ratio more than 60%
3.3.2. Check for Operating Time

Isr =
Injected Current mA Operating Time ms

HV Side KV LV Side KV
3*Isr* In R Y B R Y B
The Operating Time shall be checked at 3 Times Set Pickup (appr. 32 msec)
3.3.3. Checking of Id>>Pickup:
Set Vlue Operating Time ms

Isu * In Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV
R Y B R Y B
8 * In
13 * In
20 * In
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Check for 3Id >> Characteristic (Relay should pickup at ± 10% from the
setting value)
3.3.4. Check for Id>> Operating Time:
Injected Current A Operating Time ms

Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV
Id>> = Isu * 2 * In R Y B R Y B
2*8 = 16
2*13 = 26
2*20 = 40
The Operating Time Shall be checked at 2 Times Set Value (10-20

msec)
3.3.5. SECOND AND FIFTH HARMONIC TEST:
Phase Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV As per

Current Current (with % Current Current (with % Mnual
(Fundamental 2harmonic Harmonic (Fundamental 2harmonic Harmonic
60HZ ) A 120HZ ) A 60HZ ) A 120HZ ) A
R
Y
B
Phase Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV As per

Current Current (with % Current Current (with % Mnual
(Fundamental 5harmonic ) A Harmonic (Fundamental 5harmonic ) Harmonic
60HZ ) A 60HZ ) A A
R
Y
B
The limits less than 15% for 2nd & 38% for 5th harmonic to operate the
relay.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.6. Through Fault Restraint
Phase Setting Isr Id Iw1 Iw2 Ir (S %) Slope

% Calc. % Graph
R
Iw1: HV SIDE Current

Iw2: LV SIDE Current
Ir = (Iw1 + Iw2) /2
Id = Iw1- Iw2 ; S = Id/Ir
4. Final Settings:
4.1. Stabilized Operation
Phase Scale Wire At Winding1 KV Wire at Winding2 KV

Isr*In Terminal Pick-up Drop- Reset terminal Pick- Drop- Reset
off ratio up off ratio
R
Y
B
4.2. Check for Operating Time

HV Side KV LV Side KV
3*Isr* In R Y B R Y B
4.3. Check for Id>> Operation
Set Vlue Operating Time ms

Isu * In Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV
R Y B R Y B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.4. Check for Id>> Operating Time:

Winding 1 KV Winding 2 KV
Id>> = Isu * 2 * In R Y B R Y B

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Transformer Diff Protection – P633 Record No. :
Note:
this test format.
Panel No. C.T Ratio (H.V)

Relay Type C.T Ratio (L.V)
Frequency Fn 60 Hz


5  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Relay Burden:
Item Description DC Voltage (V) Current (mA) Watts

1 normal condition
2 Operational condition
Limits: 42.3 WATT approx. … As Tech. Ref P63x/EN M / A54 page 2-12
3.3. Measurements:
Set Amplitude factor equal to = 1 at HV & LV. Where

I 
S ref I diff   I nom
K amp  nom , I ref , I inject 
I ref 3 *V nom K am _ HVside
Note : All Measured Functions are blocked when Diff. Function Operate. So
make Diff Trip Limit higher than the following measurement values.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applied HV Side Applied LV SIDE

Phase Current (A) LV
Current (A) HV Display value %Error Display Value %Error
LIMITS: ± 1 %. As Tech. Ref P63x/EN M / A54, page 2-10
3.4. Pick Up Test For Idiff›:
Make sure Kam at HV, LV side is 1 and Io filtering is disabled
Idiff> HV Side Idiff> LV Side

Phase
( Iref A) Pick Up(A) Error % ( Iref A) Pick Up(A) Error %
R
Limits: Pick up + 5% As Tech. Ref P63x/EN M / A54 page 2-10
3.5. Operating Time Test For Idiff›:
Winding Phase Idiff> ( Iref A) Time at 2.5xId (m.sec) Time at 10xId (m.sec)
R
HV Y
B
r
LV y
b
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Limits: Operating time at Id = 10*Idiff> and harmonic disabled or at Id > Idiff>>> typically
15 ms and at Id = 2.5*Idiff> and harmonic disabled, typically 21 ms at Id = 2.5 Idiff> and
harmonic enabled typically 33 ms
As Tech. Ref P63x/EN M / A54 page 2-8
3.6. Pick Up Test For Highset Idiff>>:
Above the threshold Idiff>> differential current, the relay will trip without taking into
account either the harmonic restraint or the Over Fluxing restraint.
Idiff> HV Side Idiff> LV SIDE

Phase
( Iref A) Pick Up(A) Error % ( Iref A) Pick Up(A) Error %
R
3.7. Pick Test For Highset Idiff>>>:
Above the threshold Idiff>>> differential current, the relay will trip without taking
into account either the fault is external or internal.
Idiff> HV SIDE Idiff> LV SIDE

PHASE
( Iref A) PICK UP(A) Error % ( Iref A) PICK UP(A) Error %
R
3.8. DIFFERENTIAL ELEMENT BIAS CHARACTERISTIC
RELAY SETTTINGS: - (All Value as an Example)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Vector Group: (H.V) = Yyo (L.V) = Yyo.

Amplitude Factor: Kamp (H.V) = 1.00 Kamp (L.V) = 1.00.
I0 filtering = Disabled
Idiff> : 0.3 Iref.
m1: 0.3 m2 = 0.5 IR,m2 = 1.5 Iref
 1) Section 1: [ IR < 0.50 Idiff>. ]
* Idexpected = Idiff> = 0.30
 2 ) Section 2 : [ 0.5 Idiff> < IR < 1.50 ]
* Idexpected = m1 * IR + Idiff> * (1 - 0.5*m1)
 3) Section 3: [ IR > 1.50. ]
* Idexpected = m2 * IR + Idiff> * (1 - 0.5*m1) + IR,m2 * ( m1 - m2 )
R- PHASE (All Value as an Example)
|I ||I | Calculated
I Re st 
1 2
N I1 (A) I2 (A) Error %
2 IDiff
1 0.100 0.335
2 0.200 0.37
3 0.300 0.405
4 0.400 0.441
5 0.600 0.511
6 0.800 0.582
7 1.000 0.652
8 1.500 0.94
9 1.750 1.106
10 2.000 1.273
11 3.000 1.94
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Y-PHASE (All Value as an Example)
I Re st 
1 2
2 IDiff
1 0.100 0.335
2 0.200 0.37
3 0.300 0.405
4 0.400 0.441
5 0.600 0.511
6 0.800 0.582
7 1.000 0.652
8 1.500 0.94
9 1.750 1.106
10 2.000 1.273
11 3.000 1.94
B-PHASE (All Value as an Example)
I Re st 
1 2
2 IDiff
1 0.100 0.335
2 0.200 0.37
3 0.300 0.405
4 0.400 0.441
5 0.600 0.511
6 0.800 0.582
7 1.000 0.652
8 1.500 0.94
9 1.750 1.106
10 2.000 1.273
11 3.000 1.94
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.9. 2nd Blocking Of Differential at P633 : (All Value as an Example)
SETTING INJECTED RELAY

PHASE
Idiff> ( A ) 2 nd Harmonic EXP I ( A) ACT. I (A) CONDITION
0.500 10% 0.050 BLOCKED
R
0.500 20% 0.100 BLOCKED
0.500 10% 0.050 BLOCKED
Y
0.500 20% 0.100 BLOCKED
0.500 10% 0.050 BLOCKED
B
0.500 20% 0.100 BLOCKED
3.10. 5th Harmonic Blocking of P633 : (All Value as an Example)
SETTING INJECTED
RELAY
PHASE 5th Harmonic 5th HARMONIC
Basic Setting Id ( A ) EXP I ( A) ACT. I (A) CONDITION
Setting in (%)
0.500 10 % 0.050 BLOCKED
R
0.500 50 % 0.250 BLOCKED
0.500 10 % 0.050 BLOCKED
Y
0.500 50 % 0.250 BLOCKED
0.500 10 % 0.050 BLOCKED
B
0.500 50 % 0.250 BLOCKED
3.11. LED INDICATIONS CHECKED = ________________.
3.12. Disturbance Report CHECKED = ________________.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. FINAL SETTING: (All Value as an Example)
Idiff> = 0.4 Iref.

Idiff>> = 12 Iref
Idiff>>> = 15 Iref
m1 = 0.3
m2 = 0.6
IRm2 = 4.0 Iref
2nd Harmonic setting = 15 %.
5th Harmonic setting = Disabled
C.T Ratio (H.V) = 300 / 1
C.T Ratio (L.V) = 3000 / 1
Sref = 60 MVA
VT Ratio (H.V) = 132 Kv / 115 V
VT Ratio (L.V) = 13.8 Kv / 120 V
4.1. Measurements:
APPLIED HV SIDE APPLIED LV SIDE

PHASE CURRENT Display CURRENT DISPLAY %ERROR
(A) HV %ERROR (A) LV
value VALUE
R
Y
B
4.2. Pick Up & Drop Off Test For Idiff›: (All Value as an Example)
HV SIDE LV SIDE
SETTING PICK UP (A) Error SETTING PICK UP (A)
PHASE Error %
Iref (A) % Iref (A)
Iinj I relay Iinj I relay
R
Y
B

Note:
The difference of readings between injected and operated currents according to
the vector group & IPCT settings.
- H.V side : I relay = I inject * (2 / 3) * 1.14 .
- L.V side: I relay = I inject * (2 / 3) * 1.20.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3. Operating Time Test For Id›:
Winding Setting X Iref (A) Time At (2.5*Id) (m.sec) Time At (10*Id) (m.sec)
R 0.40
Y 0.40
B 0.40
r 0.40
y 0.40
b 0.40
Limits: Operating time at Id = 10*Idiff> and harmonic disabled or at Id > Idiff>>>

typically 15 ms and at Id = 2.5*Idiff> and harmonic disabled, typically 21 ms at Id =
2.5 Idiff> and harmonic enabled typically 33 ms
As Tech. Ref P63x/EN M / A54 page 2-8
4.4. HighSet Idiff>> test:
HV SIDE LV SIDE
SETTING Error SETTING Error
PHASE PICK UP (A) PICK UP (A)
Iref (A) % Iref (A) %
Iinj Irelay I inj I relay
R
Y
B
4.5. Operating Time Test For Id››:
Winding Setting X Iref (A) Time (m.sec)

R
Y
B
r
y
b
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.6. HighSet Idiff>>> test:
HV Side LV Side
Setting Error Setting Error
Phase Pick Up (A) Pick Up (A)
Iref (A) % Iref (A) %
I inj I relay I inj I relay
R
Y
B
4.7. Timing test of HighSet Idiff>>> test:
Winding Setting X Iref (A) Time (m.sec)

R
Y
B
r
y
b
4.8. Diff. Chars. Check: (All Value as an Example)
 1 ) Section 1 : [ IR < 0.50 Idiff> . ]
* Idexpected = Idiff> = 0.30
 2 ) Section 2 : [ 0.5 Idiff> < IR < 1.50 ]
* Idexpected = m1 * IR + Idiff> * (1 - 0.5*m1)

So,
Idexpected = 0.3 * IR + 0.34
 3) Section 3: [ IR > 1.50. ]
* Idexpected = m2 * IR + Idiff> * (1 - 0.5*m1) + IR,m2 * ( m1 - m2 )

So
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Idexpected = 0.6 * IR - 0.86
And when enable zero seq. filtering, so inject phase have 2/3 of real Inject value
and each of the other 2 dead phase (which have no injection) have 1/3 of injected
current.
So, note for high injected value (from 5 A – 9 A) the dead phase which have 1/3
injected current of concerted phase may cause trip, not concerted phase (Actual
injected phase)
R- PHASE (All Value as an Example)
| I1 |  | I 2 | Calculated Error
I Re st 
N I`1 (A) I1 (A) I`2 (A) I 2 (A) 2 IDiff %
1 0.10 0.080 0.426
2 0.50 0.400 0.534
3 1.00 0.800 0.668
4 2.00 1.600 0.937
5 3.00 2.400 1.206
6 4.00 3.200 1.475
7 5.00 4.000 2.037
8 6.00 4.800 1.20
9 7.00 5.600 1.38
10 8.00 6.400 1.53
11 9.00 7.200 1.84
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Y- PHASE (All Value as an Example)
|I ||I | Calculated Error

I Re st 
1 2
N I`1 (A) I1 (A) I`2 (A) I 2 (A) 2 IDiff %
1 0.10 0.080 0.426
2 0.50 0.400 0.534
3 1.00 0.800 0.668
4 2.00 1.600 0.937
5 3.00 2.400 1.206
6 4.00 3.200 1.475
7 5.00 4.000 2.037
8 6.00 4.800 1.20
9 7.00 5.600 1.38
10 8.00 6.400 1.53
11 9.00 7.200 1.84
B- PHASE (All Value as an Example)
|I ||I |
Calculated
N I`1 (A) I1 (A) I`2 (A) I 2 (A) I Re st 
1 2 Error %
2 IDiff
1 0.10 0.080 0.426
2 0.50 0.400 0.534
3 1.00 0.800 0.668
4 2.00 1.600 0.937
5 3.00 2.400 1.206
6 4.00 3.200 1.475
7 5.00 4.000 2.037
8 6.00 4.800 1.20
9 7.00 5.600 1.38
10 8.00 6.400 1.53
11 9.00 7.200 1.84
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.9. 2nd Blocking Of Differential at P633 : (All Value as an Example)
INJECTED
SETTING
2nd HARMONIC RELAY
PHASE nd
2 Harmonic CONDITION
Idiff> ( A ) EXP I ( A) ACT. I (A)
Setting in (%)
0.512(I2=0) OPERATED
R 0.400 15%
0.077 BLOCKED
Y 0.400 15%
0.077 BLOCKED
B 0.400 15%
0.077 BLOCKED
4.10. LED INDICATIONS CHECKED = ________________.

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Transformer Biased Differential Relay
Record No. :
Duobias - M
Note:
1. General Data & Information.
Panel No. CT ratio of HV side : ______

Relay Type CT ratio of LV side


5. Check relay version and switching elements on printed circuit board  Yes  N/A
3. Electrical Tests
3.1. Function Test

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M

3.2. Auxiliary Voltage at Relay Terminals
Watch Dog check:

Supply off:
Terminals (closed):
Terminals (open):
Supply on:
Terminals (closed):
Terminals (open):
3.3. Time & Date Check:
To check time & date go to main menu on the display for 7UT 613 then system
time and adjust time & Date.
To test this, remove the auxiliary supply from the relay for approx 30 sec, then
restoring the aux supply, time and date should be correct.
RESULT:
3.4. Relay Burden
ITEM DESCRIPTION I(mA) VOLT WATTS(Cal.) LIMIT

Current consumed by the relay at
1
normal condition
Current consumed by the relay at
2
operational condition
3.5. Measurements
Applied Current Display Value Applied Current Display Value % Error

Phase
HV WDG. (A) HV (A) LV WDG. (A) LV (A)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M
LIMITS: ±5 % as per DUOBIAS -M Performance specification -2 page no. 2
3.6. Pick up & Drop off Test for Id›
Setting HV Side LV Side

Phase Pick up Drop off %Error
* IN (A) Pick up Drop off
LIMITS: ±5 % of is for pick up;

Reset 90% of ISTART as per DUOBIAS -M Performance spec -2 page no. 2
3.7. Operating Time Test for Id›:
Winding Time At 3 X Id›
Limit: 3x setting = 34ms ± 2ms as per DUOBIAS -M Performance specification

-2 page no. 2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M
3.8. PICK UP & DROP OFF TEST FOR HIGHSET Id >>:
HV Side LV Side % Error

Phase Setting * IN (A)
Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off
LIMITS: ±5 % of HIs for pick up;

Reset: 95% of ISTART as per DUOBIAS -M Performance spec -2 page no. 2
3.9. OPERATING TIME TEST FOR HIGHSET Id>>:
Winding Time At 2 * I Hs
LIMIT: High Set 22ms; 2x setting 19ms ± 2ms as per DUOBIAS -M

Performance spec 2 page no. 2
3.10. Differential Element Bias Characteristic:
Relay Settings:-
Vector Group:
Ipct Ratio:
Slope Limit:
R – Phase
INITIAL SLOPE 0 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M
SETTING A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
(% IN) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
Y- Phase:
INITIAL 0 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50

SETTING SLOPE A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
(% IN) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
B– Phase:
INITIAL 0 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50

SETTING SLOPE A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2 A1 A2
(% IN) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A) (A)
Limit: Bias Slope ± 10% of Bias Slope Setting
3.11. Magnetizing Inrush Restraint:
SETTING
Injected 2nd I1 Relay
Phase 2nd Harmonic
Initial Setting Id Harmonic Current I2 (A) (A) Condition
Setting
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M
3.12. Output Contacts Checked
3.13. Led Indications Checked
4. Final Settings Test
4.1. Pick Up & Drop Off Test For Id›:
SETTING HV SIDE LV SIDE %ERROR

PHASE PICK UP DROP OFF
X IN (A) PICK UP DROP OFF
R
Y
B
4.2. Operating Time Test for Id›:
WINDING TIME AT 2 X Id›
4.3. Pick Up & Drop Off Test For High set Id>>
Setting HV Side LV Side %Error

Phase
X IN (A) Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off
R
Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Duobias - M
4.4. Operating Time Test for High set Id>>
WINDING TIME AT 2 X Id>>
Sl. Equipment Sl .No Calibration Calibration Due

Description Make
No Date Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Distance Protection Relay - P443 Record No. :
Note:
this test format.
Panel No. CT Ratio : ______

Relay Type In
Manufacturer VT Ratio
SERIAL NO Vn
No. of contacts: Draw. & Sh No. :
Opto-coupler supply: Frequency Fn 60 Hz


5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Function Test

DC voltage (V) DC current w/o fault DC current with Max. calculated watt
(mA) fault (mA) (W)
Limit: 11W (see technical data manual page 9)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. Input Opto-Isolators Checks (With Relay Energized):
Test Procedure: Go to Commissioning Test, Test mode (test mode), then go to

system data (Opto I/P Status) to check the status of the binary inputs.
Test Method
Opto input Result
(Energize only one at a time with Remarks
no. display 0 to 1
125V DC Station Battery voltage)
OPTO 1
OPTO 2
OPTO 3
OPTO 4
OPTO 5
OPTO 6
OPTO 7
OPTO 8
OPTO 9
OPTO 10
OPTO 11
OPTO 12
OPTO 13
OPTO 14
OPTO 15
OPTO 16
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.4. Output relays checks (With Relay Energized):
Test Procedure: Go to Commissioning Test, Test mode (Contacts blocked), Test

Pattern mode and select each relay to be tested and Apply Contact Test, after
test; apply remove test to de-energize the relay
Test Method Result

Output
(Energize only one relay at a time by Contact Checked
Relay No. Remarks
‘Contact Test in ‘Apply Test Mode’) Res <0.1 Ω
RL1
RL2
RL3
RL4
RL5
RL6
RL7
RL8
RL9
RL10
RL11
RL12
RL13
RL14
RL15
RL16
RL17
RL18
RL19
RL20
RL21
After output relay test; select test mode to be disable.
3.5. Measurments Check:
- To check secondary values go to measurement 1.

- To check primary values go to measurement setup, set local values to: primary
values, then Go to measurement 1.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.5.1. Current Inputs Check:
Displayed Secondary Displayed Primary

Input Applied CT Ratio
Value Value
Current Value Applied
(A) (A)
IA
IB
IC
IN
The measurement current accuracy of the relay is ± 1 %.
3.5.2. Voltage Inputs Check:
Displayed
Input Applied VT Ratio Displayed Primary
Secondary Value
Voltage Value (V) Applied Value (KV)
(V)
VAB
VBC
VCA
VA
VB
VC
VN
The measurement voltage accuracy of the relay is ± 1 %.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.5.3. Active, Reactive and Apparent Power Check
- To check the values go to measurement 2. (At Measurement setup

check Ref. Voltage and Measure Mode to get correct measured
value)
P = V * I * COS (ӨL) and Q = V * I * SIN (ӨL)
Injected Injected Active
Phase Reactive Power Apparent Power
Current Voltage Power
Angle (MVAR) (MVA)
(A) (KV) (MW)
3.6. Setting Check

Ensure all the settings are applied for used functions and printout the enclosed
setting [ ].
3.7. Distance Function Check:
3.7.1. Impedance Reach Check:

1 Print out from FREJA attached
Impedance tolerance: +/- 5% for zone 1 and +/- 10 % for other zones.
Phase – Phase Chars. Phase – Earth Chars.

Name:
Signature:
Date:
PH-E (G):
- Resistive reach: RG =RG Setting / (1+kzn). Ω / phase
- Reactive reach: X = Z* sin (ΦLG). Ω / phase
- Compensation factor KZ = 1/3((Zo-Z1)/Z1).
- Directional line angle: 30 degree.
PH-PH (PH):
- Resistive reach: Rph =RPh Setting / 2 Ω / phase
- Reactive reach: Xph = Z* sin (ΦLG) Ω / phase
- Compensation factor KZ = 1/3((Zo-Z1)/Z1).
- Directional line angle: 30 degree.
* When inject with freja. We must follow that:
- Freja generate Ω / Loop, Relay supply setting Ω / Loop too
- ke = 0 , ke angle = 0 ……… this mean 1 ph fault presented as Ω /
loop
- At manual mention to use Ω / phase scheme divide chars. By (1+kz)
so at freja which inject per loop we must multiply all PH-E previous
equation with (1+Kz) to get correct value)
- At Ph-Ph fault manual mention that, R Limit at relay give as Ω / Loop
and Freja multiply generated impedance by factor 2 to get Ω / Loop
injection. So we must divide R Limit by factor 2 to get R Limit as Ω /
Loop. Which mean Rph Ω / Loop at freja = Rph/2 Ω / Loop at relay
3.7.2. Operating Time Testing:

Time Tolerance:
ZONE Zone 1 (ms) Zone 2 (ms) Zone 3 (ms) Zone 4(ms)

Time 13 - 16 ms T2 +/- (2% T3 +/- (2% or T4 +/- (2% or 20
tolerance (14 ms typical) or 20 ms) 20 ms) ms)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.3. VTS Function Test:
Setting:
VTS time delay =
VTS I2> and Io> inhibit =
Delta I> block =
Threshold for 3p detect =
a) Loss of one or two phases test:

Fixed setting = 75% VN (Ures=3Uo = 0.75 * Uph)
-Apply 3 Phase rated voltage (Ur V) with balanced angles.
- Apply 3 Phase rated current (Ir A) with balanced angles.
-for the phase under test start decrease the voltage on one phase
and / or two phases till you get internal fuse fail (fuse fail without
time lag).
- For time test inject voltage less than Vo.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Fixed setting Measured value Set Time Measured Time

PHASE (sec)
(Uo=1/3 Ures) volts (Vo) volts (sec)
R
Y
B
.
RY
YB
BR
b) Check The Fuse Fail Unblocking BY I2> and Io>
Test Procedure:
- Simulate 3 phase voltage to get fuse Fail.
- Io = 1/3 ( IA + IB + IC ) , Where IA,IB,IC is vectors component
- I2 = 1/3 ( IA + a2 * IB + a * IC ) , where a = 1 L120 , a2 = 1
L240
- for VTS Unblock by Io> inject the rated current on two phases
and increase the third phase current From rated current till
you get fuse fail removed .
- For VTS Unblock by I2> inject 3ph balanced and but with
swap phase Y with phase B angle (ph Y angle = 120, ph B
angle = 240) With 1.0 A rated & decrease 3 phase current till
you get fuse fail.
- [I2> Unblock measured > mA].
- [Io> Unblock measured> mA].
c) Check the relay unblocking trip during internal fuse fail for Io & I2
[ ].
- Simulate 2 stages:
- Stage 1: inject 3 phase voltage to get fuse fail and zero current.
- Stage 2: inject the same voltage as in stage 1 & inject 3 phase
current to get a value greater than Io> inhibit.
d) Testing of 3 phase voltages loss (detect 3p):
Setting range =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Set voltage (V) Applied current per phase(A) Measured voltage (V)
Test Procedure:
- Apply 3 Phase Voltage as healthy condition.

- Decrease the 3 phase Voltage until VTS Operate.
DELTA I> Test: -
Test Procedure:
- Stage 1 normal case (V=Vr & I=Ir) for the three phase.
- Stage 2 test case (V<U/V on 3phase & current >or≤ ΔI setting)
for fuse fail block or fuse fail unblock.
- ΔI Measured= A.
Note: check of ΔI setting should be during one cycle so, use
sequence test method.
e) Absence of 3 phases volts on line Energization test:
1. VT MCB input energized (VT MCB OFF), apply 3 phase 1A

current with no volts
Apply Fault – Relay Not Trip [ ].
2. VT MCB input not energized (VT MCB ON), apply 3 phase 1A
current with no volts
Apply Fault – Relay Trip [ ].
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.4. SOTF Test:

a) Setting:
- Internal dead line detection time (Td) = sec.
- Reset Time (fixed setting) = sec
b) SOTF enabled by internal detection
FREJA on manual mode, inject faulty zone directly and take into
account the time for dead line detection must be greater than Td
SOTF IN Measured Time(m sec) Indication

Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
c) Td time measurement including the SOTF enabled time =

sec.
Test Procedure:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
- Use sequence mode; 2 stages: stage 1 normal case (Ur & Ir),
stage 2 zero voltage and zero current for time > Td.
- Take contact from signal (SOTF Enable) at PSL.
d) SOTF enabled by input CB Man Close:
- FREJA on auto mode, RX mode, manual, sequence, choose

the fault point according to the zone under test, so the
waiting time between the pre-fault and faulty page is greater
than Td.
SOTF IN Measured Time(m sec) Indication

Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
3.7.5. Checking of Communication Scheme
SELECTED SCHEME = SET TP =
SI.NO DESCRIBTION INDICATION

1. APPLY FAULT IN ZONE-1 = MEASURED TRIP TIME = INDICATION =
2. a. CHANNEL IN SERVICE AND SIGNAL NOT RECEIVED
APPLY FAULT IN ZONE-2 = MEASURED TRIP TIME = INDICATION =
(THIS TIME IS SUM OF TP + ZONE 2 COMPARATOR
TIME)
b. CHANNEL IN SERVICE AND SIGNAL RECEIVED
APPLY FAULT INZONE-2 = MEASURED TRIP TIME = INDICATION =
c. CHANNEL OUT OF SERVICE AND SGINAL NOT
RECEIVED INDICATION =
APPLY FAULT ZONE-2 = MEASURED TRIP TIME =
3. APPLY FAULT IN REVERSE ZONE-4 = MEASURED TRIP INDICATION =
TIME =
MEASURED CHANNEL SEND TIME =
3.7.6. Power Swing Blocking Test:
Setting:
- IN> (% Imax) = %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
The residual current threshold value is: IN > [0.1 In + IN> (%

Imaxphase) ]
- I2> (%Imax) = %
The negative sequence threshold value is: I2 > [0.1 In + I2> (%
Imaxphase)]
- I max line > = * In.
- Unblocking time delay = sec.
a) PSB reach test:

The power swing is detected where all three phase –phase

measured impedances have taken more than 5 ms to reach the trip
characteristic boundary of zone ¾.
b) Measurement of the unblocking time delay = sec.

(Select the PSB contact to dual time)
c) Check the power swing blocking for Zones 1,2,3,4 [ ].

(Use ramp technique to test this function; and by changing the
unblocking time delay of the PSB to very small (1 sec) and / or very
long (30 sec), then we can control the PSB un-block / block of the
different zones trip)
d) Check the relay trip during power swing if an earth fault occurs [ ].
Adjust the PSB unblocking time delay to max value (30 sec), on the
same page of FREJA Adjust the 3 Phase voltage to Ur (66.4 V) with
balanced angels and the 3 phase current to Ir (1.0 A) with balanced
angels; start decreasing the voltage on the 3 phase until you get
power swing then change one phase current till relay trip).
e) Check the relay trip during power swing if a phase to phase fault
occurs [ ].
(Adjust the PSB unblocking time delay to max value (30 sec), shift
the neutral current wire of the test set to blue phase to get pure
negative phase sequence, on the same page of FREJA.
Adjust the 3 Phase voltage to Ur (66.4 V) with balanced angels and
the 3 phase current to Ir (1.0 A) with 180 degree phase shift between
red and yellow phases; start decreasing the voltage on the 3 phase
Name:
Signature:
Date:
until you gets power swing then change red phase current until you
get PSB block)
f) Check the relay trip during power swing if a three phase fault occurs []
And check the max line current (Imax line>) threshold value=
(Adjust the PSB unblocking time delay to max value (30 sec), on the
same page of FREJA
Adjust the 3 Phase voltage to Ur (66.4 V) with balanced angels and
the 3 phase current to Ir (1.0 A) with balanced angels; start
decreasing the voltage on the 3 phase until you get power Swing
then change the 3 phase current till relay trips)
(Refer application notes manual for more details)
3.7.7. Delayed DEF Test (IN>1)
Setting:
- Directional :
- IN>1 current set :
- Time Chars.
- TMS =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
a) Current Sensitivity Test
Current Setting ( A ) Pickup ( A ) Drop off ( A ) Remark
b) Trip Time Test ( Definite time )
Inject at (2* I setting)
Setting ( sec ) Measured (sec ) Remark
c) Trip Time Test ( IEC standard Inverse )
TMS =
Inject / Current Setting Time Calculated (sec ) Time Measured ( sec )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.8. Delayed DEF Test (IN>2)
Io
Max. Torque Injected from
Freja due to + residual
component
- Vo + Vo
RCA
Max. Torque
Setting:
- Directional :
- IN>2 Current Set =
- Time Delay Char. Definite =
- IN Chars. Angle =
Note:
- Relay Compare – Vres with +Ires to get directionality, so
direction with +Vres respect to +Ires be as in the above figure.
- Apply 3 Phase Voltage as per the below Table.
- For Phase under Test keep the current Angle 65 Degree (Lag).
- Inject one phase current to the phase under test and keep other
two phases with Zero Current.
- Keep AIDED DEF disable.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applied Voltage V Pick-up Current mA Drop off Current mA Indication

R Y B
IR= IR=
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY=0 IY=0
∟240 ∟120
IB=0 IB=0
IR=0 IR=0
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY= IY=
∟120 ∟240
IB=0 IB=0
IR=0 IR=0
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY=0 IY=0
∟240 ∟120
IB= IB=
Current accuracy ± 5 %, Voltage accuracy ± 10 % at 90 Degree.
b) Voltage Sensitivity Test
Minimum operating voltage

Phase Applied Current A Indication
Pick-up Drop-off
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
c) Trip Time Test:
Applied Voltage V Measured Trip Time

Applied Current mA Indication
R Y B (sec)
IR=
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟120 IY=0
∟240
IB=0
IR=0
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟240 IY=
∟120
IB=0
IR=0
66.4 66.4
44 ∟0 IY=0
∟240 ∟120
IB=
d) Directional Test
Applied Voltage V Applied Expected Actual

Relay
Current operating operating Direction
status
R Y B mA angle angle
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟120 330-150
∟240
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟240 330-150
∟120
66.4 66.4
44 ∟0 330-150
∟240 ∟120
Note: To get the Angle, Current Angle be fixed to zero and Change the Voltage angle.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7.9. Aided DEF Test (Instantaneous)
Setting:
- V>= V, IN>= A
- Time Delay = Sec, Aided 2 DEF Delay= ms
- Scheme Logic= Blocking.
Note:
- Apply 3 Phase Voltage as per the below Table.
- For Phase under Test keep the current Angle -60 Degree.
- Inject one phase current to the phase under test and keep other
two phases with minimum Current. ( > 0.1 In , to get no Dead
Line condition which effect result )
- Keep Channel in Service.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Applied Voltage V Pick-up Current mA Drop off Current mA Indication

R Y B
IR= IR=
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY=0.2 IY=0.2
∟240 ∟120
IB=0.2 IB=0.2
IR=0.2 IR=0.2
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY= IY=
∟120 ∟240
IB=0.2 IB=0.2
IR=0.2 IR=0.2
66.4 66.4
56.4 ∟0 IY=0.2 IY=0.2
∟240 ∟120
IB= IB=
b) Trip Time Test
Applied Voltage V Measured Trip Time

Applied Current mA Indication
R Y B (sec)
IR=
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟120 IY=0.2
∟240
IB=0.2
IR=0.2
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟240 IY=
∟120
IB=0.2
IR=0.2
66.4 66.4
44 ∟0 IY=0.2
∟240 ∟120
IB=
Note: Measured Trip time = Any Pole Dead time (150 ms) + Tp (70 ms)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
c) Directional Test:
Applied Voltage V Applied Expected Actual

Relay
Current operating operating Direction
R Y B status
mA angle angle
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟120 356-166
∟240
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟240 356-166
∟120
66.4 66.4
44 ∟0 356-166
∟240 ∟120
Note: To get the Angle, Current Angle be fixed to zero and

Change the Voltage angle.
d) Blocking Scheme Test
i) Channel Send contact Time Test.
- Apply fault in Reverse Direction
Applied Voltage V
Applied Current mA CS Time (ms) Indication
R Y B
IR=
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟120 IY=0
∟240
IB=0
IR=0
66.4
44 ∟0 66.4 ∟240 IY=
∟120
IB=0
IR=0
66.4 66.4
44 ∟0 IY=0
∟240 ∟120
IB=
Name:
Signature:
Date:
ii) DEF Channel Receive Test _________ [ ]
- Apply fault in Forward Direction + CR.

- No Operation for Fast Trip.
- Delayed DEF Operated.
iii) DEF Channel Out of Service ________ [ ]
- Apply fault in Forward Direction

- No Operation for Fast Trip.
- Delayed DEF Operated.
3.8. Back-up over current Test I>1:
3.8.1. PICK-UP AND DROP-OFF TEST:
Current Setting Is R-Phase Y-Phase B-Phase

Pick-up Drop-off Pick-up Drop-off Pick-up Drop-off
DT: ± 2%, IDMT: 1.05 x ± 5%
3.8.2. Time Multiplier Test (All values are as example)
Time Chars: IEC SI
(Values in sec at 2 time of the setting)
TMS Value R-Phase Y-Phase B-Phase

Calculated Actual Calculated Actual Calculated Actual
0.25 2.5 2.5 2.5
0.3 3.0 3.0 3.0
0.5 5.01 5.01 5.01
1.0 10.03 10.03 10.03
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.8.3. Timing Test
Current Curve TMS Current Op. Time Actual Op. Time sec
setting Setting Setting Is Calculated
Is Times sec R-Phase Y-Phase B-Phase
1*In IEC SI 1.0 2 10.029

1*In IEC VI 1.0 5 3.375
1*In IEC EI 1.0 2 26.666
1*In LTI 2.0 2 12
1*In Definit Time 2.0 2 2.00
3.9. Synch Check Test
3.9.1. Synchro-Check Voltage check
Fix U1 at normal voltage and change U2.
MEASURED VOLTAGE U2
APPLIED PICK-UP
SETVALUE Errors %
VOLTAGE Voltage (V)
U % (V) +U -U
U1
+U -U +U % +U %
6.5 66.4
10.0 66.4
Fix U2 at normal voltage and change U1.
MEASURED VOLTAGE U1
APPLIED PICK-UP
SETVALUE Errors %
VOLTAGE Voltage (V) +U -U
U % (V)
U2
+U -U +U % +U %
6.5 66.4
10.0 66.4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.9.2. Synchro-Check Frequency Check
Fix U1 at normal frequency and change frequency of U2.
PICK-UP f
f (U2) LIMITS
+f -f +f -f
50mHz 45 – 50 mHz
Fix U2 at normal frequency and change frequency of U1.
PICK-UP f
f (U1) LIMITS
+f -f +f -f
50mHz 45 – 50 mHz
3.9.3. Synchro-Check Phase Angle Check
Fix U1at zero reference phase angle and change phase angle of U2.
SET ANGLE DIFFERENCE (U2) Errors %

VALUE + Angle - Angle + Angle - Angle + Angle - Angle
10
20
Fix U2 at zero reference phase angle and change phase angle of U1.
SET ANGLE DIFFERENCE (U1) Errors %

VALUE + Angle - Angle + Angle - Angle + Angle - Angle
10
20
3.9.4. Voltage Check Function test
Set U1 =66.4V, U2 =66.4V, f1 and f2 = 60Hz.

LB/DL ________________ [ ]
LL/DB ________________ [ ]
LB/LL ________________ [ ]
3.9.5. VOLTAGE CHECK TEST
Function: LL/DB
Name:
Signature:
Date:
LL =
DB =
Function: DL/LB
DL =
LB =
3.10. Auto Recloser Test
3.10.1. Dead time measurement
Dead time 1 sec Dead time 2 sec Dead time 3 sec

Set time Meas. time Set time Meas. time Set time Meas. time
3.10.2. Reclaim time measurement
Set time sec Measured Time sec
3.11. Test mode functions test
Test mode selection function indications Relay output with the fault checked
3.12. Programmable LEDS functions test
LED no. Function Checked
3.13. Disturbance and Event Recorder
- Print out from MICOM S1 [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Equipment Sl .No Calibration Calibration

Item Description Make
Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Line Differential Protection-RED670 Record No. :
Note:
this test format.
 General Data & Information

Relay Type In
SERIAL NO Vn
 Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection

5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
 Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Operating DC supply current
DC voltage DC current w/o fault DC current with Max. calculated

(V) (mA) fault (mA) watt (W)
Limit: DC burden 50 watts. (Refer to the reference technical manual page 391).
3.3. Watch Dog Check
SUPPLY OFF
TERMINALS (CLOSED) - ( X11:2, X11:3) :
TERMINALS (OPEN) - ( X11:1, X11:3) :
SUPPLY ON
3.4. Time and Date Check
To check time & date go to main menu on the display for RED670 then open
system time and adjust time & date.
To test keeping time and date setting this, remove the auxiliary supply from the
relay for approximately 30 seconds, then restoring the auxiliary supply, the time
and date setting should not be lost.
Result: ____________
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.5. Setting Adopted
Refer enclosed setting printout
3.6. Secondary Injection Tests
3.6.1. Distance Protection
3.6.2. Zone Reach Measurements:

1 Print out from Freja attached.
PH-E (PE): -Resistive reach: RFn (Ω/loop) = RFn (Ω/phase) = RFPE

-Reactive reach: XFn (Ω/loop) = XFn (Ω/phase)
= Xn (Ω/phase) + X1 (Ω/phase)= (2*X1 + X0) / 3
Chars. Angle = -15 to 115 at FW Direction
PH-PH (PP): -Resistive reach: RFn (Ω/phase) = ½ RFn (Ω/loop) = ½

RFPP.
- Reactive reach: XFn (Ω/phase) = ½ Xn (Ω/loop) = X1.
RFn: Zone n resistive reach resistance.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
XFn: zone n positive sequence reactance.

X0 : line zero sequence reactance.
X1 : line positive sequence reactance.
3 PH: Same setting like PH-PH but, note PHS is rotated

by 30o at 3PH, Due to that, zones at resistive reach is
reduced
Accuracy:
± 2.0% static accuracy, ± 2.0 degrees static angular
Accuracy Conditions:
Voltage range: (0.1-1.1) x Ur, Current range: (0.5-30) x Ir, Angle: at 0 degrees and 85
3.6.3. Zone Timing Test

Limit: 28-33 ms ± 10ms ± 0.5 %.
The relay was tested on final setting
3.6.4. Phase Selection Function (PHS)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.6.5. PHS Reach measurements

Setting given as (Ω/loop ) not

(Ω/phase )
PHS , with Phase-to-Phase PHS , with Phase-to-Earth PHS , with 3 Phase
PH-E (PE): -Resistive reach: RFphs (Ω/loop) = RFphs (Ω/phase) =

RFFwPE.
-Reactive reach: Xnphs (Ω/loop) = Xnphs (Ω/phase)
= (2*X1 + X0) / 3
PH-PH (PP): -Resistive reach: RFphs (Ω/phase) = ½ RFphs (Ω/loop) =
½ RFFwPP
- Reactive reach: X1phs (Ω/phase) = ½ X1phs (Ω/loop) =
X1phs (Ω/phase).
3PH: -Resistive reach: RFphs (Ω/phase) = 1.15 RFphs

(Ω/phase).
- Reactive reach: X1phs (Ω/phase) = 1.335 * X1phs
(Ω/phase).
Take in consideration that, although PHS rotate by 30 0, it still keep
directional angle (-15, 115) as its starting boundary
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.6.6. PHS timing test:

Limit: 28-33 ms ± 10ms ± 0.5 %.

3.6.7. Power Swing Detection (PSD)
a. PSD Reach test Measurement

Where:
RLdFw = KLdRFw * RLdOutFw
RLdIn = KLdRRv * RLdOutRv
b. Timing Test:
i. Check The Operating Time (TP1)
Type of fault Tp1 setting ms Tp1 actual ms

3 phase 45
TP1: it is the smallest time can be passing from outer boundary

to inner boundary of Power Swing Chars. to detect PSD Start
-Freja general mode, sequence, 3 stages.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
-1ST STAGE: Normal Load, 3phase Vr&Ir, outside the outer

zone area
-2nd STAGE: 3phase V&I to get the impedance inside the PSD
zone (I=Ir & V/I<Zouter and T =Tp1).
-3RD STAGE: 3phase V&I to get the impedance outside PSD
zone and pass the inner boundary (I=Ir & V/I<Zinner and T =1
SEC).
Change 2nd stage timing till get PSD operating time exactly.
ii. Check The Blocking Time (t R2):
Setting Value Measured Value

SEC.
Limit: ± 10 ms (see the tech. ref. manual page 90).
tR2: if the PSD is detect a 3Phase zone fault for time is longer
than tR2, then it Block PSD function.
- FREJA GENERAL MODE
- 1ST STAGE: 3PHASE healty V&I (I=Ir, V/I >outer zone
setting impedance).
- 2ND STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I <inner zone setting
impedance).
- 3RD STAGE inside 3Ph fault for time >= tR2.
- Change the time of 3rd stage till get trip, which mean blocking
of PSD
The relay was tested on final setting
iii. Check of the relay tripping during power swing if a single

phase faults Occurred, tR1 [ ]

1 Blocking of zone 1, 2 & 3
Test procedure: same as befor only change the time for 3 rd

stage to be less than tr2 sec. and test that for each zone.
Check of the relay tripping during power swing if a single
phase faults Occurred, tR1 [ ]
tR1: if the PSD is detect a single phase fault, so after time
equal to tR1, then it Block PSD function
Name:
Signature:
Date:

- 1ST STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I > outer zone setting
impedance).
- 2ND STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I < inner zone setting
impedance).
- 3RD STAGE outside PSD for time < tR2.
- 4RD STAGE inside 1Ph fault for time >= tR1
- Change the time of 4th stage till get trip, which mean blocking
of PSD
Setting Value Measured Value

ms
iv. Check The Fast Psd Time (tP2)
tP2: it is second operating timer for PSD (Fast PSD), if PSD

occur for second time at interval equal to Tw.
FREJA GENERAL MODE
- 1st STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I >outer zone setting
impedance).
- 2nd STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (outer zone > I=Ir, V/I > inner zone
setting impedance) for time >= tP1.
- 3rd stage: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I <inner zone setting
impedance) for time = 100 ms.
- 4th stage leave PSD and back to normal load for time < Tw.
- 5th stage pass outer PSD for time >= tP2
- 6th stage pass inner PSD
Note, you must minimize the TH, which is the holding time for
PSD starting signal
-change the time of 4th stage and 5th stage to get Tw, tP2
timers
Timer Setting Value Measured Value

Tw 250 ms
tP2 15 ms
Time limit: ± 10ms ± 0.5 %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
v. Check of the blocking function:

1 Blocking of zone 1, 2 & 3
* Test procedure: SAME AS BEFOR ONLY CHANGE THE

TIME FOR 3RD STAGE TO BE LESS
THAN tR2 sec. and test that for each zone.
3.6.8. Current Sensitivity Test:
Ir = 1.0 A
Phase Fault type Setting Z1 Z2 Z3 PHS

R PH-E
PH-PH
3PH
Y PH-E
PH-PH
3PH
B PH-E
PH-PH
3PH
*if test done using 3PZSTD1A at freja, then multiply 3PH measured by
√3
*if test done using 3PZSTD2A at freja, then multiply PH-PH measured
by (2 / √3)
* reverse zone pickup at 0.75 of Iminop as per technical ref page 135
Note: ZM03 IMinOpPE pickup at 100% of ZM03 IMinOpPE setting
because PHS IMINOpPE = 0.05 and ZDIR IMINOp = 0.1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.6.9. Directional test

90O
115O
FW
165O
ND
180O ND
345O
295O
RV
Line characteristic angle:

Relay directional angles: ArgDir (15) and ArgNegRes (115)
a) Forward direction; the operating chs Area from: to:
b) Reverse direction; the operating chs Area from: to:
c) The non directional area from: to: and from: to:
Test procedure: -
Apply Single Phase V & I Under PHS Setting.
- change the voltage angle from 0 degree up to 360 degree until the
indication of FW, REVESE and non directional appears as per
setting applied.
3.6.10. Scheme Communication Test
 Scheme selected: BLOCKING

 Coordination time : ms.
a. NO carrier receive + Zone 2 fault

Trip Time :
Indication :
b. carrier receive + Zone 2 fault
c. Trip Time :
Indication :
d. Zone 3 fault
Trip Time :
Indication :
Carrier sends time : ms.
e. Tsend min. : ms (0.0 ms setting)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
To check the T send min. time; the injection time should be less
than T Send min.
Limit: ± 10 ms for operating time (see the tech. ref. manual page
122).
3.6.11. Polarization Voltage
It is the voltage needed to determine the directionality, when no

healthy voltage is available. Relay use cross polarizing (from other
healthy phase), or from memory circuit.
SOTF must be disabled before do following tests.
a) Minimum Voltage to be registered: smallest positive sequences
voltage relay can store at its memory.
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE healthy Vr&Ir.
-2ND STAGE: 3PHASE VMem &Ir
-3RD STAGE 3PHASE Dead (V, I = zero) for time = 50 ms
-4RD STAGE Single Phase Fault (V = zero, I = Ir), and other 2
Phase is Dead (V, I = zero)
Change VMem till get smallest value cause trip.
Memorization Voltage: ________ expected Value: 5% UBase
(as TechRef. page 241)
b) Minimum Time for register: smallest time where relay can use its
registered voltage.
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE healthy Vr&Ir .
-2ND STAGE 3PHASE Dead (V, I = zero) for time =< Tregisterd
Change Tregisterd till get smallest value cause trip.
Tregisterd: ____________ expected Value: 100 ms (as TechRef.
page 241)
c) Minimum Voltage used to reset memory after dead time: the
memory voltage can be used for 100 ms after that if current is
decrease below the Iminop setting then there is no directional
indication until positive sequence voltage exceeds 10 % UBase.
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE Vreset &I = Ir
-2ND STAGE 3PHASE Dead (V, I = zero) for time =< 100 ms
Change Vreset till get smallest value cause trip.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Reset Voltage: ____________ expected Value: 10% UBase (as

TechRef. page 241)
3.6.12. Automatic Switch on to Fault (SOTF)
a) Operating Time
Distance Protection
indications
SOTF – ON Trip Time (msec)
Internal SOTF with DLD on the 3 phase.
External SOTF with manual Close pulse.
Activate the DLD with the internal SOTF function.

Limit: (28-33) ± 10 ms for operating time
b) SOTF Timers:
tSOFT: it is the holding time for SOTF start signal .

tDLD: it is the smallest time used for Dead Line Detection.
- Activate the SOFT with DLD
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE Vr &Ir
-2ND STAGE 3PHASE Dead (V, I = zero) for time >= tDLD
-3RD STAGE 3PHASE Dead (V, I = zero) for time <= tSOTF
-4th STAGE Single Phase Fault.
Change tSOTF till get smallest value cause trip.
Change tDLD till get smallest value cause trip.
tSOTF :____________ tSOTFsetting =
tDLD :____________ tDLDsetting =
Note: refer. To configuration of relay there is 250 ms adding as

pulse delay to BC input
3.6.13. Fuse failure supervision function (FUSE)
Setting Measured Values

3U0>(V) 3I0<(A) 3U0>(V) 3I0<(A)
3U0= Ua + Ub + Uc
3I0= Ia + Ib + Ic
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Limit: ± 2.5 % of Ur for 3U0> and ± 2.5 % of 3I0r

General mode
-1st stage: 3phase v&i healthy case.
- Decrease one phase voltage till the indicaion led fuse fail apperas.
- Decrease the same phase current till the indiction led fuse fail reset.
3.6.14. Fuse failure operating time m sec.
-1ST stage: 3phase v&i healthy case.

-2ND stage: put fuse fail condition (take contact fuse fail)
3.6.15. Check the blocking of the relay when the general block functions
(VT MCB TRIP) is activated [ ].
3.6.16. Check the latching facility of fuse fail function [ ].
3.6.17. V.T supervision lathing time = sec.
Disable opDUDI Mode.

Enable UZsIZs Mode.
General mode:
- 1ST stage: 3phases V&I healthy case. (Take time 1 sec)
-2ND stage: put 3 phase (v) to achieve the DLD and fuse fail for time >=
latching time (5 second)
3.6.18. Check the relay operation if a fault occurred during the fuse fail [ ].
General mode:
- 1st stage: 3phases V&I healthy case. (Take time 1 sec)
- 2nd stage: fuse fail condition (take time < 5 sec)
- 3rd stage: fault condition
* Trip for t < 5 sec, Block for t > 5 sec
3.6.19. Check Reset fuse fail Voltage (USealIN < [ ]).
General mode:
- 1st stage: 3phases V&I HEALTHY case. (Take time 1 sec)
- 2nd stage: fuse fail condition (take time >= 5 sec) , till latch
condition.
- 3rd stage: 3Phase , V = USealIn , I = Ir
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Change V on 3rd stage till get the exact value of USealIn which reset
the latched Fuse Failure.
USealIn>: ____________
USealIn>setting = % UBase
3.6.20. Check DUDI Function
Enable opDUDI Mode.

Disable UZsIZs Mode.
Setting:
DU> = 20%UBase
DI< = 10%IBase
UPH> = 70% UBase
a) To detect Fuse Failure on any phase, that phase must have a

sufficient negative change at voltage (DU>), at same time no
change at its current more than DI<. And the voltage to tha
phase must be lower than UPH >.
b) Check UPH>
General mode:
- 1st stage: 3phases V=Vr &I = Ir healthy case. (Take time 1 sec)
- 2nd STAGE: fuse fail condition ( V= VFFS , I = Ir ) and the other 2
phase is Vr , Ir
(Take time < 5 SEC)
- Note Decrease VFFS till get it below UPH>, we get Fuse Failure
start and latch signal instantaneously.
- UPH> _______________
UPH> setting = % UBase.
c) Check DU<
- 1st stage: 3phases V>=UPH &I = Ir healthy case. (Take time 1
sec)
- 2nd STAGE: fuse fail condition ( V= VFFS , I = Ir ) and the other 2
phase is Vr , Ir (take time < 5 sec)
- Note Decrease VFFS until get Fuse Failure start and latch signal
instantaneously, the difference at voltage between first and
second stage is DU<.
- DU< ______________________
DU< setting = % UBase.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
d) Check DI>
General mode:
- 1st stage: 3phases V=Vr &I = Ir healthy case. (Take time 1 sec)
- 2nd stage: fuse fail condition ( V< = UPH , I = Ir ) and the other
2 phase is Vr , Ir
(TAKE TIME < 5 SEC)
- Note Increase current at the FFS Phase till removes Fuse
Failure condition.
- DI>_______________________
DI> setting = % UBase.
3.6.21. Service values for measurements
PH voltage applied : V PH current applied: A.

Phase shift : 0,240,120 degree. Frequency: 60 HZ.
CT ratio : /1 A VT ratio: KV.
Values Sec. Values Prim. Values Values Sec. Values Prim. Values
U1 I1
U2 I2
U3 I3
U4 I4
U1 – U2 - F -
U2 – U3 -
U3 – U1 -
Reading for active and reactive power at dif. Angles
Mes. 0º 45º 90º 135º 180º 235º 270º 315º

P
Q
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.7. Four Step Residual Over Current (TEF)
Where default for IEC Normal Inverse is:

A = 0.14
P = 0.02
C=1
B=0
Step 1 (IN1>)
Kt = 0.2
Iinjected = 2 * Isetting Iinjected = 4 * Isetting Iinjected = 10 * Isetting

Phase Isetting
t expected t measured t expected t measured t expected t measured
R 2 1 0.6
Y 0.1 2 1 0.6
B 2 1 0.6
Step 2 (IN2>)
Kt = 0.2

Phase Isetting
R 2 1 0.6
Y 0.5 2 1 0.6
B 2 1 0.6
Step 3 (IN3>)
Kt = 0.2

Phase Isetting
R 2 1 0.6
Y 1 2 1 0.6
B 2 1 0.6
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Step 4 (IN4>)
Kt = 0.2

Phase Isetting
R 2 1 0.6
Y 10 2 1 0.6
B 2 1 0.6
3.8. Differential Protection
3.8.1. Measurements
- For Angle Measurement; Set Measurement Ref is IR.

-Inject three phase current with different values and angles.
- For Neutral Current (N) Inject 3 Phase Current with same magnitude
and same phase angles.
So, IN = IR + IB + IY = 0.5 (0 O) + 1.0 (240 O) + 1.5 (120 O) = 0.866
(150 O)
Applied Current Display secondary %Error

Phase
R 0.5 0.0
Y 1.0 240.0
B 1.50 120.0
N 1.0 0.0
3.8.2. Measurements (LOCAL / REMOTE)
Applied Display Primary LDCM Value

Phase CURRENT
R 1.0 0.0
Y 1.0 240.0
B 1.0 120.0
Limits: Amplitude Accuracy; ± 0.5 % Ir

According to the Catalogue for Technical Data – Page: 32
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.8.3. Pick up & Drop off Test for Differential Current (Id):
Use fiber optic communication between ch1& ch2 then test of

differential protection element;
Also charge current should not active in the setting.
Pick Up Value = Idmin A
Setting Injected Current Measured Pick Measured Drop

Phase
IdMin (A) I bias (A) Up Value (A) Out Value (A)
0.2 0.2
R
0.6 0.6
0.2 0.2
Y
0.6 0.6
0.2 0.2
B
0.6 0.6
R-Y 0.4 0.4
Y-B 0.4 0.4
B-R 0.4 0.4
R-Y-B 0.4 0.4
Limits: Pick up & Drop Out ± 2% of Ir According to the Catalogue for

Technical Data – Page: 24
3.8.4. Operating Time Test for Differential Current (Id)
Set; DT Mode & Idmin = 0.4Ibase, AddDelay = on, ImaxDelay > 4 A
PHASE Inject current (A) Delay Time (ms) Operating Time (ms)
4 Zero (Inst)
R
4 100
4 Zero (Inst)
Y
4 100
4 Zero (Inst)
B
4 100
R-Y 4 Zero (Inst)
Y-B 4 Zero (Inst)
B-R 4 Zero (Inst)
R-Y-B 4 Zero (Inst)
Accuracy: Instantaneous Operation: 25 ms.typically at 0 to 10*Id

According to the Catalogue for Technical Data –Page: 24
Name:
Signature:
Date:
At using IEC Normal Inverse Chars.
(Injected/Setting) Current Calculated Trip time (s ) Measured Trip time (s )

2 10.029
4 4.97
5 4.27
8 3.29
10 2.97
Where:
𝐴
𝑡 𝑠 = 𝑝 −𝐵 ∗𝐾
𝐼𝑖𝑛𝑗
𝐼𝑠𝑒𝑡 −1
And, A= 0.14, B = 0, P = 0.02, K (time multiplier) = 1
3.8.5. Pick up & Drop off test & operating time for differential current Alarm
SETTING Injected Measured Pick Measured Drop

PHASE
IdAlarm (A) Current A Up Value (A) Out Value (A)
0.2 0.2
R
0.6 0.6
0.2 0.2
Y
0.6 0.6
0.2 0.2
B
0.6 0.6
R-Y 0.4 0.4
Y-B 0.4 0.4
B-R 0.4 0.4
R-Y-B 0.4 0.4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.8.6. Delay time for differential current Alarm

Set IdAlarm = 0.2 IB
PHASE Delay (sec) Operating time in sec

zero
R 5
10
zero
Y 5
10
zero
B 5
10
zero
R-Y 5
10
zero
Y-B 5
10
zero
B-R 5
10
zero
R-Y-B 5
10
3.9. Bias Characteristic Testing

Use fiber optic communication between ch1&ch2 then test differential
protection element; also charging current should be active.as shown figure.
A current is injected into the R phase which is used as the bias current and
another current is injected into the Y phase which is used as differential
current.
Inject a bias current of 1A in the R phase. The relay will trip and any contacts
associated with the R phase will operate.
Slowly increase the current in the Y phase until phase Y trips. Record the
phase Y current magnitude and check that it corresponds to the following
equation;
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.9.1. Section 1
0 ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection1*IBase
Trip= IdminOp *Ibase
Set End section1 = 1.25*IBase
Slope Idmin I bias Id Id Measured Errors %

section1 set A calculated(Trip) R Y B R Y B
0.2 0.20 0.20
IdminOp 0.4 0.4 0.4
0.6 0.6 0.60

Page24
3.9.2. SLOPE Section 2

Endsection1*Ibase ≤ Ibias ≤ Endsection2*IBase
Trip = (IdminOp *Ibase+ slope section2/100 *(Ibias - End section1*Ibase )

Where; Idmin ; The Basic Diff Current Setting.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
To check more than one point at the same slope, Change the bias
current value and the equation above can be used, and also for other
differential settings '' Different slopes, Is1 ''.
End section2 =3.0*IBase
Slope Idmin I bias Id calculated Id Measured Errors %

section2 set A (Trip) R Y B R Y B
0.2 1.5 0.275
30 % 0.4 2.0 0.625
0.6 3.0 1.125
0.2 1.5 0.325
50 % 0.4 2.0 0.775
0.6 3.0 1.475

Page24
3.9.3. SLOPE Section3
Ibias ≥ End section2*Ibase
Trip = Ibase*(IdminOp + slope section2/100*(End section2 - End
section1)) + (slope section3/100 * (Ibias- End section2*Ibase) A
End section2 =3.0*IBase
Slope Idmin I Id Id Measured Errors %

section3 set. injectedA calculated(Trip) R Y B R Y B
0.2 4.0 1.575
50% 0.4 5.0 2.275
0.6 6.0 2.975
0.2 4.0 1.875
80 % 0.4 5.0 2.875
0.6 6.0 3.875
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Page24
3.10. Test of 2nd Harmonics
Idmin = 0.2 Ib
I1 ( F =60 Hz ) I2 ( F = 120 Hz )
R 10
R 50
R 100
3.11. Test of 5th Harmonics
I5 ( F = 300 Hz )
Phase I5 / I1 ratio % I1 ( F =60 Hz )
R 15
R 30
R 50
3.12. Unrestrained Current PickupTest
Idunrest
Phase Setting Value
Pickup Value Drop Off Value
( of IB )
5.0
R
8.0
5.0
Y
8.0
5.0
B
8.0
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.13. Unrestrained Current Time Test
Idunrest
Phase Setting Value Pickup Time
Error %
( of IB ) ( ms )
5.0
R
8.0
5.0
Y
8.0
5.0
B
8.0
3.14. Enhanced Differential (IdminHigh)
There are 2 condition during them the relay must decrease its sensitivity:
during energized or at external fault, where at that conditions the slope chars.
Use the value of IdminHigh instead of Idmin for just a time equal to
tIdminHigh. After that slope chars. Back as usual using Idmin as basic setting
3.14.1. IdminHigh Pickup & Drop off
IdMinHigh
Phase Setting Value
Pickup Value
( of IB )
5.0
R
8.0
5.0
Y
8.0
5.0
B
8.0
3.14.2. IdminHigh Time test
Name:
Signature:
Date:
tIdMinHigh
Phase Setting Value Pickup Time
( second ) seconds
5.0
R 8.0
10.0
5.0
Y 8.0
10.0
5.0
B 8.0
10.0
3.15. Trip indication test:
No. Type of fault Led Color Check

01 Differential Trip Red
02 Z1/Aided Trip Red
03 Z2/Z3 Trip Red
04 I / T Received Red
05 SOTF Trip Red
06 TEF Trip Red
07 Ch1 Comm. Fail Yellow
08 Ch2 Comm. Fail Yellow
09 87L Current Alarm Yellow
10 VTS Yellow
11 CS Yellow
12 CR Yellow
13 Phase R Yellow
14 Phase Y Yellow
15 Phase B Yellow
3.11.1 Disturbance recorder checked [ ].
3.11.2 Binary outputs and inputs checked [ ].
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Calibration Calibration
Sl. No Description Make Equipment Sl .No
Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Line Distance & Directional Earth fault
Record No. :
Protection with communication -7SA522
Note:
this test format.

Relay Type In
SERIAL NO Vn

5.  Yes  N/A
circuit board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.1. Function Test

3.2. General Functions in the Relay
Function Selected
Phase Distance Protection
Earth Distance Protection
Power Swing Detection
Teleprotection For Distance Protection
DTT Direct Transfer Trip
Instantaneous High Speed SOTF Over Current
Week Infeed ( Trip & / Or Echo )
Back Up Over Current Protection
Earth Fault Over Current Protection
Teleportation For Earth Fault Over Current
Auto – Reclose Function
Synchronism & Voltage Check
Fault Locator
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.3. Power System Data
OHL / UG Cable
CT Star Point
System Star point Solid Earthed
Line Length Km
Line Angle
X ∕ = Line Reactance( Ω / Km )
Z1 =
RE / RL
Zero Sequence Z2----- Z5 =
Compensation Factors Z1 =
XE / XL
Z2----- Z5 =
Secondary Injection Measurements:

Setting:
1201=Distance Protection = OFF.
We should insure that:
- CT. & VT. Ratios are as setting in Power System Data 1, Address (0203 to
0206)
- From Setting Group A: Power System Data 2, insure the value of % in:
Address (1103) Measurement: Full Scale Voltage (100 %)
Address (1104) Measurement: Full Scale Current (100 %)
- The Direction of the Earthing is as per approved Drawings & as Setting in
Power System Data 1
(i) If the direction of the Earthing is towards the line (Cable or OHL)
The Current is ------------ the Voltage by ----- (As shown below)
V1 = V2 = V3 =
I1 = I2 = I3 =
(ii) If the direction of the Earthing is Towards the Bus Bar

The Current is -------- the Voltage by----- (As shown below)
V1 = V2 = V3 =
I1 = I2 = I3 =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Injected quantities:
Inject 3 Phases Currents & Voltages.
(i) The angle between V & I is (0°)
Phase - L1 Phase -L2 Phase -L3

------- V -------- V V
--------A --------- A A
(ii) The angle between V & I is (------)
L1 L2 L3
----------V ---------V ----------V
-----------A ---------A ----------A
(iii) The angle between V & I is (------)
L1 L2 L3
------ V ------------ V ------------V
------- A -------------A -----------A
Note: Print out from the Relay is Attached (Primary & Secondary & % values)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Measured Values In The Relay

At angle ∟ 00 At angle ∟ ------o At angle ∟ --------
Parameters
% % seconda %
primary secondary primary secondary primary
values values ry values
Current IL1
Current IL2
Current IL3
3I0
I1 - positive
Sequence
I2 - Negative
Sequence
Voltage
UL1E
Voltage
UL2E
Voltage
UL3E
Voltage UL12
Voltage UL21
Voltage UL31
3U0
U1 - positive
Sequence
U2 - Negative
Sequence
Apparent
power(S)
Active
power(P)
Reactive
power(Q)
Frequency
Power Factor
3.4. Impedance Secondary Measurements
Note: Before starting this test, for easy calculation & to get correct readings
In the relay configuration, Setting Group A, power system data 2
Address (1116-1119): setting for Zero Sequence Compensation Factors
RE / RL =0 & XE / XL = 0,
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Also Zero Sequence Compensation Factors in the Tester setting should be Zero
- Inject the impedance ( Z ) = --- Ω with angle  = ----o ( in Forward Side )
Calculate: R= Z x COS Φ , X= Z x SIN Φ
Then read and record measurement the impedance ----- (Z) (Primary &
Secondary)
- Inject the impedance (Z) = -------Ω with angle  = ----- o (in Reverse Side)
Calculate: R= Z x COS Φ , X= Z x SIN Φ
Then read and record the measurement impedance ----- (Z) (Primary &
Secondary)
Note: [C.T ratio = ------] & [V.T ratio = -------- K.V] = -------
Φ = --o Φ = ---o
Calculated Measured Z Calculated Measured Z
Phase Impedance
Z Primary Secondary Z Primary Second
ary
RL1
L1 - N
XL1
RL2
L2 - N
XL2
RL3
L3 - N
XL3
RL12
L1 – L2
XL12
RL23
L2 – L3
XL23
RL31
L3 – L1
XL31
The Primary measured values = Secondary measured values * [V.T ratio /

C.T ratio] = -----------
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5. Distance Protection Pick up Threshold (Fault Detection Test)
3.5.1. Phase Fault Current Threshold Detection (minimum I ph) Test

Address :
(1202)
*1201: Distance Protection is = ON
*1202 : Phase Current Threshold (I ph  ) for Distance
Measurement= ------A
1203 : 3Io Threshold for Neutral Current Pickup = ------A
1209: Criterion of Earth Fault Recognition not important if it is (3I0 OR
3U0) / (3I0 AND 3U0)
3Io: Earth Fault setting should be < I ph Phase Fault setting.
You must inject voltage more than the setting voltage at Address
2913A) : Maximum Voltage Threshold U < (3 Phase) = ------- V
Or (2915) : Voltage Failure supervision = OFF
& (2910) : Fuse Failure Monitoring = OFF
& (2901) : Measurement Supervision = OFF
Then Inject Phase - Phase Current more than the setting at Address
(1202) & Zero Voltage ∟-------° OR ∟--------°
Phase Fault I ph  Setting Measurement (A)

Phase
(Address:1202) Pick Up (A) Drop Off (A)
L1∟----° – L2 ∟-----°
L2∟----° – L3 ∟-----° ------- A
L3∟----° – L1 ∟-----°
Inject voltage  the setting voltage at Address (2913A) Or Fuse Failure=Off (The Volt =0)
I ph 
Inject Phase - Phase Current more than the setting at Address (1202) &
Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5.2. Earth Fault Current threshold (3Io) Detection

Address: (1202)
1201: Distance Protection is = ON
1202: Phase Current Threshold (I ph ) for Distance Measurement = ---
----- A
1203: 3Io Threshold for Neutral Current (Earth Fault) Pickup=---A
1209: Criterion of Earth Fault Recognition should be selected as = (3I0
OR 3U0)
1204: (3 VO) Threshold Zero Sequence Voltage pick up = -------- V
Note:-
1 - (3Io) Threshold for Neutral Current (earth fault) Pick-Up
setting
(Address: 1203A) should be above the phase fault setting
(Address: 1202)
2 – You must inject voltage more than the setting voltage at
Address
(2913A): Maximum Voltage Threshold U< (3 Phase) =--V
Or (2915): Voltage Failure supervision = OFF
& (2910): Fuse Failure Monitoring = OFF
& (2901): Measurement Supervision = OFF
Then, Inject Phase – Earth Fault Current (single phase
current) more than the setting at Address (1202) & more
than the setting at Address (1203) & Zero Voltage.
Earth Fault 3Io  Measurement (A)

Phase (Neutral Current ) Setting
Pick up (A) Drop off (A)
(Address:1203)
L1 - N
L2 - N 0.4A
L3 - N
Note: I ph  will operate (Pick Up) first, because the setting is less. But
the Trip will be with 3Io value.
3Io
Inject voltage  the setting voltage at Address (2913A) Or Fuse Failure=Off (The Volt =0)
&
Tri
Inject Phase - Earth Current more than the setting at Address (1203)
p
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5.3. Zero Sequence Voltage Threshold Check {3 VO Detection} (Address

1204)
1204: (3VO) Threshold Zero Sequence Voltage pick up= ---- V

1209A: Criterion of Earth Fault Recognition should be selected as =
(3I0 AND 3U0)
1202: Phase Current Threshold (I ph) for Distance Measurement = ----
-A
1203: 3Io Threshold for Neutral Current (Earth Fault) Pickup = ----- A
Note:
(2915): Voltage Failure supervision = OFF
& (2910): Fuse Failure Monitoring = OFF
& (2901): Measurement Supervision = OFF
Then
1 - Inject Phase – Earth Fault Current (Single Phase Current) more
than (3I0) Setting
(Address 1203) and also more than Phase Current (I ph )
Setting (Address 1202)
{Inject 3-Phase Current = Rated Current = ------ A}
2 - Inject 3 VO Zero Sequence Voltage V L1–N =-- v, V L2–N =--- V,
V L3 –N = ---V,
Reduce slowly V L1–N voltage till relay E/F element operates,
then:
Take the pick up value of the relay by switching On & Off
of fault & check the pick up value of distance relay.
Setting value of 3Vo (V) Measured Pick Up value (V)

--------
Make Unbalance in 3 VO, Reduce slowly V L1–N

3 VO
&
Inject 3-Phase Current = Rated Current = ---- A Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5.4. Zones reach & Time Testing (Manual Check)
To test the ZONE Reach & Time, we adjust the ZONES from the relay
Settings as following:
Settings:
Device configuration:
0112 Phase Distance -------------
0113 Earth Distance ------------
From Setting Group A :
0013 Distance zones (-----------)
Zone-Z1
1301 Operating Mode Zone-1 ------ ll
1302 R (Z1), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults --- Ω
1303 X (Z1), Reactance ------ Ω
1304 RE (Z1), Resistance for Ph- E Faults --- Ω
1305 T1-1 Phase, delay for single phase faults --
Sec.
1306 T1-multi Ph, delay for single phase faults ---
Sec.
Zone-Z1B
1351 Operating Mode Z1B (Over Reach Zone) = --
Ω ll
1352 R (Z1B), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults -----Ω
1353 X (Z1B), Reactance ------- Ω
1354 RE (Z1B), Resistance for Ph- E Faults= ---Ω
1355 T1B-1 Phase, delay for single phase faults
------- Sec.
1356 T1B-multi Ph, delay for single phase faults
------ Sec.
Zone-Z2
1311 Operating Mode Zone-2 = ------------- ll
1312 R (Z2), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults -- Ω
1313 X (Z2), Reactance = ----------- Ω
1314 RE (Z2), Resistance for Ph- E Faults---Ω
1315 T2-1 Phase, delay for single phase faults = --
- Sec.
1316 T2-multi Ph, delay for single phase faults
---- Sec.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Zone-Z3
1321 Operating Mode Zone-3 ----------
1322 R (Z3), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults ---Ω
1323 X (Z3), Reactance ------- Ω
1324 RE (Z3), Resistance for Ph- E Faults --Ω
1325 T3 delay ------- Sec.
Zone-Z4
1331 Operating Mode Zone-4 ------------- ll
1332 R (Z4), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults -- Ω
1333 X (Z4), Reactance -------- Ω
1334 RE (Z4), Resistance for Ph- E Faults ---Ω
1335 T4 delay --------- Sec.
Zone-Z5
1341 Operating Mode Zone-5 ----------------
1342 R (Z5), Resistance for Ph- Ph Faults ---Ω
1343 X (Z5) +, Reactance for Forward direction ---
-- Ω
1344 RE (Z5), Resistance for Ph- E Faults---Ω
1345 T5 delay -------- Sec.
1346 X (Z5) -, Reactance for Reverseldirection ---
--Ω
Settings Fault Types Time

Zones Axis
Time Z L1 - N L2 - N L3 - N L1 – L2 L2 – L3 L3 – L1 L1 L2 L3 (m S)
Z1 ---- R∟---°
-----
Forward --- X∟---°
Z1B --- R∟---°
------
Forward ---- X∟---°
Z2 ---- R∟---°
------
Forward ---- X∟---°
Z3 ---- R∟---°
------
Reverse ---- X∟----°
Z4 ---- R∟---°
------
Forward ---- X∟----°
---- R∟----°
Z5 ---- X∟----°
-----
Non Directional ---- R∟----°
---- X∟-----°
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Test with omicron:
1. Distance Advanced Distance

2. Choose “Shot Test “.
3. Put the Points.
4. Choose “Add To “.
5. Choose “ALL “, Then OK.
We should ensure from the Parameter that the Earthing is as the actual.
Note: Zones reach & Time Testing (Auto Check). See the Attached Print
out from the Relay
3.5.5. Distance directionality check
Note:-
a. If any Zone is adjusted to be Non-Directional, you must reverse it
(or adjusted it to be Inactive) to be able to determine the Undefined
Areas.
b. 2 - You must Configure LEDs for Distance Pick up Forward and
Distance Pick up Reverse.
Settingsl:
Device configuration:
0112 Phase Distance: Quadrilateral
0113 Earth Distance: Quadrilateral
From Setting Group A:
0013 Distance zones: Zone-Z5
1341 Operating Mode Zone-5:
From Masking I / O (Configuration Matrix):
LED13 = 3719 = Distance FORWARD
LED14 = 3720 = Distance REVERSE
c. The 3-Phase Fault Injection, 1- Phase Fault Injection & Ph-Ph Fault
Injection must be same for all types of faults.
Test Procedure with OMICRON:
Apply a constant value of the Impedance Z, and change the
angle, Select the zone operating time as sufficiently long ( e.g. -
---- Sec. ) so that the relay should not trip while rotating /
changing the angle.
 Distance Advanced Distance
 Choose “Check Test “.
 Apply a constant value of the Impedance Z
 Choose “Sequence “
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
 Determine the Range you want to test & determine the

i
n Angels
Direction c Expected Angels Measured Angels
r From To From To
Forward e
Un-defined m
Reverse e
Un-defined n
t
in the Angle.
Undefin
ed Forwar
d
Reverse
Undefined
3.5.6. Distance Tele protection Schemes
The communication scheme which is selected as a final setting can be

tested only.
a. Permissive Under Reach (PUTT) (Z1B Acceleration)
Trip = Z1*T1 + Z1B*CR*T1B + Z2*T2 + Z3*T3 + Z4T4 + Z5*T5

CS= Z1*TS
Communication CR CS Trip Time Transmission

Phase Z Status Simulation Checking Time
HEALTHY FAIL
NOTE: LEDs Should Be Checked During Testing

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
b. Permissive Over Reach (POTT)
Trip =Z1*T1 + Z2*T2 + Z3*T3 + Z4T4 + Z5*T5 + (Z1B*CR*T1B)

CS = Z1B* (Z1*T1 + Z2*T2 + Z3*T3 + Z4T4 + Z5*T5 +
(Z1B*CR*T1B)) * TS
Communication CR CS Trip Transmission

Phase Z Status Simulation Checking Time Time
Healthy Fail
c. Weak In feed Function (with POTT Scheme)
(ECHO only / ECHO and Trip) Address No: 2501
i. Echo only
Settings: Configure Address No:

00379 CB Auxiliary Contact 3 Pole Closed [CB. Close] (Binary
Input)
00380 CB Auxiliary Contact 3 Pole Open [CB. Open] (Binary
Input)
Status Relay action should be Relay action

C.B off ( Open ) + Carrier Receive Echo Signal Send Immediately ( CS )
( Z1B Fault )
C.B on ( Closed ) + Carrier Echo Signal Send (CS ) after time delay
Receive Address No: (2502A): (40 m Sec.)
( Z1B Fault ) Trip / Echo Delay After Carrier Receipt.
ii. (Echo & Trip)
Status Relay action should be Relay action
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
C.B off ( Open ) + Carrier Echo Signal Send Immediately ( CS ) Without

Receive Local Trip
( Z1B Fault )
C.B on ( Closed ) + Carrier Local Trip & Echo Signal Send (CS) after time
Receive delay Address No: (2502A): (40 m Sec.)
( Z1B Fault ) Trip / Echo Delay After Carrier Receipt.
iii. Under Voltage Pick Up for Local Trip (Weak Infeed Voltage)
Settings: Address No:

(2502A): Trip / Echo Delay after Carrier Receipt. = -------Sec.
(2505) : Under Voltage (Phase – Earth) = ------- V
(1130A): Pole Open Current Threshold = ------- A
If we apply , one Phase Voltage ‹ Setting in Address No: (2505
) : Under Voltage ( Phase – Earth ) and we apply the other two
Phases Voltage by Normal value and inject one phase current ›
Setting in Address No: ( 1130A ) : Pole Open Current
Threshold = ---- A and the other two phases by Normal value. All
this with Carrier Receive then the relay will send an Echo and
weak in feed Local Trip after the time of Address No: (2502A)
But if the one phase voltage is more than the Address No: (
2505 ) the relay will send Echo Only after time of Address No: (
2502A ) : Trip / Echo Delay After Carrier Receipt. = ---- Sec.
Under Voltage ( Ph–E) ( V ) Setting Value = ------ V Measured Voltage = V

Address No: ( 2505)
Trip Time Delay for Local Trip Setting Value = ------ Sec. Measured Time = Sec.
(Sec) Address No: ( 2502A)
Pole Open Current Threshold Setting Value = ------ A Measured Current = A
(A) Address No: ( 1130A)
d. Blocking Scheme
Trip = Z1*T1 + Z2*T2 + Z3*T3 + Z4T4 + Z5*T5 + (Z1B * T1B * CR *T V)

Cs = Z3 * TS
NOTE: Z3 IS REVERSE ZONE
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Communication CR CS Trip Transmission

Phase Z Status Simulation Checking Time Time
Healthy Fail
3.5.7. Power Swing Detection
Address No: 0120 : Enabled

Setting Group A: 0020: Power Swing
Address No: 2007: Trip Delay after Power Swing Blocking -- Sec.
(Raise the Time Setting of Trip Delay after Power Swing Blocking
Address No: 2007 to more than the longest time of the Distance Zones)
Power Swing Operating Mode Address No:2002 Relay Action

All zones Blocked
No trip with
Z1 , Z1B , Z2 Blocked
Trip with
No trip with
Z1 , Z1B Blocked
Trip with
No trip with
Z2 to Z5 Blocked
Trip with
When the Fault comes to the line, the Voltage will decrease or the
Current increase, then the Impedance will decrease in very short time,
then the relay will trip according to the setting of the fault case.
In the Power Swing case , the Impedance will decrease but in very
short time , it will be decrease related with proper time for that
decreasing, so the Power Swing depend on changing the Impedance
with Time ( dZ / dt ). However , the time has to be proper with this
changing ( Not very short when the Impedance will decrease ) , then
the relay will Block all the Zones ( in case of chosen “All zones
Blocked “ in Address No:2002 )
Test Procedure with OMCRONll Using (State Sequencer):
1 - Inject Normal Current & Normal Voltage.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2 – Then Decrease the Voltage by constant (dv/ dt) [(i.e.) Decrease

the Impedance by (dZ / dt).]
3 -The Power Swing depend on changing the Impedance with Time
(dZ/dt)
4 -The Power Swing Impedance starts before Z5 by --- Ω
5 –When the Impedance enter the Polygon, the Timer in Address No:
2007 Trip Delay after Power Swing Blocking ------- Sec., will
operate.
(i) If the changing of the Impedance in the Polygon is slowly then
the relay will be Blocked byThe Power Swing Function.
(ii) If the changing of the Impedance in the Polygon is fast and the
Impedance is go out from the Polygon and then any Fault will
make Trip.
3.5.8. Switch On To Fault (SOTF) Function Check
a. Instantaneous High Speed SOTF-O/C [SOTF Separate Function]
From Device Configuration:

Address No: 0124 Enabled
Setting Group A:
Address No: 0024
2401: Instantaneous High Speed SOTF-O/C is ON
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2404: Iph››› Pick Up 2.5A

Also: Disable the Distance Protection
Address No: 1201Disable Back Up Over Current Protection Address
No: 2601
1201: Distance Protection is OFF
1232: Instantaneous Trip after SOTF for Distance Inactive
2601: Operating Mode for Back up O/C OFF
2615: Instantaneous Trip after SOTF for O/C I›› NO
2625: Instantaneous Trip after SOTF for O/C I› NO
2671: Inst. Trip after SOTF for O/C Inverse Type NO
0011: Power System Data 2 (Line Status)
1130: Pole Open Current Threshold 0.1A
1131A: Pole Open Voltage Threshold 30 V
1132A: Seal –in Time after All Closures 0.05 Sec.
1133A: Minimal Time for Line Open before SOTF 0.25Sec.
1134: Recognition of Line Closures with
(i) Manual Close Bi Only
(ii) Current flow OR Manual Close Bi
(iii) Current OR Voltage OR Manual Close Bi
(iv) CB aux. OR Current OR Manual C
1135: Reset of Trip Command
(1) Pick UP Reset
(2) With CB aux. Open & I‹ Pole Open Current
(3) With Pole Open Current Threshold Only
1136: Open Pole Detector
(1) OFF
(2) With CB aux. Open & I‹Pole Open Current
(3) With measurement (U/I, Trip, Pick Up, CB aux.)
1150A: Seal –in Time after Manual Closures -------- Sec.
For C.B Closure Recognition Address No: (1134): by Binary Input

Manual Close Only
Raise the Setting of Address No: 1150A): Seal- in Time after Manual
Closures
(This Time Controls the Time for Activation of BI: Manual Close)
Test Procedure:
From: Masking I / O (Configuration Matrix), SOTF over current
configure the following:
Instantaneous High Speed SOTF O/C has a private Trip, so you
must Configure Binary Output and any LED for it. Address No:
(4295): SOTF- O/C Trip Command L123,
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Also you can Configure Binary Output for SOTF-O/C Picked Up

Address No: (4281): SOTF- O/C Picked Up for detecting Pick Up
value, but it is not important because the operation of SOTF is
instantaneous.
Configure Binary Input for Manual Close Address No: 00356: Manual
Close Signal
Configure Binary Input for C.B off Address No: 00380: CB. Aux.
Contact 3 Pole Open
Case No. (i):
Inject Current more than the Setting in Address No:
2404: Iph››› Pick Up = 2.5A
With activation of the Binary Inputs of C.B off & Manual
Close. » The relay will Trip
Case No. (ii):
Inject Current more than the Setting in Address No:
2404: Iph››› Pick Up = 2.5A
Without activation of the Binary Inputs of C.B off &
Manual Close. » The relays will Not Trip
Case No. (iii):
Inject Current Less than the Setting in Address No:
2404: Iph››› Pick Up = 2.5A
With activation of the Binary Inputs of C.B off & Manual
Close » The relay will Not Trip
Setting in Address No:2404 Injected Current Measured Trip Time (ms)

Case No.( i ) 2.5 2.7
Case No.( ii ) 2.5 2.7 No Trip
Case No.( iii ) 2.5 2.0 No Trip
Note:
1130: Pole Open Current Threshold ------ A
1133A: Minimal Time for Line Open before SOTF ------ Sec.
1132A: Seal –in Time after All Closures ---- Sec.
Instead of using Binary Input: CB. Manual Close, we can Inject
Current Less Than the Current in Address No: 1130 for a period of
time =250 mSec,
So, the relay will know that the CB. Of the Feeder as it is opened
(OFF), also the Time in Address No: 1132A, helping in Monitoring the
Increase in Current after CB. is Closed (ON ),
If During that time 250 mSec, the Current Increased More than the
Current in Address No: 1130,
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Then the relay shall trip by SOTF Function.

Hence, we can make this Test as following:
1134: Recognition of Line Closures with (Current flow OR Manual
Close BI)
Using State Sequencer in OMICRON as following:
(1)1st State, Inject Normal Current (1 A) & Voltage (57.73 V) &
Voltage Values for a period of time more than 250 mSec.
(2) 2nd State, Inject Normal Current (1 A) & Voltage (57.73 V)
Values for a period of time less than 2 Sec.
(3) 3rd State, Inject a Current higher than the Current in addres No:
2404: Iph››› Pick Up = 2.5A & Normal Voltage Value (57.73 V)
for a period of time less than 2 Sec
Then » The relay will Trip by SOTF Function
b. SOTF ASSOCIATED WITH DISTANCE PROTECTION
1232 = ZONE PICK UP

1232 Dis. = ON
1201 SOTF WITH Dis. = ON
SOTF WITH Z1
T W/O SOTF = Sec
(Manual close) T WITH SOTF= Sec
(Current flow)T WITH SOTF= Sec
SOTF WITH Z1B
TW/O SOTF = Sec
(Manual close)T WITH SOTF = Sec
(Current flow)T WITH SOTF = Sec
SOTF WITH Z2
TW/O SOTF = Sec
(Current flow)T WITH SOTF = Sec
SOTF WITH Z3
TW/O SOTF = Sec
SOTF WITH Z4
TW/O SOTF = Sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Note:-
Disable the back up over current protection add (2601)
Disable the instantaneous high speed SOTF O/C add (2404)
Applied fault in zone Phase measured time (s)

with the activation of the Z1B
binary inputs of C.B off
and manual close
without the activation of Z1B
the binary inputs of C.B
off and manual close
with the activation of the Z2
binary inputs of C.B off
and manual close
Z3
Z4
Z5
FAULT (SOTF) ASSOCIATED WITH BACKUP O/C:

Address NO: 2615 O/C I> = ON
Address NO: 2625 O/C I>> = ON
Address NO: 2671 O/C Ip = ON
Address NO2601 SOTF WITH O/C = ON
2625 SOTF WITH (I)
T W/O SOTF =Sec
I set = ……….
(Manual close)T WITH SOTF =Sec
T set = ………
(Current flow)T WITH SOTF =Sec
AD 2615 SOTF WITH (I)
T W/O SOTF = Sec
I set = ……….
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(Manual close)T WITH SOTF =Sec

T set = ………
(Current flow)T WITH SOTF =Sec
AD 2617 SOTF WITH (Ip)
T W/O SOTF = Sec
I set = ……… (Manual close)T WITH SOTF = Sec
TMS = ……… (Current flow)T WITH SOTF = Sec
Note:
-Check the Seal-In Time Setting For Manual Close
Disable the distance protection add (1201)
Disable the instantaneous high speed SOTF O/C add (2404)
Setting of all definite stages is ------ A and ----- sec
Setting of inverse stage is ------ A and ------ sec long inverse
address Setting Phase Injected measured

(A) current (A) time (msec)
Iph >> with the activation of the
pickup binary inputs of C.B off
add ( 2610) and manual close
without the activation of

Iph > pick with the activation of the

up binary inputs of C.B off
add ( 2620) and manual close
Ip > pick up with the activation of the
add ( 2640) binary inputs of C.B off
and manual close
Note: when you test any one of current stages you should raise the
pick up setting of the others stages
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5.9. Fuse Fail Monitoring
Address (2910)
 FUSE FAILURE MONITORING FUNCTION (3Io & 3Vo) ---------
 VOLTAGE ABSENT MONITORING FUNCTION (3 phase voltages)-
----
 FUSE FAILURE MONITORING FUNCTION (3 phase voltages & Δ I
)---------
 BROKEN CONDUCTOR ------
Note:-
1. review all LEDs
2. Injection voltage less than (2913A)-max. voltage threshold V>)3-
phases)
3. Distance protection after time (2916A) delay time voltage failure
supervision.
4. Apply fault at any zone (Z1….Z5) before time (2916A) the relay
should operate. 2916A= ----- secs.
 1 PHASE SETTING = 30V, Vrn = 31v, Vyn=Vbn=60V, 3 PHASE
CURRENT = 0.5A. SLOWLY DECREASE RN VOLTAGE & CHECK
AT WHICH VOLTAGE FUSE FAIL LED APPEARS
 3 PHASE SETTING = 5V, DISTANCE BLOCKED SPONTANEOUS
INDICATION APPEARS ON FUSE FAILURE OPERATION.
2916A=0 SECS,
Vrn = Vyn=Vbn=60, 3 PHASE CURRENT = 0.5A.SLOWLY
DECREASE 3 PHASE VOLTAGE & CHECK AT WHICH VOLTAGE
FUSE FAIL LED APPEARS
 FUSE FAILURE MONITORING FUNCTION (3 phase voltages & ΔI)
(AD2913A=5V) . (AD2914A=0.2A)
STAT1 STAT2
L1 L1
I=------ V=------ I= ---- V=5
L2 L2
I=------- V=------- I= ------ V=5
L3 L3
I=------- V=------- I= ------ V=5
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
For voltage fail supervision add. (2915) is with current supervision
Note: before starting the test you must specify LEDs to failure voltage
absent add. (168) and V.T fuse failure alarm instantaneous add. (170)
and V.T fuse failure alarm> 10sec add.(169) and distance is blocked
add.(3652) also you may specify a binary output for V.T fuse failure
alarm> 10sec add.(169) and distance is blocked add.(3652) to be able
measuring the time all of that can be done from the Masking in distance
general and measurement supervision.
a. For balanced load:

If the current is balanced in the 3 – phase and its amplitude is more
than the setting.
{Maximum current threshold I< add (2912A)} and the voltage
difference in between any two phases is more than the setting
{minimum voltage threshold U> add. (2911A)}, the fuse failure
monitor FFM will appear instantaneously with distance blocking.
b. Fuse failure measurement add. (2911A)

Injected current in 3- phase = 0.2A
minimum voltage threshold Pick up voltage (V) FFM and distance block
U> add.(2911A) setting R Y B appear inst.
57.73 57.73
30 V 57.73 57.73
57.73 57.73
c. For current less than the setting of Maximum current threshold I<
add. (2912A) and zero voltage appear for more than the setting
(add.2911) FFM will appear after 10 sec with distance blocking.
d. Maximum voltage threshold U< (3 phase) add. (2913A)
You can check that with applying the normal voltage 3 – phase and
3- phase current above the setting of {open pole threshold add
(1130A)} and the voltage is reduced in the 3- phase to less than the
setting {maximum voltage threshold U< (3 phase) add (2913A)} a
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
voltage absent will appear after a time delay setting {delay voltage
failure supervision add (2916A)}.
Injected current = .2
e. When VT MCB is off distance protection blocked.
VT MCB TRIP :( 00361) power syst.Data2:-

ZONE 1: Without Vt MCB Trip: Distance trip ………….
: With VT MCB Trip : Distance blocked & (O/C trip ………
ZONE 1B: Without VT MCB Trip: Distance trip ………….
With VT MCB Trip : Distance blocked (O/C trip)
…..………
ZONE 2: With OUT VT MCB Trip: Distance trip ………….
: With VT MCB Trip : Distance blocked (O/C trip)
…..………
ZONE 3: Without VT MCB Trip: Distance trip ………….
…..……
…..………
…..………
Note:-
 All LEDs should be reviewed.

 BI: failure feeder vt mcb trip. (AD3615)
 make O/C = ON
3.5.10. Fault locator
Line length = ----- Km x = ------- Ω / km Q=------ 0
R-N Y-N B-N R-Y Y-B B-R

Injected impedance ------- ------ ------- --------- ---------- --------
Relay reading (Km) km km km km km km
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3.5.11. Memory test
a. Memory time measurement test

Sequence-1 Sequence-2 Sequence-3
Time =---- sec Time was changed Time = ---- sec
Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Ia Ib I
c
Memory time measurement = sec
b. Memory voltage measurement test
Sequence-1 Sequence-2 Sequence-3

Voltage for this fault was changed Time = ------ sec Time =------ sec
Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic Va Vb Vc Ia Ib Ic
Memory voltage measurement = V
3.5.12. Back Up Over Current Protection: (Emergency)
Note: while testing any stage of over current you have to raise the
setting of the other stages.
a. For IEC curve add. (2660) is normal curve
Setting: Ip > pick up add. (2640) = ------ A
R-Y Y-B B-R Calculated time ( sec )

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ---- A ------ A ---------- A -------sec for
Measured time sec T= ------
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ---- A -------- A ----------- A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A ------ A ------- A ---------- A ------- sec for
Measured time sec T= -------
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
T = 0.14TP / {(I/IP) 0.02 – 1} (SEC),

WHERE:
T: TRIP TIME
TP: SETTING VALUE TIME MULTPLIER
IP: SETTING VALUE CURRENT
I: FAULT CURRENT
Setting: 3I0p pick up add. (2650) = ------ A
R-N Y-N B-N Calculated time ( sec )

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------- A ------- A --------- A ---- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A -------- A ------- A -------A ----- sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A -------- A -------- A ------- A ----- sec for
Measured time sec T= --------
T = 0.14TP / {(I/IP )0.02 – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
b. For IEC curve add (2660) is very inverse curve
Setting: Ip > pick up add (2640) = ------ A
R-Y Y-B B-R Calculated time sec

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A -------- A -------- A ---------A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A --------- A -------- A --------- A ------- sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A --------- A ------- A ---------- A ------ sec for
T = 13.5 TP / {(I/IP) – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Setting: 3I0p pick up add (2650) = ------ A
R-N Y-N B-N Calculated time sec

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------ A -------- A ------A ----- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ------- A ------- A ------A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A ------- A ------ A ------A ------ sec for
T = 13.5 TP / {(I/IP) – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
c. For IEC curve add (2660) is extremely curve

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------ A -------- A ------ A ---- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ------- A ------- A ------- A ------ sec for
Measured time sec T= -----
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A -------- A ------- A ------- A ------- sec for
T = 80 TP / {(I/IP )2 – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
Setting: 3I0p pick up add (2650) = ------- A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------- A ------A ------ A ----- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ------- A -------A ------ A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A ------ A -------A ------- A ------ sec for
T = 80 TP / {(I/IP )2 – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
d. For IEC curve add (2660) is long inverse

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------ A ------- A ------ A ----- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ----- A ------- A ------- A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A ------ A ------- A ------ A ------ sec for
T = 120TP / {(I/IP) – 1} (SEC), WHERE:

T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
Setting: 3I0p pick up add (2650) = -------- A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

Inj. Current = 2 Ip = 1A ------ A --------- A -------- A ----- sec for
Inj. Current = 4 Ip = 2 A ----- A -------- A ------ A ------ sec for
Inj. Current = 6 Ip = 3 A ------- A -------- A -------- A ------- sec for
T = 120TP / {(I/IP) – 1} (SEC),

WHERE:
T: TRIP TIME
I: FAULT CURRENT
e. low set stage I >
Setting: Iph > pick up add. (2620) = 1 A, T Iph > time delay
add. (2621) = 0.5 sec
Iph > Operating Time (s)

Pick Up Drop Off for ------- A
Phase
Setting Measured Calculated Measured Setting Measured
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Setting: 3I0 > pick up add (2622) = 1 A, T 3I0 > time delay
add. (2623) = 0.5 sec
Injected current A Time sec

Setting Measured
R-N
Y-N --------
B-N
f. high set stage I >>
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Setting: Iph >> pick up add (2610) = 1 A, T Iph >> time delay
add. (2611) = 0.5 sec

Setting Measured
R-Y
Y-B --------
B-R
Setting: 3I0 >> pick up add (2612) = 1 A, T 3I0 >> time delay
add. (2613) = 0.5 sec
Time sec
Injected current A
Setting Measured
R-N
Y-N ---------
B-N
3.5.13. STUB protection
Note: you must specify a binary input active low for {Enable I- STUB bus
function add
(7131)} and binary output and LED for {O/C I- STUB TRIP add. (7235)}.
Setting: Iph > STUB pick up add. (2630) = 1 A, T Iph time delay add.
(2631) = 0.5 sec

Setting Measured
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Setting: 3I0 > STUB pick up add (2632) = 1 A, T 3I0 STUB time delay
add. (2633) = 0.5 sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

Setting Measured
R-N
Y-N
B-N
3.5.14. Annunciations
LEDs
LEDS Description Checked

LED1 Pickup Distance Phase L1 ( Start )
LED4 Pickup Distance Neutral ( Start )
LED5 Zone 1 Trip ( Forward )
LED6 Zone 1B Trip ( Forward )
LED8 Zone 3 Trip ( Reverse )
LED11
LED12
LED13
LED14
3.5.15. Binary Output
Annunciation Contact Description Checked

R1 Trip
R2 Trip
R3 Start
R4 Start
R5 Trip
R6 Trip
R7 Trip
R8 Start
R9 Watchdog
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
All Binary Inputs Checked
Item Description Make Equipment Sl. Calibration Calibration

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Numerical Distance Protection Relay

Record No. :
REL670
Note:
this test format.

Relay Type In
SERIAL NO Vn



5.  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
3.1. Function Test

DC voltage DC current w/o fault (mA) DC current with fault Max. calculated watt
(V) (mA) (W)
Limit: DC burden Watt. (Refer to the reference technical manual page ).
3.2.1. Watch Dog Check
SUPPLY OFF
TERMINALS (CLOSED): (X11:2, X11:3) :
TERMINALS (OPEN): (X11:1, X11:3) :
SUPPLY ON
TERMINALS (CLOSED): (X11:1, X11:3) :
TERMINALS (OPEN): (X11:2, X11:3) :
3.2.2. Time and Date Check
To check time & date go to main menu on the display for REL670 then
open system time and adjust time & date.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
To test keeping time and date setting this, remove the auxiliary supply
from the relay for approximately seconds, then restoring the auxiliary
supply, the time and date setting should not be lost.
Result: ____________
3.3. Setting Adopted

3.4. Secondary Injection Tests
3.4.1. Distance Protection:
a. Zones Reach Measurements
1 Testing results should be Printed by the Freja (tester) software.
PH-E (PE): -Resistive reach:

RFn (Ω/loop) = RFn (Ω/loop) * Mf
Reactive reach:
Xn (Ω/loop) = Xn (Ω/phase) + XNn(Ω/phase)
XNn = KNx* Xn (Ω/phase), KNx= 1/ 3 ((X0 – X1)/ X1)
S0: Xn (Ω/loop) = 1/ 3 {(2 * Xn (Ω/phase) + X0n (Ω/phase)}*Mf.
PH-PH (PP&3PH): -Resistive reach:
RFn (Ω/phase) = 1/ 2 RFn (Ω/loop) * Mf.
Reactive reach:
Xn (Ω/phase) = Xn (Ω/phase) * Mf.
RFn: Zone n resistive reach resistance.
Xn: zone n positive sequence reactance.
XNn: zone n earth returns reactance.
KNx: reactive compensation factor.
X0n: zone n zero sequence reactance, X0: line zero sequence
reactance, X1: line positive sequence reactance.
Mf:CTR/VTR.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
b. Zone Timing Test:

Testing results should be Printed by the Freja (tester)
1
software.
Limit: 24 ms typically ± 10ms ± 0.5 % (REFERRING TO PAGE NO. )
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
3.4.2. Phase Selection Function (PHS)
a. PHS Reach measurements

PH-E (PE):
- Resistive reach:
RLdfwphs (Ω/loop) = RLdfwphs(Ω/loop) * Mf.&RFrvphs
(Ω/loop) = RFrvphs (Ω/loop) * Mf.
- Reactive reach:
X1phs (Ω/loop) = 1/ 3 {(2 * X1phs (Ω/phase) + X0phs
(Ω/phase)} * Mf.
PH-PH (PP):
- Resistive reach:
RFphs (Ω/phase) = 1/ 2 RFphs (Ω/loop)*Mf.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
- Reactive reach:
X1phs (Ω/phase) = X1phs (Ω/phase)*Mf.
3PH:
- Resistive reach:
RFphs (Ω/phase) = 0.666 RFphs (Ω/phase)*Mf
- Reactive reach:
X1phs (Ω/phase) = 1.333 * X1phs (Ω/phase)*Mf.
b. PHS timing test:

Limit 24 ms typically ± 10ms ± 0.5 %.( REFERRING TO PAGE

NO. )
3.4.3. Power Swing Detection (PSD)
a. PSD Reach test Measurement:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
RLdInFw=kLdRFw * RLdOutFw
RLdInRv = kLdRRv·RLdOutRv
The inner characteristic for the reactive reach in forward direction
correspond to
the setting parameter X1InFw and the outer boundary is defined as
X1InFw + DFw,
where:
DFw = RLdOutFw - KLdRFw · RLdOutFw
The inner characteristic for the reactive reach in reverse direction
correspond to the
setting parameter X1InRv for the inner boundary and the outer
boundary is defined
as X1InRv + DRv.
where:
DRv = RLdOutRv - KLdRRv · RLdOutRv

b. Timing Test
i. Check the Operating Time (TP1)
TP1: it is the smallest time can be passing from outer boundary to

inner boundary of Power Swing Chars. to detect PSD Start
-Freja general mode, sequence, 3 stages.
-1ST STAGE: Normal Load, 3phase Vr&Ir, outside the outer zone
area
-2nd STAGE: 3phase V&I to get the impedance inside the PSD zone
(I=Ir & V/I<Zouter and T =Tp1).
-3RD STAGE: 3phase V&I to get the impedance outside PSD zone
and pass the inner boundary (I=Ir & V/I<Zinner and T =1 SEC).
Change 2nd stage timing till get PSD operating time exactly.
Type of fault Tp1 setting ms Tp1 actual ms

3 phase 40
Limit: ± 10 ms (see the tech. ref. manual page).
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
ii. Check the Blocking Time (tR2):
tR2: if the PSD is detect a 3Phase zone fault for time is longer than
tR2, then it Block PSD function.
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE healty V&I (I=Ir, V/I >outer zone setting
impedance).
-2ND STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I <inner zone setting
impedance).
-3RD STAGE inside 3Ph fault for time >= tR2.
-change the time of 3rd stage till get trip, which mean blocking of
PSD
The relay is tested on final setting
SETTING VALUE MEASURED VALUE

2000 ms
Limit: ± 10 ms (see the tech. ref. manual page ).
Check of the blocking function

1 Blocking of zone 1, 2, 3 & 5
Test procedure: same as before only change the time for 3rd
stage to be less than 1 sec.
iii. Check of the relay tripping during power swing if a single phase
faults occurred, tR1 [ ]
tR1: if the PSD is detect a single phase fault, so after time equal
to tR1, then it Block PSD function

-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I > outer zone setting
impedance).
-2ND STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I < inner zone setting
impedance).
-3RD STAGE outside PSD for time < tR2.
-4RD STAGE inside 1Ph fault for time >= tR1
-change the time of 4th stage till get trip, which mean blocking of
PSD
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
SETTING VALUE MEASURED VALUE
iv. CHECK THE FAST PSD TIME (tP2)
tP2: it is second operating timer for PSD (Fast PSD), if PSD occur
for second time at interval equal to Tw.
FREJA GENERAL MODE
-1ST STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I >outer zone setting
impedance).
-2ND STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (outer zone > I=Ir, V/I > inner zone
setting impedance) for time >= tP1.
-3RD STAGE: 3PHASE V&I (I=Ir, V/I <inner zone setting
impedance) for time = 100 ms.
-4th STAGE leave PSD and back to normal load for time < Tw.
-5th STAGE pass outer PSD for time >= tP2
-6th STAGE pass inner PSD
Note, you must minimize the TH, which is the holding time for
PSD starting signal
-change the time of 4th stage and 5th stage to get Tw, tP2 timers
Timer SETTING VALUE MEASURED VALUE

Tw
tP2
v. Minimum operating Current test
For all zones

IBase= A UBase= V IMinOpPP=
IMinOpPE=
IMinOpIN=
Phase Setting Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4 Z5 PHS
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
IB:base current
All three current limits IMinOpPE, IMinOpIN and IMinOpPP are
automatically reduced to 75% of regular set values if the zone is
set to operate in reverse direction, that is, OperationDir =
Reverse.
3.4.4. Directional test
Line characteristic angle:

Relay directional angles: ArgDir (15) and ArgNegRes (115)
a. forward direction; the operating chs Area from: to:
b. reverse direction; the operating chs Area from: to:
c. the non directional area from: to: and from to:
3.4.5. Scheme Communication Test
Scheme selected: Blocking scheme

Coordination time : ms.
a. carrier receive + Zone 2 fault
Trip Time :
Indication :
b. No carrier receive + Zone 2 fault

Trip Time :
Indication :
c. No Carrier receive + Zone 2 fault + Com fail
Trip Time :
Indication :
d. Zone 3 fault ( reverse direction)
Indication :
Carrier send time: ms.
Tsend min. : ms (100 ms setting
Limit: ± 10 ms for operating time (see the tech. ref. manual page )
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
e. Coordination time test:
Setting Measured
50
70
100
3.4.6. Switch On To Fault
a. Dead Line Detection Function 3Ф (DLD): (used for SOTF internal

detection)

Uph<(V) Iph<(A) Uph<(V) Iph<(A)
Limit :( ± 0.5 % of Ur) for Uph< and (± 1 % of Ir) for Iph< (see the
tech. ref. manual page ).
b. Automatic Switch on to Fault (SOTF)
Distance Protection
Indications
SOTF - ON Trip Time (msec)
Internal SOTF with DLD on the 3 phase.
External SOTF with manual Close pulse.
Activate the DLD with the internal SOTF function.

Limit: (±0.5%± 10ms) for operating time (see the tech. ref. manual
page ).
c. Fuse failure supervision function (FUSE)

3U0> 3I0< Phase 3U0>(V)op 3U0>(V)reset 3I0<(A) op 3I0<(A) reset
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
Limit: ± 0.5 % of Ur for 3U0> and ± 1 % of Ir for 3I0 (see the tech.
ref. manual page ).
General mode:
-1st stage: 3phase V&I healthy case.
- Decrease one phase voltage till the indication led fuse fail appears.
- Decrease the same phase current till the indication led fuse fail
reset.
d. Fuse failure operating time: m sec.
-1ST stage: 3phase V&I healthy case.

-2ND stage: put fuse fail condition (take contact fuse fail)
e. Check the blocking of the relay when the general block functions
(VT MCB TRIP) is activated [ ]

Check the Blocking of Fuse Fail
Fuse Fail Latching Time:
Inject Fault before Latching ( )
Inject Fault after Latching ( )
3.4.7. Service Values for Measurements
PH voltage applied: V.
PH current applied: A.
Phase shift : degree.
Frequency : HZ.
CT ratio : A.
VT ratio : KV
Sec. Values Prim. Values

Values Values Sec. Values Prim. Values
(KV) (KV)
U1 I1
U2 I2
U3 I3
U4 - I4
U1 – U2 - P -
U2 – U3 - Q -
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
U3 – U1 - F -
3.4.8. Fault Locator Function
Line Length: Line impedance PH-E: Ω

Line impedance PH-PH: Ω .
Fault Type Fault Impedance (Ω) Expected display (Km) Actual display (Km)
A-N(25)%
B-N(50)%
C-N(100)%
A-B(25)%
B-C(50)%
C-A(75)%
A-B-C(100)%
3.4.9. Directional Earth Fault DEF
IN>Dir = %IB
Polarization = % UB
RCA: = degree
TIME = sec
a. Checks the Operating Characteristic Angle
Injected voltage = V injected current = A

Set time setting = 0
Operating area angles (FORWAD) Blocking area angles (REVERSE)

Phase
Expected measured Expected measured
R
Y
B
b. Polarizing voltage (3v0) pickup and drop off test
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
Injected current= A applied angle = degree (RCA angle)

Vn (3V0) setting Vn (3V0) measured
Pick up Drop off
c. Pick up at various operating angles for aided DEF
RCA
OPERATING AREA
3I0 COS (φ-RCA)>= (IN>DIR)
Pick-up Drop-off SET TIME

Angle OP TIME Expected Value(mA)
Value (mA) Value (mA) SEC
60 200/COS(60-60)=200
135 200/COS(135-60)=773
225
270
325
345 773
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
d. Pick up at Various Operating Angles for Delayed DEF
Pick-up Drop-off SET TIME Expected

Angle OP TIME
Value (mA) Value (mA) SEC Value(mA)
60 200
135 200
225 200
270 200
325 200
345 200
me Communication Test:
Scheme selected: Blocking.

Coordination time : ms.
fault direction Communication Send/receive Trip time indication

status
EF FORWARD HEALTHY RECEIVE
EF FORWARD HEALTHY ----
EF FORWARD FAIL ----
EF REVERSE HEALTHY SEND
Coordination Time Testing

Setting Measured
50
70
100
3.4.10. Non Directional Earth Fault
IN> = %IB
TIME = sec
Angle Pick Up (mA) Drop off (mA) Set Time (Sec) Measured Time
3.4.11. Delay Over Current
I1> = %IB
Characteristic = Normally Inverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
REL670
Time Multiplier = sec

PHASE PICK UP (mA) Drop off (mA )
R
Y
B
Operating Time Test

PHASE Injected Current CALCULATED TIME MEASURED TIME
2I1
R 5I1
10I1
2I1
Y 5I1
10I1
2I1
B 5I1
10I1
3.4.12 Breaker Failure
IP> = %IB T1 = msec T2 = msec

PHASE Pick Up (mA) Drop off (mA) T1 T2
R
Y
B
3.4.13 Disturbance recorder checked [ ].
3.4.14 Binary outputs checked [ ].
3.4.15 Binary inputs checked [ ].

Date Due Date
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Numerical Line Diffential PROTECTION
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Note:
this test format.

Relay Type In
SERIAL NO Vn

5.  Yes  N/A
board
3. Electrical Tests
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.1. Function Test

3.2. Relay burden
ITEM DESCRIPTION DC Voltage (V) Current (mA) VA

Normal Condition 125
Fault Condition 125
As per manual page No. burden =12 VA
3.3. Watchdog Contact Test
Check status of watchdog contacts as below.
Note:
- Open HMI view after connecting to the relay.
- Click “STATUS” view and save the snapshot in to annexure word document.
Contact Status
OUTPUT Remarks
Relay De- energized Relay Energized
K3 , K4 Closed ( ) Open ( )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.4 Time And Date Check:-
To check time & date go to main menu on the display for 7SD522 then open
system time and adjust time & date.
To test keeping time and date setting this, remove the auxiliary supply from the
relay for approximately ( ) seconds, then restoring the auxiliary supply, the
time and date setting should not be lost.
Result: ____________
3.5 Setting Adopted:

3.6 Secondary Injection Test:
3.6.1 Measurements
Open Degsi 4 Measurement primary value operational value primary

after connecting to the relay & observe the reading, in primary values.
Voltage applied current injected
PTR: CTR:
Current Inputs Check
Input CT Applied CT Ratio Displayed Secondary Displayed Primary Value (A)

Value (A) Applied (A) Value (A)
IR 1.0
IY 1.0
IB 1.0
IN 0
To get the value of IN we will inject only one phase by 1A
Input CT Applied CT Ratio Displayed Secondary Displayed Primary Value(A)

Value (A) Applied (A) Value(A)
IN 1.0
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Voltage Inputs Check:
Input Applied PT Ratio Displayed Secondary Displayed Primary Value

PT Value Applied Value (V) (KV)
VRY
VYB
VBR
VRN
VYN
VBN
Active, Reactive and Apparent Power Check:
- Injected 66.4V/phase and 1.0A with 0 ۫, 45° lagging &90۫.

- To check the values go to measurement.
- P= √3 * V * I * COS (ӨL) and Q= √3 * V * I * SIN (ӨL)
PHASE Calculated Measured Calculated Measured Calculated Measured

ANGLE (P) MW (P) MW (Q) MVAR (Q) MVAR (S) MVA (S) MVA
AT 0 ۫
AT 45 ۫
AT 90 ۫
3.7 Differential Protection (87L):
NOTE: The Sensitivity and timing tests are conduct with
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
DIFF.TEST Mode: OFF
-From HMI Display go to control menu. Tagging/ Diff test

Mode: OFF or by Digsi.
-Connect fiber between the two relays
I-DIFF> …add (1210)

Equation for Pickup Current:
Irest/INB =set Idiff>/INB + permissible local CT error *I / IN1 + permissible
remote CT error *I / IN2 + System errorI0
I = Actual current flowing
INB = the nominal operational current as parameterized
IN1 = the primary nominal current of the local current transformer
IN2 = the primary nominal current of the current transformer of the remote end
System error = Error due to frequency, synchronization and delay time
difference errors = 1 – 2% of the current.
As per manual page No. 548
Data for equation
CT error =3% and system error =1%
3.7.1 Testing of I-DIFF> trip threshold
Measured Pick
PHASE SETTING IDIFF > (A) Error
Up Value (A)
0.2
0.5
R
1.0
3
0.2
0.5
Y
1.0
3
0.2
0.5
B
1.0
3
For determining pick up current, the injection is gradually. Tolerance ±5%

of setting
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.7.2 Timing Test
Injected current =I-DIFF> * 2
Phase Injected current (A) T-DELAY I-DIFF> Setting (ms) measured Time (ms)
R
NOTE: seal in time for all closers = 0.01 min value

Trip time expected = 0.0+0.01=0.01
3.7.3 Under Switch on Condition:
I-DIFF>SWITCH ON Measured Pick Up Value Operating Time (ms)

PHASE
(A) (A) Setting=0.0
0.2
0.5
R
1.0
3
0.2
0.5
Y
1.0
3
0.2
0.5
B
1.0
3
3.7.4 For seal in time effect on tripping
CASE ONE:
1210 (I-DIFF>: pick up value) = A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
1213 (I-DIF>SWITCH ON pick up value) = A

1134 (Line Closure) = current flow or manual close BI
1132 (seal in time after all closures) = sec
1130 (pole open current threshold) less than (add.1210) =
 Current flow or Manual close BI in state 1 for time more than
address. 1132 after that inject current as per tables below in state
2
 (*) inject current in between setting of (I-DIFF> and I-
DIF>SWITCH ON)
Injected current
Setting I-DIFF> R-N Y-N B-N
Time(sec)
This time is the summation of time in add.1217 plus add.1150 (
sec).
 (**)Inject current more than I-DIF>SWITCH ON condition
Setting I-DIFF> under Injected current

switch on condition R-N Y-N B-N
Time(sec)
The time measured is the time in add 1217 (0.0 sec)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.7.5 I-DIFF>>…add (1233)
PHASE I-DIFF>> Measured Pick Up Value (A) Operating Time (ms)

1
1.5
R
2
3
1
1.5
Y
2
3
1
1.5
B
2
3
For determining pick up current, the injection is not gradually
3.7.6 I-DIF>>SWITCHON …add (1235)
PHASE I-DIF>>SWITCHON (A) Measured Pick Up Value (A) Operating Time (ms)
1
1.5
R
2
3
1
1.5
Y
2
3
1
1.5
B
2
3
3.7.7 Inrush Restraint Current: (second harmonic blocked test)
-choose add.2301 (Inrush Restraint) = ON

-choose add.2302 (2nd harmonic in % of fundamental) = %
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
-choose add.2303 (cross block) = NO
a. Inject one phase current (1A-60HZ and 0.22A-120HZ) the relay will
not trip because of Second harmonic inrush block.
2nd harmonic setting Non block Block value

%
- 2303 (cross block) = YES

- 2310 (time for cross block with 2nd harmonic) = sec
b. Inject one phase current (1A-60HZ and 0.22 A-120HZ) and another
phase by
(1A-60HZ). the relay will trip after the summation of time in
(add.2310+add.1217)
By cross blocking with2nd harmonic.
Cross block set time Actual time Checked

2 sec
If Cross block setting is (no) so the tripping will be blocked only if the
faulted phase has 2nd harmonic but if the another phase is the
faulted phase without 2nd harmonic fault and healthy phase has 2nd
harmonic then the tripping will not blocked and tripping will be
blocked if the setting of cross block changed to yes so the tripping
blocking happen for time 2310.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.7.8 Switch On To Fault:
• 0124 HS/SOTF-O/C = Enabled

• 2401 FCT HS/SOTF-O/C = ON
• 2405A I>>>> = SOTF Overcurrent=
• 1150A Seal-in Time after MANUAL closures = sec
Note:
 we have to assign binary input/output/led
 BI manual close BI (add 356) = >Manual close signal
(>Manual Close)
 BO High Speed/SOTF-O/C TRIP Command L123 (HS/SOF
TRIPL123)
•1130 the residual current PoleOpenCurrent =

•1131 The residual voltage PoleOpenVoltage =
•1134 Line Closure = CB OR I or M/C
•1133 T DELAY SOTF =
a. Pole Open Current and Voltage Testing
Without simulation of external manual closing

Vpole open<(V) Ipole open<(A) Vpole open<(V) Ipole open<(A)
Limit = (Vpole open is and Ipole open is as per manual page no )
b. SOTF Over Current Pick up Testing
Without simulation of external manual closing
I>>>setting I>>>pick up >>> drop off I>>>>setting I>>>> pick up I>>>> drop off
Limit = (I>>>> is as per manual page no )

NOTE: I >>> ACTIVE ONLY IF
1-LOCAL CB OPEN AND IN TIME OF CLOSING
2- REMOTE CB OPEND
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
c. SOTF Timing Test
Line Closure simulation I>>>> injected Trip time

CB manual close simulation by BI
I M/C simulation
3.7.9 Differential Restraint Characteristic Test:
Setting:
CTR: 1200/1
LOCAL CT ERROR: 3%
REMOTE CT ERROR: 3%
SYSTEM ERROR: 2%
At setting 0.3
Using communication channel between two relays and by injected
current in both relays by 180º ANGLE difference.
Differential Current at End 1 (A)

Test Phase End2 (A)
Expected Actual
1.385 1
R 2.458 2
3.53 3
1.385 1
Y 2.458 2
3.53 3
1.385 1
B 2.458 2
3.53 3
I DIFF = I LOCAL – I REMOTE

I REST = I DIFF SETTING + (CT ERROR *I LOCAL) + (CT ERROR * I
REMOTE) + SYS ERROR*(ILOCAL +I REMOTE)
SYSTEM ERROR: 1-2%
EX: FOR I=1A
I RST=0.3+ (0.03*1) + (0.03*1) +0.01*(1+1) =0.38
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
SETTING:
CTR:
LOCAL CT ERROR:
REMOTE CT ERROR:
SYSTEM ERROR:
At Setting: 0.5

Test Phase End2 (A)
Expected Actual
1.593 1
R 2.666 2
3.739 3
1.593 1
Y 2.666 2
3.739 3
1.593 1
B 2.666 2
3.739 3
I DIFF = I LOCAL – I REMOTE
I REST = I DIFF SETTING + (CT ERROR *I LOCAL) + (CT ERROR * I

REMOTE) + SYS ERROR*(ILOCAL +I REMOTE)
SYSTEM ERROR: 1-2%
3.7.10 Stability Test:
a. External Through Fault:
Current of 1.0A on remote end and 1.0A on local end with 180º
phase shift between the two currents. The differential and restraining
currents are observed in both relays.
At setting I-Diff > 0.4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
FAULT LOCAL END RELAY REMOTE END RELAY

TYPE R Y B R Y B
R-Y-B IDIFF%
IREST%
b. In Zone Fault:
Current of 1.0A on remote end and 1.0A on local end with 0º phase
shift between the two currents. The differential and restraining
currents are observed in both the relays.
At setting I-Diff > 0.4
Fault Local End Relay Remote End Relay

Type R Y B R Y B
R-Y-B IDIFF%
IREST%
c. Charging Current
I diff>PU= A
PH Address I Injected Applied I REST I REST Error

1224 Voltage Expected Measured %
IcSTAB/IcN % %
R
Y
B
I REST=IREST W/O CHARGING CURRENT + ((IC stab/IC nominal-

1)*I DIFF>PU VALUE)
d. Testing Data Transmission
Status of Fiber optic connection Test Result

Ch-1 Ch-2 Diff Prot active Reception Fail
ON ON ON
ON OFF ON
OFF ON ON
OFF OFF OFF
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Note: When channel 1 fails there is a brief period of blocking of

Differential Protection for a period of 20 – 25 ms before Channel – 2
takes over. When channel 1 resumes there is no further blocking.
e. Testing Inter Trip Function:
Indications:
Function Test result
LED: Inter trip send
LED: Inter trip receive
Relay 1 send Relay 2 send Relay1 indication Test Result

LED1 Intertrip Send LED1 Intertrip
Receive
NO YES OFF ON
YES YES ON ON
3.8 Breaker Failure Test
3.8.1 CBF Current Pick up and Drop Off
Address 3902 I> BF

Address 3909 Chk BRK CONTACT
Simulate CB closed by activation BI and protection trip for CBF initiation
PHASE I> BF (A) setting PICKUP(A) DROP OFF(A) REMARKS

R
3.8.2 BF Time Test With Current Injection
I> BF = A , T1-3pole = , T2 =
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Phase IINJ (A) T1 Setting T1 Measured T2 Setting T2 Measured

R
3.8.3 BF Time W/O Current Injection (Low Current Mode)
1439 >BF Start w/o I
SIMULATE PROTECTION OPERATION BY ACTIVATION ITS BI
T1 Setting T1 Measuring. T2 Setting T2 Measuering.
3.8.4 DEFECTIVE BREAKER TEST
In such a case it is not necessary to wait for the response of the feeder
circuit breaker. If provision has been made for the detection of such
condition (e.g. control voltage monitor or air pressure monitor), the
monitor alarm signal can be fed to the binary input „>CB faulty“.
T1 = , T2 = , T3-BkrDefective=
SIMULATE CB DEFECTIVE BY ACTIVATION BI OF >CB FAULTY AND

INJECT TRIP CURRENT OF I>CBF
3908 Trip BkrDefect. NO WITH T1-TRIP WITH T2-TRIP WITH T1/T2 - TRIP
T1 MEASURED
T2 MEASURED
T3 MEASURED
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.8.5 END FAULT PROTECTION
FAULT BETWEEN CT AND CB
T1 = S , T2 = S ,
ADDRESS 3921 End Flt. Stage = ON
ADDRESS 3922 T-EndFault = 0
SIMULATE END FAULT BY APPLY B/I OF CB STATUS AS OPEND
AND B/I BF INTIATION AND INJECT TRIPPING CURRENT.
T-EndFault EXPECTED T-EndFault MEASURED REMARKS
3.9 Back Up time Over Current Protection: (Emergency)
Note: while testing any stage of over current you have to raise the setting of the
other stages.
Note: for emergency operating mode mode o/c active with the block of
differential the address 2601 = Only Emer. Prot.
3.9.1 Definite Time Test:
Address 2610 for setting of Iph>>

Address 2611 for setting of T Iph>>
Address 2612 for setting of 3I0>> PICKUP,
Address 2613 for setting of T 3I0>>
Low set stage Iph>: Setting: Iph> pick up address (2620)
T Iph> time delay address (2621)
3I0> pick up address (2622), T 3I0> time delay address (2623)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
SETTING MEASURED VALUES

parameter CURRENT
TIME (sec) R (A) Y (A) B (A) TIME (sec)
(A)
T Iph>
Iph>
T Iph>
T 3I0>
3I0>
T 3I0>
T Iph>>0.0
Iph>>
T Iph>>0.0
T 3I0> 0.0
3I0>>
T 3I0> 0.0
3.9.2 Overcurrent Stages IP, 3I0P for Inverse-time Overcurrent Protection with
IEC Characteristics
Calculated Time Measured Value

Cheractristic Phase T.M.S Formula
2 Is Sec
R T = 0.14TP / {( I/IP )0.02 – 1}
Y
NORMAL 0.1 1.003
B
INVERSE
N
R T = 13.5 TP / {( I/IP ) – 1}
Y
VERY 0.2 2.7
B
INVERSE
N
R T = 80 TP / {( I/IP )2 – 1}
Y
EXTREMELY 0.1 2.67
B
INVERSE
N
R T = 120TP / {( I/IP ) – 1}
Y
0.2 24
LONG INVERSE B
N
T: TRIP TIME
I: FAU LT CURRENT
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.10 Relay Final Setting
3.10.1 87L Differential Protection:
I-DIFF> …add (1210)

Data for equation
CT error 3% and system error =2%
a. Testing of 2* I-DIFF> trip threshold
PHASE SETTING I-DIFF> (A) Measured Pick Up Value (A) Calculated value (A)
R
Y
B
Tolerance ±5% of setting
b. Timing test
PHASE Inject current (A) Delay Time (ms) Operating Time (ms)
R 2* I-DIFF> 0.0
Y 2* I-DIFF> 0.0
B 2* I-DIFF> 0.0
c. Under Switch on Condition:
SETTING I-DIF>SWITCH ON Measured Pick Up Operating Time (ms)

Phase
(A) Value (A) Setting=0.0
R
Y
B
Calculated start value =
d. For seal in time effect on tripping
Seal in time for manual close = ms

CASE ONE:
Inject fault between value 1210 and 1213 with manual close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Setting I-DIFF> R-N Y-N B-N
Seal in = ms
This time is the summation of time in add.1217A plus add.1150A ( sec).

- (**)Inject current more than I I-DIF>SWITCH ON condition
- Time 1217A= 0.0
SETTING I-DIF>SWITCH ON (A) R-N Y-N B-N
MEASURED TIME
The time measured is the time in add 1217 (0.0 sec)
e. IDIFF>> …add (1233)
PHASE SETTING IDIFF>> (A) Measured Pick Up Value (A) Operating Time (ms)
R
Y
B
f. I-DIF>>SWITCHON …add (1235)
SETTING Measured Pick Up Operating Time (ms)

PHASE
I-DIF>>SWITCHON (A) Value (A)
R
Y
B
3.10.2 Switch On To Fault
Setting PU (A) Operating Time(ms)

I>>>set = A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.10.3 Differential Restraint Characteristic Test:
Setting:
CTR:
LOCAL CT ERROR: 3%
REMOTE CT ERROR: 3%
SYSTEM ERROR: 2%
At setting

Test Phase End2 (A)
Expected Actual
R
Y
B
3.10.4 Stability Test:
a. External through fault:
External Through Fault: current of 1.0A on remote end and 1.0A

on local end with 180º phase shift between the two currents. The
differential and restraining currents are observed in both relays.
Final setting of I-Diff >

TYPE R Y B R Y B
IDIFF%
R-Y-B IREST%
b. In Zone Fault:
Current of 1.0A on remote end and 1.0A on local end with 0º

phase shift between the two currents. The differential and
restraining currents are observed in both the relays.
Final setting of I-Diff >

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522

TYPE R B R Y B
IDIFF%
R-Y-B IREST%
3.10.5 Testing Inter trip function:
Relay 1 send Relay 2 send Relay1 indication TEST

LED1 INTERTRIP LED1 INTERTRIP RESULT
SEND RECEIVE
NO YES OFF ON
YES YES ON ON
3.11 Breaker Failure Test
3.11.1 Current Pick Up : ActivatE BI CB closed & start CBF
PHASE I> BF (A) PICKUP (A) DROP OFF (A) REMARKS

R
Y
B
3.11.2 BF Time Test With Current Injection
I> BF = A , T1-3pole = , T2 =
PHASE IINJ (A) T1 SETTING T1 MEASURED T2 SETTING T2 MEASURED
3.12 Back Up Time Over Current Protection: (Emergency)
For IEC curve address (2660) is normal curve

Ip  = A, Io  = A
WHERE:
T: TRIP TIME
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522

I: FAULT CURRENT
I: FAULT CURRENT
IP> = 1.2A & 3IOP= 0.2A
Calculated Formula Measured

Cheractristic Time Value
Phase T.M.S
2 Is Sec
R T = 0.14TP / {( I/IP )0.02 – 1}
Y
B
NORMAL N
INVERSE Y
B
N
3.13 Fault Locator Check:
Setting:
X= Ohms / Km
Line Length = Km
X injected Expected length Measured length
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.14 Binery Input Check:
This is to verify the healthiness of the DC control inputs.

Apply a rated voltage at each input and verify the status of the input through
DIGSI in the online operating mode
Control input No. Terminal Configuration Result

BI 1 K17,K18 CBF START
BI 2 J1,J2 SPARE
BI 3 J3,J5 SPARE
BI 4 J4,J5 SPARE
BI 5 J6,J5 SPARE
BI 6 J7,J8 SPARE
BI 7 J9,J10 CBF I/T SEND
BI 8 J11,J12 SPARE
BI9 P17,P18 CB MANUAL CLOSE
BI10 N1,N2 VT MCB TRIP
BI11 N3,N5 CB READY
BI12 N4,N5 CB CLOSED
BI13 N6,N5 CB OPEND
BI14 N7,N8 SPARE
BI15 N9,N10 SPARE
BI16 N11,N12 SPARE
3.15 Control Output Relay Check:

This is to verify the healthiness of the Control output relay healthiness.
Operate each output through DIGSI® 4 in the online operating mode, the check
continuity of the contact that closes.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
Output Relay No. Terminal Configuration Result

BO 1 K5,K6 DIFF G TRIP
BO 2 K5,K7 G I/T RECEIVE
BO 3 K5,K8 SPARE
BO 5 K11,K12 G I/T RECEIVE
BO 6 K13,K14 CH1&CH2 FAIL
BO 8 R5,R1 G I/T RECEIVE
BO 9 R5,R2 DIFF G TRIP
BO 10 R5,R3 SPARE
BO 11 R5,R4 SPARE
BO 12 R5,R6 SPARE
BO 13 R7,R8 CBF TRIP
BO 14 R9,R10 SPARE
BO 15 R11,R12 CH1 OR CH2 FAIL
BO16 P3,P4 O/C E/F I/T RECEIVE
BO17 P5,P6 CBF I/T RECEIVE
BO18 P5,P7 SPARE
BO19 P5,P8 SPARE
BO20 P9,P10 CBF TRIP
BO21 P11,P12 O/C E/F TRIP
K3,K4(LIVE LIVE CONTACT
BO24
CONT)
3.16 LED Status Checked:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
relay ,7SD522
3.16 LED Status Checked:
LED No. Configuration COLOUR STATUS CHECKED

1 START L1 RED
2 START L2 RED
3 START L3 RED
4 DIFF TRIP RED
5 I/T DIFF RED
6 CBF I/T RECV RED
7 O/C TRIP RED
8 CBF TRIP RED
9 O/C E/F IT RECV RED
10 CBF START RED
11 CH1&CH FAIL RED
12 CH 1 FAIL RED
13 CH 2 FAIL RED
14 DIFF BLOCKED RED
4. Test Instrument Details
Due Date for

Name Of The Instrument Make Type Sl.No.
Calibration
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Protection Relays And Devices
PROTECTION RELAYS AND DEVICES

Description: ANNUNCIATOR Record No. :

Bay No. : Aux. Supply :

Bay Name : Serial No. :
Manufacturer : Type :
Draw. & Sh. No. : No. Of Channels :
Alarm Sequence type
: No. Of Reflash outputs
:
Output Operation Mode
: Programming Switch:
Model :
2. Mechanical Checks And Visual Inspection: (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)
ITEM DESCRIPTION CHECKED

1 Inspect for physical damage / defects.
4 Check Ferrules
5 Check apparatus lists
6 20% Spare Windows Available
7 Check Alarm T.B # Labels in C.P
3. Electrical Tests: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
ITEM DESCRIPTION CHECKED

1 Check alarm acknowledge
2 Check alarm reset.
3 Check audible alarm Contact
4 Check lamp Test
5 Check faulty alarm contact
6 Check of working with AC/Dual supply operation
7 Check Wind. # of activated wind. at digital disp.
8 Change over supply checked
9 Check for proper programming
10 Check for ann. Failure alarm to SCADA
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: ANNUNCIATOR Record No. :

4. Test Results:
Ch.No. Window litra Time LED I/p. Meas. Alarm out put Aud.o/p Ackn. Reset
Checked Set Mesd color Del. value Ind. Chk.cont. chk. Chk. Chk. Checked
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
The basic time delay of the reflash signal is ____ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Auto Reclosing Relay Record No. :
Note: * As per the schematic drawing, the contents in this test format should be modified.
* This is the minimum requirement for the test.
Bay No. : ________________ Aux. Voltage : _____________

Bay Name : ________________ Serial No. : _____________
Manufacturer: Conn. Diag. No.: _____________
Order No. : ________________
Item Describtion Checked

1 Inspect for physical damage/ defects
2 Verify connections as per approved drawings
3 Check tighness of all connections
4 Check ferruls
3.1. Function Test:

1 Test switch / plugchecked for correct function
2 Indications checked
3 All contacts checked
4 Self test checked
5 All output contacts resistance measured
6 Counter checked
7 Recloser ready checked
8 Recloser inprogress checked
9 AR IN/OUT function checked
3.2. Operating DC Supply Current:
DC Voltage DC Current
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. Secondary Injection:
3.3.1. Dead time measurement
Dead time 1 (sec) Dead time 2 (sec) Dead time 3 (sec)

Set time Meas.time Set time Meas.time Set time Meas.time
Limit:
3.3.2. Reclaim time measurement
Set time (sec) Measured time (sec)
Limit:
3.3.3. Reclosing Pulse: __________________
Limit:
3.3.4. Input / Switch Selection Function Check:
a. Breaker Status Input/Selection Function …………………

b. Breaker ready input/Selection function …………………
c. Block AR function check ………………
d. Syn. check ready input/Selection function ………………
e. Low Priority input/Selection function ………………….
f. A/R unsuccessful function ………………………………
g. Communication link out of service input / Selection function
……………
Dead time1set = …………………..… Sec
Measuring time = ……………………... Sec
h. A/R Close Block time when Breaker is Closed
Measuring Blocking Time =…………...Sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Final Settings: No of shots = _________
SET MEASURED
Dead time 1 = _________Sec. _________Sec.
Dead time 2 = _________Sec. _________Sec.
Dead time 3 = _________Sec. _________Sec.
Reclaim time = _________Sec. _________Sec.
Switch Position S1 = , Synchro. Check

S2 = , Low Priority
S3 = , CB Pos. by passed
NOTE: Reset the counter readings
Item Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Date Calibration Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Voltage Regulating Relay TAPCON240 Record No. :
1. Equipment Information
Subtation name
Serial Number
Location Nominal Current
Relay type Aux. Volts
Rated Voltage Rated Current
2. General Inspection Checks
Relay case connected to local earth bar :

Set Date and Time :
Led checks
T/C in T/C T/C Raise Lower Over Under Over Parallel Norm Relay Desired
Remote Auto Manual voltage voltage Current operation Set energized value
U> U< I> remote
3. CT/VT Setting
Desired Voltage Level (REF. VOLT) :

Primary voltage :
Primary current :
4. Measured Value Test:
Test Set Up
TAPCON 240
Vn
SEC. INJ. KIT
In
110V DC
SUPPLY
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Test Procedure
Observe the reading on the relay display in secondary values and in primary values. Inject
Current in Terminal: and Inject Voltage in Terminal:
Test Results
4.1. Voltage Measurements:
Measured Values In
Injected Voltage(V) AVR (RTCC Panel)
In Terminal Voltage Displayed In AVR Relay
Expected Voltage (KV)
(KV)
4.2. Current Measurements:
Measured Values In
Injected AVR
Current(A)
Current Displayed In AVR Relay
In Terminal Expected Current (A)
(A)
Acceptance Norms: Displayed Current & Voltage as per Setting Value
5. Calibration of Voltage Control:
Test Procedure
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5.1. Band Width adjustment set at 4 (%) and Measure AC Volts for Raise / Lower to be
Switched ON.
Voltage Voltage To Raise (V) Voltage to lower (V)

Set Bandwidth
Inducted Expected Measured
(%) Expected Measured
at VT (V)
5.2. Band width adjustment with voltage setting at 110 V:
Set Voltage To Raise (V) Voltage to lower (V) Expected Measured

bandwidth bandwidth (%) bandwidth (%)
Expected Measured Expected Measured
(%) Raise Lower Raise Lower
6. Under Voltage Blocking (T1 Linear and set to 10 Sec)
Voltage for pickup(V) Voltage for drop off(V)

Setting Timing test(sec)
value(V) Expected Measured Measured
setting Measured
7. Over Voltage Detection (AVR lowering fast when over voltage detected)
Voltage for Activation Voltage for deactivation(V)

Setting value (%)
Expected(V) Measured(V) Measured
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. Operating Time test for Timer: Linear without T2
Set bandwidth Time-delay Time – delay Operating time Operating time

(%) T1(Sec) T2(Sec) expected(sec) measured (sec)
9. Operating Time test for Timer: Linear with time delay T2:

(%) T1(Sec) T2(Sec) expected(sec)(T1+T2) measured (sec)
10. Operating Time test for Timer: Integral (Desired voltage level 110v) T2 off:
Set
Applied Measured Time – delay Operating time Operating time
Bandwidth
Volts (V) bandwidth (%) (Sec) expected (sec) measured (sec)
(%)
11. Over Current Blocking
Pick up Drop off

Setting (%)ln
Expected(A) Measured(A) Expected(A) Measured(A)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
12. Pulse Duration Time
Set Value(Sec) Expected (s) Measured(s)
13. Binary Output Checks
Binary Output
NO
Terminal NO Purpose Check
1 I/O.X1:08-09(NC)
2 I/O.X1:08-10
3 I/O.X1:04-05
4 I/O.X1:06-07
5 I/O.X1:18,19(NC)
I/O.X1:18,20
6 I/O.X1:22,21
7 I/O.X1:01,02(NC)
I/O.X1:01,03
8 UC-X1:(07.08)
9 UC-X1:(18,19)
10 UC-X1:(20,21)
11 UC-X1:(9,10)
12 UC-X1(5,6)
13 UC-X1:3,4
14 UC- X1:1,2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
14. Binary Input Checks:
Binary Input
NO
Terminal NO Purpose Check
1 I/O,X1:28.30
2 I/O,X1:29,30
3 I/O.X1:11
4 I/O.X1:12
5 I/O.X1:13
6 I/O.X1:14
7 I/O.X1: 17,27
8 I/O.X1:16,27
9 I/O.X1:33,34
10 I/O.X1:31,32
11 UC-X1:33,34
12 UC-X1:32,34
13 UC-X1:31,34
14 UC-X1:30,34
15 UC-X1: 17,29
16 UC-X1:16,29
17 UC-X1:12,13
18 UC-X1: 11,13
Name:
Signature:
Date:
15. Binary Input Pick Up / Drop Off Checks
Binary Terminal Pickup Drop Off

Input Purpose
NO DC Voltage in Volts DC Voltage in Volts
1/0 - 28 1/0.X1:28-30
1/0 - 29 1/0.X1:29-30
1/0 - 11 1/0.X1:11-15
1/0 - 13 1/0.X1:13-15
1/0 - 14 1/0.X1:14-15
1/0 - 17 1/0.X1:17-27
1/0- 16 1/0.X1:16-27
1/0 - 33 1/0.X1:33-34
1/0 - 31 1/0.X1:31-32
UC –X1:33 UC- X1:33 - 34

UC-X1:32 UC-X1:32 - 34
UC-X1:31 UC-X1:31 - 34
UC-X1:30 UC-X1:30 - 34
UC-X1:17 UC-X1:17 - 29
UC-X1:16 UC-X1:16 - 29
UC-X1:12 UC-X1:12 - 13
UC-X1:11 UC-X1:11 - 13
16. Final Setting Test:
16.1. Calibration of Voltage Control:
Test Procedure
16.1.1. Band Width adjustment set at ___% and Measure AC Volts for Raise /
Lower to be Switched ON.
Voltage Inducted Set Bandwidth Voltage To Raise (V) Voltage to lower (V)
at VT (V) (%) Expected Measured Expected Measured
Name:
Signature:
Date:
16.1.2. Band width adjustment with voltage setting at ____ V:
Set Voltage To Raise (V) Voltage to lower (V) Expected Measured

bandwidth bandwidth (%) bandwidth (%)
Expected Measured Expected Measured
(%) Raise Lower Raise Lower
16.2. Under Voltage Blocking (T1 Linear and set to ___Sec)
Voltage for pickup(V) Voltage for drop off(V)

Setting Timing test(sec)
value(V) Expected Measured Measured
setting Measured
16.3. Over Voltage Detection (AVR lowering fast when over voltage detected)
Voltage for Activation Voltage for deactivation(V)

Setting
value(%) Expected(V) Measured(V) Measured
16.4. Operating Time test for Timer: Linear without T2

(%) T1(Sec) T2(Sec) expected(sec) measured (sec)
16.5. Operating Time test for Timer: Linear with time delay T2:
Set
Time-delay Time – delay Operating time Operating time
bandwidth
T1(Sec) T2(Sec) expected(sec)(T1+T2) measured (sec)
(%)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
16.6. Operating Time test for Timer: Integral (Desired voltage level ____v)T2off:
Set Measured Time – delay

Applied Operating time Operating time
Band width bandwidth (Sec)
Volts(V) expected(sec) measured (sec)
(%) (%)
16.7. Over Current Blocking
Pick up Drop off

Setting
(%) ln Expected(A) Measured(A) Expected(A) Measured(A)
16.8. Pulse Duration Time;
Set Value(Sec) Expected (s) Measured(s)
Equipment Sl .No Calibration Calibration

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Capacitor Bank Protection Relay – SEL
Record No. :
451
1. General Information:
Make Panel Ref:
Model Designation.
Sr. No. Drawing & Sh. No.
Version Aux. Voltage
Order No. Rated Frequency
Software Rated Current
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection (Tick If Verified)
As Per TCS –P–105 REV -1, ITEM NO 4.1

1 Check tightness of all connections  Yes  N/A
2 Inspect for physical damage / defects  Yes  N/A
3 CT shorting checked  Yes  N/A
4 Indications checked  Yes  N/A
5 Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked  Yes  N/A
6 Check the ferrules as per specification  Yes  N/A
7 Panel Earthing checked  Yes  N/A
8 Check case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust.  Yes  N/A
9 Check all installed equipment nameplate information for
compliance to approved drawings and equipment /material  Yes  N/A
lists.
10 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly
 Yes  N/A
secured to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that
no part of the wire is bent at the termination point.
11 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and
 Yes  N/A
protected against mal operation due to vibration, shock, etc
12 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current
 Yes  N/A
circuit wires.
13 Relay terminal is isolated from the system terminal CTs  Yes  N/A
14 Relay trips and alarms have all been isolated  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
3. Electrical Tests:
As per TCS –P–105 Rev -1, Item no 4.2
3.1. FUNCTION TEST:

1 Human Machine Interface (HMI) Checked.  Yes  N/A
2 Case Earthing checked.  Yes  N/A
3 LED’s Function Checked.  Yes  N/A
4 Trip Contacts Checked.  Yes  N/A
5 Reset Function Checked  Yes  N/A
6 Group active Functions Checked  Yes  N/A
7 Binary inputs checked.  Yes  N/A
8 Output Relays Checked  Yes  N/A
9 Event Display on HMI Screen Checked  Yes  N/A
10 Test switch / plug checked for correct function.  Yes  N/A
11 Watchdog contacts checked  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
3.2. Analog Input Measurements
Main CT Ratio: ------ A Main VT Ratio: ---------- V

Neutral VT Ratio: --------- V
Injected Calculated Values Measured Values

Channel Duty
Values Secondary Primary Primary
IAW-Z01:02 CT - Phase A
IBW-Z03:04 CT - Phase B
ICW-Z05:06 CT - Phase B
IAX-Z07:08 CT - Spare
IBX-Z09:10 CT - Neutral
ICX-Z11:12 CT - Spare
VAY-Z13:14 VT - Phase A
VBY-Z15:16 VT - Phase B
VCY-Z17:18 VT - Phase B
VAZ-Z19:20 Neutral VT
VBZ-Z21:22 VT - Spare
VCZ-Z23:24 VT - Spare
Phase A to
V AB
Phase B
Phase B to
V BC
Phase C
Phase C to
V CA
Phase A
Frequency -
Active Power -
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
3.3. Checking Of Binary Outputs, Inputs And Led’s
Slot A- Main Board
Slot No. B I/O No. Relay Terminals Checked

A BO. 101 A01:A02 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 102 A03:A04 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 103 A05:A06 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 104 A07:A08 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 105 A09:A10 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A12:A11 (NC)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 106
A12:A13 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A15:A14 (NC)  Yes  N/A
A BO. 107
A15:A16 (NO)  Yes  N/A
BO. 108 A18:A17 (NC)  Yes  N/A
A
(Watchdog) A18:A19 (NO)  Yes  N/A
A BI. 01 A20:A21  Yes  N/A

A BI. 02 A22:A23  Yes  N/A
A BI. 03 A24:A25  Yes  N/A
A BI. 04 A26:A27  Yes  N/A
A BI. 05 A28:A29  Yes  N/A
A BI. 06 A30:A31  Yes  N/A
A BI. 07 A32:A33  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
Slot B- Interface Board
Slot No. B I/O No. Relay Terminals Checked

B BO. 201 B01:B02 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 202 B03:B04 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 203 B05:B06 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 204 B07:B08 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 205 B09:B10 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 206 B11:B12 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 207 B13:B14 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 208 B15:B16 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 209 B17:B18 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 210 B19:B20 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 211 B21:B22 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 212 B23:B24 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 213 B25:B26 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B28:B27 (NC)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 214
B28:B29 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B31:B30 (NC)  Yes  N/A
B BO. 215
B31:B32 (NO)  Yes  N/A
B BI. 01 B33:B34  Yes  N/A
B BI. 02 B35:B36  Yes  N/A
B BI. 03 B37:B38  Yes  N/A
B BI. 04 B39:B40  Yes  N/A
B BI. 05 B41:B42  Yes  N/A
B BI. 06 B43:B44  Yes  N/A
B BI. 07 B45:B46  Yes  N/A
B BI. 08 B47:B48  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
LED’s Function Test
LED No. Color Checked

1 Red  Yes  N/A
Push Button LED’s Function Test
LED No. Color Checked

1 Yellow  Yes  N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
4. Ground Overcurrent Protection (50G):
Stage1:
Set Current Pickup Drop off Set Time Injected measured

Phase
(A) (A) (A) (sec) Current ( 2 * Is) Time (sec)
N
Stage2:
Set Current Pickup Drop off Set Time Injected measured

Phase
(A) (A) (A) (sec) Current ( 2 * Is) Time (sec)
N
5. Directional Phase Time Overcurrent Protection
Over Current Pick & Drop Off Checking
Set E32 = N
5.1. Phase Instantaneous Over Current Element (E50P):
Phase 50P1P Settings Pick Up Drop Off

R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
5.1.1. Time Delay Over Current Element (67PD):
 Inject current = 2 * setting current
Phase 67P1D Settings Measured Time

R
5.1.2. IEC Standard Inverse Curve
Settings: 51S1O = IMAXL, 51S1P = A, 51S1C = C1, 51S1TD = ,

51S1TC =
Set Current Injected Current Calculated Measured

Phase Curve
(A) ( 2 * Is) Time (sec) Time (sec)
R C1
Y C1
B C1
5.1.3. IEC Very Inverse Curve
Settings: 51S1O = IMAXL, 51S1P = , 51S1C = C2, 51S1TD = ,

51S1TC =
Injected
Set Current Calculated Trip Measured
Phase Curve Current
(A) Time (sec) Time (sec)
( 2 * Is)
R C2
Y C2
B C2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
5.1.4. IEC Short Time Inverse Curve
Settings: 51S1O = IMAXL, 51S1P = A, 51S1C = C5, 51S1TD = ,

51S1TC =
Set Current Injected Current Calculated Trip Measured

Phase Curve
(A) ( 2 * Is) Time (sec) Time (sec)
R C5
Y C5
B C5
5.2. Checking The Directional Element E32
Set directional over current as a definite time

Set 67P1D = MINIMUM SETTING 2 CYCLE
Set E32 = Y
Check setting of output contact for testing directional element.
Set 50P1P =
Calculation:
Z2C= Re {V2 * 1∟Z1* I2} / (I2)2 = [|V2| / |I2|] * COS (∟V2 – ∟Z1 - ∟I2)
I2 = V2 / Z2
|ITEST| =|3I2| =|3V2|/ |Z2F|
CT RW = , CTRX= , PTRY= , VNOMY = , PTRZ = , VNOMZ =
Z1MAG= , Z1ANG=
Current test 50FP and 50RP test
Fix the settings of Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2=
PHASE 50FP PICK UP DROP OFF 50RP PICK UP DROP OFF

R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
5.2.1. Impedance Z2F test
Fix Settings of 50FP= A, 50RP= A, a2= , K2=
Applied Impedance Angle = Z1ANG
Phase Settings Applied **Injected Current= Pick Up Calculated

Of Z2F Voltage Applied Voltage / (Z2F) Current Pick Up Z2F
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
** The injected current must be >= 50FP
5.2.2. Impedance Z2R test
APPLIED IMPEDANCE ANGLE = Z1ANG
PHASE APPLIED **INJECTED PICK UP CALCULAT

SETTING
VOLTAG CURRENT= APPLIED CURRENT ED PICK
S OF Z2R
E VOLTAGE / (Z2R) UP Z2R
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
5.2.3. Operational area testing
Z1MAG= , Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2= , 50Q3P = ,

DIRECTION SETTING DIR3 =
Phase Settings of Z1ANG Applied VOLTAGE Injected current Phase Angle

R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
5.2.4. Checking of a2 and k2
Z1MAG= , Z1ANG= , Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2= , 50P1P = ,

Pick Up
Settings of Applied Phase Angle IN
Phase Injected a2 k2
a2 and k2 Voltage Operating Area
Current I2
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
6. Negative Sequence Directional Over Current Protection (67Q).
6.1. Checking the Negative-Sequence
Instantaneous Over current Element, E50Q1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
Set 67Q3D = MINIMUM SETTING 2 CYCLE

Set E32 = N
Check setting of output contact for testing.
Phase 50Q3P Setting Calculated Expected Current Pick Up Drop Off

R-N 3* 50Q3P
3* 50Q3P
Y-N 3* 50Q3P
3* 50Q3P
B-N 3* 50Q3P
3* 50Q3P
R-Y √3 * 50Q3P
√3 * 50Q3P
Y-B √3 * 50Q3P
√3 * 50Q3P
B-R √3 * 50Q3P
√3 * 50Q3P
6.2. Checking The Directional Element E32
Set 67Q3D = Minimum Setting 2 Cycle

Set E32 = Y
Check setting of output contact for testing directional element.

Set 50Q3P =
Calculation:
Z2C= Re {V2 * 1∟Z1* I2} / (I2)2 = [|V2| / |I2|] * COS (∟V2 – ∟Z1 - ∟I2)
I2 = V2 / Z2
|ITEST| =|3I2| =|3V2|/ |Z2F|
CT RW = , CTRX= , PTRY= , VNOMY = , PTRZ = , VNOMZ =

Z1MAG= , Z1ANG=
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
6.2.1. Current test 50FP and 50RP test
Fix the settings of Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2=
PHASE 50FP PICK UP DROP OFF 50RP PICK UP DROP OFF

R-N
Y-N
B-N
6.2.2. Impedances Z2F test

APPLIED IMPEADANCE ANGLE = Z1ANG
**Injected Current=
Settings of Applied Pick Up Calculated Pick Up
Phase Applied Voltage /
Z2F Voltage Current Z2F
(Z2F)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
6.2.3. Impedances Z2R test:

Applied Impeadance Angle = Z1ANG
Phase **Injected Current= Pick Up

Settings Applied Calculated Pick
Applied Voltage / Current
of Z2R Voltage Up Z2R
(Z2R)
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
6.2.4. Operational area testing
Z1MAG= , Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2= , 50Q3P = ,

Phase Settings of Z1ANG Applied Voltage Injected current Phase Angle

R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
6.2.5. Checking of a2 and k2
Z1MAG= , Z1ANG= , Z2F= Ω, Z2R = Ω, a2= , K2= , 50Q3P =

,
Direction Setting DIR3 =
Pick up
Setting of Applied Phase Angle in
Phase Injected a2 k2
a2 and k2 Voltage Operating Area
current I2
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
7. Under Voltage Protection (27):
Stage1:
Set Voltage Pickup Actual Trip Time

Phase Drop off (V) Set Time (sec)
(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
Stage2

(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
8. Over Voltage Protection (59):
Stage1:
Set Voltage Actual Trip Time

Phase Pickup (V) Drop off (V) Set Time (sec)
(V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
Stage2:

(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
9. Breaker Failure Protection (50BF):
Stage1
Settings: 50FP1 = A, Retrip Time Delay = 8CYCLES, BFI3P1= TRIP
Set Current Actual Trip

Phase Pickup (A) Drop off (A) Set Time (sec)
(A) Time (sec)
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
Stage2
Settings: 50FP1 = A, Breaker Failure Time Delay = CYCLES, BFI3P1= TRIP
Set Current Actual Trip

Phase Pickup (A) Drop off (A) Set Time (sec)
(A) Time (sec)
R
Y
B
10. Final Setting:
10.1. Directional Phase time Overcurrent Protection :
IEC Standard Inverse Curve
Settings: 51S1O = IMAXL, 51S1P = A, 51S1C = C1, 51S1TD = , 51S1TC =
Injected Current Calculated Measured

Phase Set Current (A) Curve
( 2 * Is) Time (sec) Time (sec)
R C1
Y C1
B C1
10.2. Checking the Directional Element E32
Checking Z2F (According To Direction Setting)
Phase Applied **Injected Current= Applied Pick Up Calculated Pick

Voltage Voltage / (Z2F) Current Up Z2F
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
Checking Z2R (According To Direction Setting)
Phase Applied **Injected Current= Applied Pick Up Calculated Pick

Voltage Voltage / (Z2F) Current Up Z2F
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Operational Area Testing:
Phase Settings of Z1ANG Applied Voltage Injected Current Phase Angle

R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
10.3. Ground Overcurrent Protection (50G)
Stage1:
Settings: 50G1P = , Delay Time = , 67G1TC =
Set Current Pickup Drop off Set Time Injected Current Measured
Phase
(A) (A) (A) (sec) ( 2 * Is) Time (sec)
N
Stage2:
Settings: 50G2P = 0.5 A, Delay Time = 5SEC, 67G2TC = 1
Measured Time
Phase Pickup (A) Drop off (A) Injected Current ( 2 * Is)
(sec)
N
10.4. Negative Sequence Directional Over Current Protection (67Q)
Settings: CTRW = , PTRW , VNOM = , Z1MAG= , Z1ANG= , Z0MAG=

, Z0ANG= , E32 = , DIR3 = , Order Ground Dir.Elment Priority = ,
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
50FP = A, 50RP = A, Z2F = Ohms, Z2R = Ohms, a2 = , k2 = , 50Q3P=
10.4.1. Instantaneous Negative Sequence Over current Element, E50Q1
Phase 50q3p Calculated Expected Current Pick Up Drop Off

R-N 3* 50Q3P
Y-N 3* 50Q3P
B-N 3* 50Q3P
R-Y √3 * 50Q3P
Y-B √3 * 50Q3P
B-R √3 * 50Q3P
10.4.2. Checking the Directional Element E32
a. Checking Z2F (According To Direction Setting)
Phase Applied **Injected Current= Pick Up Calculated

Voltage Applied Voltage / (Z2F) Current Pick Up Z2F
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
b. Checking Z2R (According To Direction Setting)
Phase Applied **Injected Current= Pick Up Current Calculated Pick

Voltage Applied Voltage / (Z2F) Up Z2F
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
c. Operational area testing
Phase Injected
Settings Of Z1ang Applied Voltage Phase Angle
Current
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y-B
10.5. Under Voltage Protection (27):
Stage1
Set Voltage Actual Trip Time

Phase Pickup (V) Drop off (V) Set Time (sec)
(V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
Stage2

(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
10.6. Over Voltage Protection (59):
Stage1
Set Voltage Pickup Measured Time

(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
451
Stage2
Set Voltage Pickup Measured Time

(V) (V) (sec)
R
Y
B
R-Y-B
10.7. Breaker Failure Protection (50BF):
Stage1
Settings: 50FP1 = A, Retrip Time Delay = CYCLES , BFI3P1= TRIP
Phase Pickup (A) Drop off (A) Measured Time (SEC)

R
Y
B
Stage2
Settings: 50FP1 = A, Breaker Failure Time Delay = CYCLES,

BFI3P1= TRIP
Phase Pickup (A) Drop off (A) Measured Time (SEC)

R
Y
B
Equipment Sl .No Calibration Calibration Due

Date Date
1
2
3
4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Circuit Breaker Fail Relay Record No. :
1. General Data And Information:
Panel Ref: Panel No.:

Manufacturer: Model :
Type: Serial No:
Aux. Supply: CT Ratio:
Designation No.:
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection: (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)

4 Check Ferrules
3. Electrical Test
3.1 Function Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)

1 Test switch checked for correct function.
2 Alarm / Trip contacts resistance measured.
3
Indication checked
All Programmable LED working

4 Date and time Clock set time local
Time maintained when supply removed
5 Watchdog contact checked Terminal NC Contact
Terminal NO Contact
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.2 Burden Test
DC Current during
DC Voltage DC Current without fault Calculated WATT
fault
With Fault Without Fault
Limit: (According to the Relay Catalogue page no. )
4. Measurement
Current Inputs Check:
CT Current Displayed CT Ratio Displayed

% Error % Error
Input Injected (A) Secondary Value Set Primary Value
IR
IY
IB
IN
Limit: (According to the Relay Catalogue Page No. )
5. Breaker failure Test:
Setting Range :
5.1 Pick up and drop Off Test:
Current R – Phase Y – Phase B – Phase N

Setting Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off
5.2 Timing Test:
Setting Range : CB failure time 1 :

Name:
Signature:
Date:
CB failure time 2 : We set: Is =

Under condition :
BI input: Simulate CBF form External Trip Order (OR) status of Circuit Breaker
Injected Expected Actual Time in ms

Time Setting
Current Time R Y B N
Stage 1 Stage 1
____ ms ___ ms
__ x Is
Stage 2 Stage 2
___ ms ____ms
Stage 1 Stage 1
___ Sec ___ S
___x Is
Stage 2 Stage 2
____Sec ___S
6. Opto-Inputs Check:
Binary Test Method

Terminal Function
Input (Energize only one at a time Sheet Result
No Assigned
No with DC Voltage)
7. Output Relays Check:
Test Method Function

Binary Terminal
(Energize only one relay at a Assigned
Output No Sheet Result
time in 'Contract test' by' (Aux. Relay
No
Apply test) Operated)
8. Final Setting:
8.1 Breaker failure Test:
Setting Range :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8.1.1 Pick up and drop Off Test:
Current R – Phase Y – Phase B – Phase N

Setting Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off Pick up Drop off
8.1.2 Timing Test:
Setting Range : CB failure time 1 :

CB failure time 2 : We set: Is =
Under condition :
BI input: Simulate CBF form External Trip Order (OR) status of Circuit
Breaker
Actual Time in ms
Time Setting Injected Current Expected Time
R Y B N
T1
T2

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Directional Overcurrent and Earth Fault
Record No. :
Relay
1. General Information
Make Model / Type

Panel Ref Designation
Sr. No. Aux. Voltage
Rated voltage Rated current
CT Ratio VT Ratio

2 Verify connections and ferrules as per approved drawings.
3 Check tightness of all the connections.
4 Case Earthing checked.
5 Test switch CT shorting Checked

2 All output contact resistance measured.
3 Watchdog contact checked
4 Indications checked.
5 Binary inputs checked.
6 Check the VT MCB trip will block the directional element and the
signal send
7 Check for back up battery
3.1 Burden Check:
Applied DC DC Current Without

DC Current During Fault Calculated Watts
Voltage Fault
Limit: (According to the Catalogue page no. )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
3.2 Measurement Check:
Phase Injected Amp Expected Reading Observed Amp % Error
3.3 Directional Over Current P/U And D/O Check:
Phase Angle Setting = °, Voltage Setting= V.
Current Injected Pick Up

Phase Limit Dropoff Current Limit
Setting Current Current
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
3.4 Directional O/C block voltage check:
Current Setting = A, Phase Angle Setting = °.
Phase Voltage Setting Applied Voltage Pick Up Limit Dropoff Limit
3.5 Directional O/C phase angle reach check:
Current Setting = A, Voltage Setting = V.
Measured Phase Angle

Phase Phase Angle Setting Forward Reverse
From To From To
R
Y
B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
3.6 Directional O/C Time Characterstics Test:
Current setting Is= TMS=
MEASURED TIME (Sec)

Curve CAL: TIME AT
PHASE I> I>>
Description
2xIs 5xIs 10xIs 2xIs 5xIs 10xIs
----- ----- R ----- -----
----- ----- Y ----- -----
Definite Time
----- ----- B ----- -----
----- ----- N ----- -----
R
IEC Standard Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
IEC Very Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
IEC Extremely Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
Y
Long Time NA
B
Inverse
N
R
Short Time Y
NA
Inverse B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
3.7 Directional Earth Fault P/U And D/O Check:
Phase Angle Set = °, Voltage Set = V.
Phase Injected Current Pick Up Current Limit Dropoff Current Limit
3.8 Directional E/F Block Voltage Check:
Current Set = A, Phase Angle= °. Voltage Set = V.
Phase Applied voltage PICK UP LIMIT Dropoff Limit
3.9 Directional E/F Phase Angle Reach Check:
Current Set = A, Voltage Set = V.
Phase Angle
Phase Phase Angle Setting Forward Reverse
From To From To
3.10 Directional E/F Time Test:
Voltage= V, Phase Angle= °
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
Time Characterstics Test: Current setting Is= TMS=
Measured Time (Sec)

Curve CAL: TIME AT
Phase I> I>>
Description
----- ----- R ----- -----
----- ----- Y ----- -----
Definite Time
----- ----- B ----- -----
----- ----- N ----- -----
R
IEC Standard Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
IEC Very Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
IEC Extremely Y
NA
Inverse B
N
R
Y
Long Time NA
B
Inverse
N
R
Short Time Y
NA
Inverse B
N
4. Final Setting Test:
Setting
Setting: O/C Setting: E/F

Current: A Current: A
Voltage: V Voltage: V
Phase Angle: ° Phase Angle: °
TMS: TMS:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
4.1 Directional Over Current P/U and D/O Check:
Injected Phase Angle= °, Injected Voltage= V, Injected Current= A.
Phase Pick Up Current Limit Dropoff Current Limit
4.2 Directional O/C Block Voltage Check:
Phase Pick Up Limit Dropoff Limit
4.3 Directional O/C phase angle reach check:

Phase
Forward Reverse
From To From To
4.4 Directional O/C Time Test ; Current setting Is= TMS=
Measured Time (Sec)

Curve CAL: Time at
Phase I> I>>
Description
R
Y
B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay
4.5 Directional Earth Fault P/U And D/O Check:
Phase Angle= °, Voltage= V, Current= A.
Phase Injected Current Pick Up Current Limit Dropoff Current Limit
4.6 Directional E/F Block Voltage Check:
Current= A, Phase Angle= °, Voltage= V.
Phase Applied Voltage Pick Up Limit Dropoff LIMIT
4.7 Directional E/F Phase Angle Reach Check:
Current= A, Voltage= V, Phase Angle= °.

Phase
Forward Reverse
From To From To
4.8 Directional E/F Time Test: Current setting Is= TMS=
Measured Time (Sec)

Curve CAL: Time at
Phase I> I>>
Description
R
Y
B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay

Date Due Date
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Fault Recorders and Locators-IDM
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
1. General Data and Setting Information :
1.1. HATHAWAY:
Manufacturer: Hathaway Aux. Voltage:

Type: IDM____ No. of Analog Channel:
DAU Name: No. of Digital Channel:
Station:
Serial Num: DAU1: DAU2:
Pre-Fault Time:
IP Address: DAU1 DAU2:
Post-Fault Time: Node ID:
Location:
DAU Network ID: DAU1 DAU2
Software Version No.:
Time Synchronization: (Master/Slave) DAU1 DAU2
1.2. LSU
Manufacturer: ………………. Aux. Voltage:

Floppy Disk Drive: ……………..
IP Address: ……………… LSU Sr. No.: ………….
Hard Disk capacity: …………….
Software Version No.:
1.3. GPS (CLOCK & ANTENNA)
Manufacturer: ……………….. Type:……………… Serial No.:…………………

Auxiliary Voltage: ……………….
1.4. GPS SOFTWARE SETTINGS
Baud Rate: Data Bits: Parity:

Stop Bits: X on X off:
1.5. DC-DC CONVERTER (power supply for HUB SHELF)
Manufacturer: ………………. Type:

Input Voltage: ………………. Output Voltage:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
1.6. HUB SHELF:
-RJ45 Ethernet Hub for LAN Connections with 1PPS converter Board
-Manufacturer: ………………. No of ports:
1.7. DAU Card:
FR01-DAU#1:
Sno Card Description Qty Order Code Card Serial No
1 Keypad
2 Power supply unit
3 Card -1 Cpu
4 Card -2 Analogue Card
5 Card -3 Event card
6 Card – 4 Analogue input (Ct & Vt)
7 Card – 5 Analogue Input (Ct & Vt)
FR01-DAU#2:
Sno Card Description Qty Order Code Card Serial No
1 Keypad
2 Power supply unit
3 Card -1 Cpu
4 Card -2 Analogue Card
5 Card -3 Event card
6 Card – 4 Analogue input (Ct & Vt)
7 Card – 5 Analogue Input (Ct & Vt)
1.8. DAU Jumper Settings:
- Final slave jumper set J1 in the position “a” in the Analogue Board
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
2. Mechanical checks and visual inspection: (Ref: 4.1 of TCS-P-105-R1)

3 Verify TBs of FR as per approved NPS settings
5 Verify the ratio of summation CT (if installed)
6 Check all Display LED's
3. Electrical tests: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
3.1. Function test

1 Test from the earth stud to any metal work. Low resistance should
be there.
2 Case earthing check.
3 Test from the earth stud to all terminals of CT and VT circuits of
Analog boards. Ensure that proper/required precautions for live VT
and CT (if any) circuits have already been taken.
4 Ensure that there is no grounding of any phase of VT and CT
circuits.
5 Check that labels for CT shorting and isolating facilaties alongwith
caution notice and shroud are provided.
6 Ensure that the healthy-indications of FR and its related peripherial
equipment are "ON".
7 Ensure that the T/Line-parameters for DTF feature (If applicable)
are available at site
3.2. Power Supply Units
3.2.1. Measurement of AC supply at Terminal NOs.: .....................

Voltage measured……………….Volts
3.2.2. Measurement of FR DC AUX. Supply at Terminal NOs.: ………………

Voltage measured. …………….. Volts
3.2.3. Measurement of Input DC supply to FR for digital module at Terminal NOs.…….

Voltage measured. ………………………..……...Volts
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
4. Measure output of DAU PSU MODULE:
Black-Black (0V) : …………….

Red-Black (+5 +/- 0.2 Vdc) : ……………….
Grey -Black (-12 +/- 0.2 Vdc) : ……………….
Yellow-Black (+12 +/- 0.2 Vdc) : ……………….
5. Three-Phase Injection Checks
5.1. Apply three-phase current. Check that the waveforms and phase-grouping
_________ are correct.
5.2. Apply three-phase voltage. Check that the waveforms and phase-grouping
________ are correct.
5.3. Apply three-phase voltage and current simultaneously. Check that the
_________ Waveforms and phase-grouping are correct.
5.4. Distance to Fault feature tested (Refer to Annexure-B) _________
5.5. Summation CT for GT In
Make: ......................... Type: ......................... Sr. no: .........................

VA Burden: ......................... Class: .........................
Station telephone no. for FR communication: ………………….
Master station telephone nos.
Remote communication is only checked by dialing that number form land line to the
LSU and sound of dialing is heard by the LSU _________
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
6. Trigger Value Setting Calculation: DAU#1
Nominal Trigger Value

Sensors Set Value
CH. Value TX
Analog
Designation % of Nom. Ratio From From
CH# Pri. Sec. Value
Value Freja Graph
7. Trigger Value Setting Calculation: DAU#2
Nominal Value Sensors Set Value Trigger Value

CH. TX
Analog % of Nom. From From
Designation Pri. Sec. Value Ratio
CH# Value Freja Graph
8. Digital Triggers: DAU#1
CHANNEL SIGNAL NAME TERMINAL STATUS
9. DIGITAL TRIGGERS: DAU#2
CHANNEL SIGNAL NAME TERMINAL STATUS
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
10. ALAM CHECKS: A) IDM DAU LED’s
LED Marked Color Alarm Source Status Remark

OK Green The system is healthy
GPS Green Flash once every minute if there is a GPS installed
PPS Green Flashes every second (Pulse Per Second)
Flashes when an operational change has taken
ALARM Red
place.
This due to one of the following conditions:
- New application, configuration (or)
DSP files being uploaded to the DAU
- The DAU being reset
- A trigger condition
- GPS lost lock
AL1 Red Operate when the DSP/FPGA is corrupted
AL2 Red Operate when the application is corrupted
AL3 Red Operate when the configuration is corrupted
AL4 Red Operate when the checksums is corrupted
AL5 Red Operate when Earse nonvolatile memory
AL6 Red Operate when the DAU is triggered
11. GPS Time Synchronisation (Time Master):-
(Applies only to DAUs with an integral GPS time decoder)

After powering on it can take up to 3 minutes for the DAU to synchronize to the GPS signal,
when the IDM is synchronized the
Underscore (‘__’) between time and date will disappear.
After DAU has been energized for more than 30 minutes use the front panel keypad and
menus to record
No. of Satellites: …………………….. Synchronized minutes: ……………….
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
(HATHWAY)
12. GPS Time Synchronisation (Time Slave):-
(Applies only to DAUs with an integral GPS time decoder)

After powering on, it can take up to two minutes for the DAU to synchronize to the network
time signal and 1 pps signal.
When the IDM is synchronized the underscore sign (‘__’) between time and date will
disappear.
After the DAU has been energized for more than 30 minutes use the front panel keypad
and menus to record.
DAU#1 Time since last pkt: …………………..

DAU#2 Time since last pkt: …………………..
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Inter Trip Send/Receive Relay –
Record No. :
GCMO5
Bay No.: ________________ Inter trip Send Relay Inter trip Receive Relay
Bay Name: ________________ Aux. Voltage : _______________________
Manufacturer : ___AREVA______ Serial No. : _______________________
Conn. Diag. No. : _______________ Draw. & Sh. No. : ________________________
Order No. : ________________

4 Check Ferrules.
5 Check apparatus lists.
3.1. Function Test:

1 All contacts checked.
2 Intertrip send / Receive indication checked.
3.2. Secondary Injection Test:
3.2.1. Intertrip Send Relay Test :
For this test, select the relay in MASTER mode.
DC voltage Operating voltage Pilot Voltage Injected Voltagefor Indication

Injected Timing Test=125V DC
Terminals Pick-up Drop-off Pick-up Drop-off
6 (+) , 4(-)
Note: For terminal 4 and 6 Pick-up Voltage  50V DC, Drop-off Voltage  25V DC
Refer Technical Data Sh.9
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
GCMO5
The pilot voltage should be 120 – 160V

Refer Service Manual Sh.15
Supervision Voltage in Master Mode: ………………………
Supervision Voltage should be 24V DC
Refer Service Manual Sh.14
3.2.2. Intertrip Receive Relay Test:
For this test, select the relay in SLAVE mode.
DC Voltage Pick-Up Current Drop-Off Current Injected voltage for Indication

Injected Voltage Voltage timing test = 160v dc
Terminals Pick-up Drop-off
+/-
Current Drawn at 160V =

Voltage in the pilot terminal = _______ V DC
The voltage in the pilot should be < 15V DC
The pick-up should be < 80V DC
The drop-off should be > 60V DC
3.2.3. Intertrip Faulty Supervision:
For this test select the relay in SLAVE mode.
DC Voltage Injected Pick-Up Drop-Off Output Contacts Injected Voltage For

Terminals Voltage Voltage Timing Test = 40V DC
Pick-up Drop-off
+/-
Injected Voltage should be 2 x Pick-up Voltage

The pick-up should be < 20V DC
The drop-off should be > 15V DC
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
GCMO5
3.2.4. AC Ripple Voltage Measurement (mV):
Pilot Are Open

Before Opertion After Operation
Slave
Master
Limits: AC ripple voltage typically 160mV r.m.s
3.2.5. Intertrip Faulty Alarm Contacts:
15-16
17-18
3.2.6. Contacts Check For Intertrip Receive:
* 7-8
9-10
11-12
13-14
* The PCB LINK selected in N/O MODE.
3.2.7. Relay Burden At Rated Voltage (125V DC):
Operating Mode Voltage Current Watts

Master
Slave
Intertrip send
The burden at MASTER mode < 6W

The burden at SLAVE mode < 5W
The burden at INTERTRIP SEND < 10W
3.2.8. Final checks:
Confirm intertrip send relay at master selection

Confirm intertrip receive relay at slave
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
GCMO5
ITEM Description Make Equipment Sl. Calibration Calibration

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Neutral-Residual-UV&OV Relay-
Record No. :
ARGUS8
Neutral- Residual-Under & Over Voltage Relay – ARGUS - 8 / 7SG11
1. Circuit Details:
Substation No./Name
Circuit
Panel No.
Circuit Breaker
Rating
NOTES
2. Relay Details:
Serial Number
Software Reference
Auxiliary Voltage
Frequency
Connection
Phase VT Ratio
3Vo VT Ratio*
Status Input Voltage
*If required by connection
3. Visual Inspection:
Test Checked
Relay is not physically damaged  OK
All connections are secure  OK
Connections are in accordance with the relay wiring/schematic diagram  OK
Relay case is solidly earthed  OK
Check tightness of all connections.  OK
Check Ferrules  OK
Check apparatus lists  OK
4. Precautions:
Test Checked
Relay is isolated from system VTs  OK
Relay trips and alarms have all been isolated  OK
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
5. Status Inputs:
Test Checked
Status Input 1  OK
6. Output Relays:
Test Checked
Output Relay 1  OK
7. LEDs:
Test Checked
Starter LED  OK
Trip LED  OK
Protection Healthy LED  OK
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
8. Measurements:
Input Applied Measured Measured Correct to +/- 3%

Voltage Voltage(V) Secondary Value Primary Value Primary Secondary
Va or Vab  OK  OK
Vb or Vbc  OK  OK
Vc or Vca*  OK  OK
Vo*  OK  OK
*If required by connection
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
9. Under Voltage Protection:
Serial no Voltage Setting Appling Measured Error ( % ) Ratio

element no voltages phases voltages (% )
Pickup Drop off Pickup Drop off
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
1 VE 1 Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
2 VE 2 Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
3 VE 3 Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
4 VE 4 Vy
Vb
Setting voltages: 5.0 to 200 v

Criteria: +/- 1 % or +/- 0.25 V
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
10. Under Voltage Operating Timing Test:
Voltage Element Delay Setting (ms) Measured Operate Time (ms) Remarks
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
VE3  OK
VE4  OK
Criteria: Operating time: ≤ 65 ms, Resetting time: ≤ 75 ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
11. Over Voltage Protection:
Serial Voltage Setting Appling Measured Error ( % )

no element no voltages phases voltages
Pick Drop off Pick Drop Ratio
up up off (% )
1 VE 1 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
2 VE 2 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
3 VE 3 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
4 VE 4 Va
Vb
Vc
Vr
Vy
Vb

Criteria: +/- 1 % or +/- 0.25 V
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
12. Over Voltage Operating Timing Test:
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
VE3  OK
VE4  OK
Criteria: Operating time: ≤ 45 ms

Resetting time: ≤ 50 m
13. Negative Phase Sequence Over Voltage Protection:
Serial Voltage Setting Appling Measured Error ( % ) Ratio

no element no voltages phases voltages (% )
Pick Drop Pick Drop
up off up off
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
1 VE 1 Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
2 Vy
VE 2 Vb

Criteria: +/- 1.5 % or +/- 0.5
14. Negative Phase Sequence Over Voltage Operating Timing Test:
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
Criteria: operating time: ≤ 85 ms

Resetting time: ≤ 70 ms
15. Neutral Over Voltage Protection:

no element voltages phases voltages
no Pick up Drop Pick up Drop Ratio
off off (% )
1 VE 1 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
2 VE 2 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
Vy
Vb

Criteria: +/- 1 % or +/- 0.5
16. Neutral Over Voltage Operating Timing Test:
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
Criteria: operating time: 85 ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
Resetting time: ≤ 70 ms
17. Under Frequency Protection:

no element voltages phases voltages
no Pick Drop Pick Drop Ratio
up off up off (% )
1 VE 1 Vr
Vy
Vb
2 VE 2 Vr
Vy
Vb
Vr
3 VE 3 Vy
Vb
Vr
4 VE 4 Vy
Vb
Setting: 47.00 to 62.00 Hz v

Criteria: operate: setting ± 10 MHz, Reset: ≤ operate + 20 MHz
18. Under Frequency Operating Timing Test:
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
VE3  OK
VE4  OK
Criteria:
Operate time: < 140 Ms
Reset time: < 175 Ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
19. Over Frequency Protection:

no element no voltages phases voltages
Pick Drop Pick Drop Ratio
up off up off (% )
Vr
Vy
1 VE 1 Vb
Vr
Vy
2 VE 2 Vb
Vr
Vy
3 VE 3 Vb
Vr
Vy
4 VE 4 Vb
Setting: 47.00 to 62.00 Hz

Criteria: operate: setting ± 10 MHz
Reset: ≤ operate - 20 MHz
20. Over Frequency Operating Timing Test:
VE1  OK
VE2  OK
VE3  OK
VE4  OK
Criteria:
Operate time: < 140 Ms, Reset time: < 175 Ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
ARGUS8
21. Final Settings For Neutral Voltage:
Serial No Connections Voltage Element Setting Pick Up Operating Remarks

1
2
3
4
5
6
22. Low Voltage Blocking:
Test Checked
Low Voltage Blocking operates correctly  OK

Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: O/C & E/F Relay Record No. :
Bay No : ________________ Aux. Voltage : ___________

Bay Name : ________________ Serial No. :
Manufacturer : ___________ Order No. : ___________
Draw. & Sh. No. : ________________ Rated Current in Service:

4 Check ferrules.
5 Check apparatus lists.
3.1. Function Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)

1 Test switch/plug checked for correct function.
2 Indications checked.
3 Alarm contacts checked.
4 Trip contacts checked.
5 Self-test checked.
6 All output contacts resistance measured.
7 Flag operation checked.
3.2. Burden Check:
DC Voltage (V) DC Current in case of DC Current in case of Caculated

relay not operate relay operating burden (W)
*burden of the aux. supply manual (sheet No. )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Testing and Commissioning:
4.1. Pick Up And Drop-Off Test:
In= , I>>= ∞ , Iinj =Is X In A, Io>> ∞
Current Over Current Relay Current Setting E/F Relay (N)

Setting R Y B Is ( Io>) A
Is (I>) A P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O
A A A A A A A A
Pick up current tolerance limit (as manual sh. No. )

Drop-off/ pick-up ratio: (as manual sh. No. )
4.2. Time Multiplier Test: In= A,
Is (I>) = In, I>>=∞, normal inverse,>inj= A, Io> = In, Io>>=∞Io>inj= A
TMS R Y B E/F Range

Value K Calc. Actual Calc. Actual Calc. Actual Calc. Actual sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3. Relay Operating Value As Per Curve
In= A, Is(I>) = x In = A Io> = In * TMS=
Function Injected Expected Operating Time in sec K=1 , Ko =1 Range

Current A Time sec sec
Normal Inverse 2*Is R Y B N
5*Is
10*Is
Very Inverse 2*Is
5*Is
10*Is
Extrmely Inverse 2*Is
5*Is
10*Is
RI Type Inverse 2*Is
5*Is
10*Is
RD type inverse 2*Is
5*Is
10*Is
Tolerance Limit: as manual sh.no.
4.4. Instantaneous Setting Element – I inst = Is X In
Iset O/C R Y B N
A Trip A Non Trip Trip A Non Trip Trip A Non Trip Trip A Non Trip
Tolerance limit as manual sh. no.
4.5. Definite Time Characteristics: Is(I> , Io>) = In , In= A
Injected Time Operating Time sec Injected Time Set. N

Current A Setting sec R Y B Current Io> Sec
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.6. Instantaneous Timing Test: In= A
Iset I>> Injected Set Time Operating Time msec Range

sec R Y B Io>> N msec
Injected
1 * In 2* Is 2* Is
5 * Is 5 * Is
4.7. Measurement Check:
Injected/PH Display Measurement Readings

IL1 IL2 IL3 Io
0.5 In
1.0In
4.8. Binary Input Function:………….
4.8.1. Check the IRF (Internal Relay Fail) output:
Check the Watchdog Contact:
4.8.2. Relay Features Check:
Item Relay Feature Description Remarks

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Final Setting:
CT RATIO :
Is (O/C) : Is (E/F):
Curve : Curve:
TMS : K= TMS : K=
I inst : I inst :
5.1. Pick-Up And Drop-Off Test
Is set Set R Y B N Indication On Indication On

Value P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O Relay Relay LED
5.2. Operating Time On Selected Curve
Curve Is Injected TMS Exp.Time Operating Time Relay Indication in

Setting set current K Display & LED
R Y B N R Y B N
5.3. Instantaneous Element Pick-Up Test
Current Set (Is) Pick Up Pick Up Current A

R Y B
5.4. Instantaneous Element Timing
Current Set (Is) Timing In ms

R Y B
6. Binary Inputs & Output
7. LED Check
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. Test Equipments Used:

No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Synchrocheck Relay Record No. :
Bay Name: Panel No.:

Manufacturer: Model :
Order No: Serial No:
Aux. Supply: Draw. & Sh. No:
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection: (REF: 4.1 OF TCS-P-105-R1)

4 Check Ferrules
3. Electrical Test
3.1. Function Test: (Ref: 4.2 of TCS-P-105-R1)
Item. Description Checked

2 Alarm / Trip contacts resistance measured.
5 Live line Dead Bus Condition Checked
6 Dead line Live bus Condition Checked
3.2. Burden :
DC DC Current In case DC Current in case

Calculated Power W
Voltage of relay not operate of relay operation
No operation operation
Limit: (According to Relay Catalogue Page No. )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3. Secondary Injection
3.3.1. Synchro-Check Phase Angle Check:
Line angle: = Fixed= °, Bus Angle: 2 = Controlled.
Set Value Angle Difference

∆Ф Pick-Up Drop-Off
3.3.2. Synchro-Check Phase Angle Check:
Line angle: = Controlled, Bus Angle: 2 = Fixed= °.

3.3.3. Synch Check (Phase Angle) Time Test:
Set Value(Sec) Operating Time
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.4. Synchro-Check System Angle Check:

3.3.5. Synchro-Check System Angle Check:
Line angle: =Controlled, Bus Angle: 2 = Fixed= °.

3.3.6. Synch Check(System Angle) Time Test:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.7. Synchro-Check Diffrential Voltage Check:
U1= Fixed= V, U2= Controlled
Set Value Applied Measured Voltage U2

∆U (V) Voltage U1 Pick-Up(V) Drop-Off(V)
3.3.8. Synchro-Check Diffrential Voltage Check:
U1= Controlled, U2= Fixed = V.

3.3.9. Synchro-Check Frequency Check:
F1= Fixed= HZ , F2= Controlled.
PRE-SET ∆f PICK-UP DROP-OFF
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.10. Synchro-Check Frequency Check:
F1= Controlled, F2= Fixed= HZ.
PRE-SET ∆f PICK-UP DROP-OFF
3.3.11. Under Voltage Check:
For Vline and VBus Voltage.

(V) Voltage U1 PICK-UP(V) DROP-OFF(V)
3.3.12. Voltage Monitor Element Check:
SET VALUE(V) PICK-UP(V) DROP-OFF(V)

Dead Line
Live Bus
Dead Bus
Live Line
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.13. System Split Element:
Line angle: =Fixed= °, Bus Angle: 2 = Controlled.
Angle Set Value(Deg.) Pick-up(Deg.) Drop-off(Deg.)
3.3.14. System Split Element:
Angle Set Value(Deg.) Pick-up(Deg.) Drop-off(Deg.)
3.3.15. Split Time:
Set Time (s) Operating Time (Sec)
3.3.16. Blocking:
Item Function Remark

1 Phase Angle Blocking-Under Voltage
2 System Angle Blocking-Under Voltage
3 Phase Angle Blocking-Differential Voltage
4 Angle Blocking-Differential Voltage
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.3.17. Measurement:
Injected Relay Reading(V)

Voltage(V)
Line Voltage
Bus Voltage
3.4. BINARY INPUT AND OUTPUT CHECK:
Set U1 = V, U2 = V, f1 and f2 = 60Hz.
Input Function Output Status

Energized Selection Expected Actual
4. Final Setting:
4.1. Synchro-Check Phase Angle Check:

Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.2. Synchro-Check Phase Angle Check:

Line angle: = Controlled, Bus Angle: 2 = Fixed= °.

4.3. Synch Check(Phase Angle)Time Test:
4.4. Asynchro-Check System Angle Check:

4.5. Synchro-Check System Angle Check:

Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.6. Synch Check (System Angle)Time Test:
SET VALUE(Sec) OPERATING TIME
4.7. Synchro-Check Diffrential Voltage Check:
U1= Fixed= V, U2= Controlled

4.8. Synchro-Check Diffrential Voltage Check:
U1= Controlled, U2= Fixed = V.

∆U (V) Voltage U1 PICK-UP(V) DROP-OFF(V)
4.9. Synchro-Check Frequency Check:
F1= Fixed= HZ, F2= Controlled.
Pre-Set ∆f Pick-Up Drop-Off
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.10. Synchro-Check Frequency Check:
F1= Controlled, F2= Fixed= HZ.
Pre-Set ∆f Pick-Up Drop-Off
4.11. Under Voltage Check:
For V line and V Bus Voltage.

∆U (V) Voltage U1 Pick-Up (V) Drop-Off (V)
5. Voltage Monitor Element Check:
SET VALUE(V) PICK-UP(V) DROP-OFF(V)

Dead Line
Live Bus
Dead Bus
Live Line
6. System Split Element:
Line angle: =Fixed= °, Bus Angle: 2 = Controlled.
Angle Set Pick-up(Deg.) Drop-off(Deg.)

Value(Deg.)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
7. System Split Element:
Angle Set Pick-up(Deg.) Drop-off(Deg.)

Value(Deg.)
8. Split Time:
Set Time (s) Operating Time (Sec)

No Date Due Date
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Commissioning Reference Test Formats
Description: Under/Over Frequency Relay Record No. :
1. General Data And Information
Bay No. : ________________ Aux. Voltage : _______________

Bay Name : ________________ Serial No. : ________________
Manufacturer : ________________ Order No. : ________________
Draw. & Sh. No. : ________________ Conn. Diag. No. : ________________
Contact reset : _________________ No. of contacts : ________________

4 Check Ferrules

1 All contacts checked.
2 All output contacts resistance measured
3 Watchdog Contacts Checked
4 Indication Checked
5 Alarm Contact Checked
6 Trip Contact Checked
4. Relay Setting Range
Frequency :
df /dt :
Time Delay :
NO. of Inputs :
NO. of Outputs:
NO. of LEDS :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Measurement Checks
Apply Measured Apply Measured

%Error %Error
Voltage (V) Voltage (V) Frequency Frequency
Limits: as per application manual page no.
6. Function Check
Pick up / Drop off Test Set t = 0 df/dt = 0
Frequency Actual Frequency –HZ

Set Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Stage-4
HZ
P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O
Tolerance: as per application manual page no.
7. Under Voltage Blocking Checks: -
Set Voltage(V) Pick Up (V) Drop Off (V) % Error
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. df/dt Pick - Up Check:
SET t =0
SETTING:
Normal: 60 HZ
-df/dt +df/dt
Stage Values df/dt Setting (HZ/Sec) df/dt Setting (HZ/Sec)
0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0 0.5 1.0 2.0 5.0
Actual df/dt
1
Pick Up Frequency
Actual df/dt
2
Pick Up Frequency
Actual df/dt
3
Pick Up Frequency
Actual df/dt
4
Pick Up Frequency
Limits: as per application manual page no
9. Combined operational checks for f and df/dt:
Under Voltage Blocking Checks: -
Frequency:
Set Voltage(V) Pick Up(V) Drop Off(V) % Error
Name:
Signature:
Date:
10. Time Delay Check
df/dt =0 (without df/dt for step frequency change)
Setting
Normal: 60 HZ
Frequency Time Delay Actual Time Delay (Sec)

Frequency
Change In Setting
Setting(HZ) Stage: 1 Stage: 2 Stage: 3 Stage: 4
Step (HZ) (Sec)
(U/F Mode) Rated-(Set-1)
Rated-(Set+1)
(O/F Mode)
11. Time Delay Check
df/dt (Gradual frequency change)
Setting Normal: 60 HZ
Time Delay Actual Time Delay (Sec)

Set Act.
Mode Setting
df/dt df/dt Stage: 1 Stage: 2 Stage: 3 Stage: 4
(Sec)
-df/dt
+df/dt
Name:
Signature:
Date:
12. Sequential Operation Check
Frequency Applied Set Time Delay-

Mode Stage Set Frequency -HZ Remarks
(In Step) Sec
1
2
U/F
3
mode
4
1
2
O/F
3
mode
4
13. Contact Checks
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
14. Input Checks
INPUT 1:
INPUT 2: BLOCKING FUNCTION CHECKED:
INPUT 3:
15. LED Checks
LED 1:
LED 2:
LED 3:
LED 4:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
16. Adopted Final Relay Setting
Stage -1 Stage -2
Frequency : Frequency :
df /dt : df /dt :
Time Delay : Time Delay :
Stage -3 Stage -4
Frequency : Frequency :
df /dt : df /dt :
Time Delay : Time Delay :
16.1. Function Check
Frequency picks / up drop off test
Set t = 0 df/dt = 0
Frequency Actual Frequency –HZ

Set Stage-1 Stage-2 Stage-3 Stage-4
HZ P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O P/U D/O
16.2. Time Delay Check
df/dt =0 (with out df/dt for step frequency change)
Frequency Time Delay Actual Time Delay (Sec)

Frequency
Change In Step Setting
Setting (HZ) Stage: 1 Stage: 2 Stage: 3 Stage: 4
(HZ) (Sec)
16.3. df/dt Pick Up Check
Set t =0
Setting:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Normal: 60 HZ
-df/dt
Stage Values
df/dt Setting (HZ/Sec)
Actual df/dt
1
Pick Up Frequency
Actual df/dt
2
Pick up frequency
Actual df/dt
3
Pick Up Frequency
Actual df/dt
4
Pick Up Frequency
16.4. Time Delay Check df/dt (Gradual frequency change)
Time Delay Actual Time Delay (Sec)

Set Act.
Mode Setting
df/dt df/dt Stage: 1 Stage: 2 Stage: 3 Stage: 4
(Sec)
-df/dt
16.5. Under Voltage Blocking Checks: - frequency
Set Voltage(V) Pick Up (V) Drop Off (V) Remarks

No Date Due Date
1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Under / Over Voltage Relay(27/59) Record No. :

Make : Serial No. :

Type/Model No.: Rated Voltage :
Line/Bay : Aux. Voltage :
Panel No. : PTR Used :
Item Description REMARK

2 Verify Connection as per Approved Drawings
3 Check Tightness of all Connections.
4 Test Switch / Plug Checked for Correct Function
5 Case Earthing Checked
6 Check Ferrules

4 Trip Function Checked
5 Opto-isolated Inputs Checked
6 All Output Relays Checked
3.1. Operating DC Supply Current:
DC Voltage DC Current During Fault
LIMIT: (According to the Catalogue page no )
Name:
Signature:
Date:

3.2. Voltage Measurement Accuracy Test
Voltage Terminal Injected Voltage Measured Voltage % Error

Phase
Primary Secondary Primary Secondary
R
Y
B
3.3. Functional testing
3.3.1. Under Voltage Test:
a. PICK-UP / DROP-OFF TEST:
Setting V PickUp V Drop Out V
b. Trip Time Characteristic Test:
i. Inverse Time Characteristic:
TMS Setting Operating Time At Operating Time At

Calculated Actual (sec) Calculated Actual (sec)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

ii. Definite Time Characteristics:
Set Time Operating Time At (sec)
3.3.2. Over Voltage Test:
a. Pick-Up / Drop-Off Test
Setting (V) Pick-Up (V) Drop-Out (V)
b. Trip Time Characteristic Test:
i. Inverse Time Characteristic:
TMS Setting Operating Time At Operating Time At

Calculated Actual (sec) Calculated Actual (sec)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

ii. Deifinite Time Characteristics:
Set Time Operating Time At (sec)
4. LED Checks:
LED no. Configured for Operation checked
4.1. Input/Relay output checks
Inputs
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3
Input 4
Input 5
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Output relays
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
Output 4
Output 5
Output 6
Output 7
Output 8
5. Final Setting
5.1. Under Voltage Test:
5.1.1. Pick-Up / Drop-Off Test:
Setting (V) Pick-UP (V) Drop-Out (V) Remarks
5.1.2. Operating Time Test:
Trip Time Characteristic Test:
a. Inverse Time Characteristic:

b. Deifinite Time Characteristics:
Set Time (sec) Operating Time At
5.2. Over Voltage Test
5.2.1. Pick-Up / Drop-Off Test:
Setting (V) Pick-UP (V) Drop-Out (V) Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5.2.2. Operating Time Test:
Trip Time Characteristic Test:
a. Inverse Time Characteristic:

b. Deifinite Time Characteristics:
Set Time (sec) Operating Time At
Equipment Sl Calibration Calibration

.No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Voltage Regulating Relay- SPAU 341C Record No. :
Bay No. : ________________ Aux. Voltage : _______________

Bay Name : ________________ Serial No. : _______________
Manufacturer : ________________ Order No. : _______________
Draw. & Sh. No. : ________________ Conn. Diag. No. : _______________
Contact reset : _________________ No. of contacts : _______________

2 Verify Connection as per Approved Drawings
3 Check Tightness of all Connections.
4 Test Switch / Plug Checked for Correct Function
5 Case Earthing Checked
6 Check Ferrules

4 Trip Function Checked
5 Opto-isolated Inputs Checked
6 All Output Relays Checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.1. Voltage Measurements:
Measured Values In
Injected Voltage(V) AVR (RTCC Panel)
In Terminal
Expected Voltage (KV) Voltage Displayed In AVR Relay (KV)
3.2. Current Measurements
Injected Measured Values In

Current(A) AVR
In Terminal Expected Current (A) Current Displayed In AVR Relay (A)
Acceptance Norms: Displayed Current & Voltage as per Setting Value
3.3. Operating Value Check
Rated voltage Un: V, CAL∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2
Set Value Operate Value (V) Expectred Value

Cal
Ref.Volt Bandwidth REG
Raise (U1) Lower (U2 ) Raise Lower ∆Us
( Us ) ∆Us
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3.4. Operating time Check ( T 1 )
∆Us = xUn T2 = 0 Un = V Us= X Un
Operating Time INV.dif. LIMIT

Set Time Applied Expected Time(sec)
Operation (sec) Limets S
T1 sec (V)
Definite Inverse Definite Inverse m.sec m.sec
INV.TIME CAL: T1 /2(B-1) B=Ud / ∆Us
3.5. Operating Time Check (T 2)

∆Us = X Un T1 = SEC Un = V Us= X Un
Operating Time INV.dif.

Set Time Applied Expected Time(sec) Limits
Operation (sec) Limets
T2 sec (V) msec
Definite Inverse Definite Inverse m.sec
INV.TIME CAL: T2 /2(B-1) B=Ud / ∆Us
3.6. Operating pulse duration (OPD) …………..
3.7. Under Voltage Blocking U<
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Measured Values
Setting % Un Expected Voltage
Pick Up Drop Out
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Under Voltage Blocking Function: ……………..
3.8. Over Voltage Detection U>
Un = Us = 1 Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = 2% Un
Measured Values
Pick Up Drop Out
Over Voltage Operation………………..
3.9. Over Current Blocking I >
In = A Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Measured Values
Setting I >/ In Expected Current
Pick Up Drop Out
Over Current Blocking Function: ……………..
3.10. Reduce Set Voltage Check
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Raise Voltage Lower Voltage

Set RSV
Actual Expected Actual Expected
3.11. Line Drop Compensation Check: (LDC)
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un Current injected: A
# AT UR & UX=0
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Set
Raise Lower
Copensation REG Cal.∆U
Operate Expected Operate Expected
UR & UX=0
# AT UX =0, Angle between V& I set at 0o for R compensation
Set
Raise Lower
UR Operate Expected Operate Expected
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un + UR
# AT UR =0, Angle between V& I set at 90o for R compensation

Set
Raise Lower
UX Operate Expected Operate Expected
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un +UX
Set
Raise Lower
copensation REG Cal.∆U
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un –UX
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Final setting:
4.1. Operating Value Check
Rated voltage Un : V, CAL∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2
Set Value Operate Value (V) Expectred Value

Cal
Ref.Volt Bandwidth REG
Raise (U1) Lower (U2 ) Raise Lower ∆Us
( Us ) ∆Us
4.2. Operating time Check ( T 1 )
∆Us = xUn T2 = 0 Un = V Us= X Un
Set Operating Time (sec) Expected Time(sec) INV.dif.

Applied Limits
Time Operation Definite Inverse Definite Inverse Limits
(V) m.sec
T1 sec m.sec
INV.TIME CAL : T1 /2(B-1) B=Ud / ∆Us
4.3. Operating Time Check ( T 2 )
∆Us = X Un T1 = sec Un = V Us= X Un
Operating Time INV.dif.

Set Time Applied Expected Time(sec) Limits
Operation (sec) Limits
T2 sec (V) msec
Definite Inverse Definite Inverse m.sec
INV.TIME CAL : T2 /2(B-1) B=Ud / ∆Us
4.4. Operating pulse duration (OPD) …………..
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.5. Under Voltage Blocking U<
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Measured Values
Pick Up Drop Out
Under Voltage Blocking Function: ……………..
4.6. Over Voltage Detection U>
Un = Us = 1 Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = 2% Un
Measured Values
Pick Up Drop Out
Over Voltage Operation ………………..
15.7 Over Current Blocking I >
In = A Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Measured Values
Setting I >/ In Expected Current
PICK UP Drop Out
Over Current Blocking Function ……………..
15.8 Reduce Set Voltage Check
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un
Raise Voltage Lower Voltage

Set RSV
ACT EXP ACT EXP
Name:
Signature:
Date:
15.9 Line Drop Compensation Check : ( LDC )
Un = Us = Un T1=0 T2 = 0 ∆Us = Un Current injected: A
# AT UR & UX=0
Set
Raise Lower
Operate Expected Operate Expected
UR & UX=0
# AT UX =0, Angle between V& I set at 0o for R compensation
Set
Raise Lower
UR Operate Expected Operate Expected
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un + UR
Set
Raise Lower
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un +UX
Set
Raise Lower
CAL ∆Us = (U2-U1)/(U1+U2) *100 & REG=(U1+U2)/2 & UNn=Un –UX
Name:
Signature:
Date:
16 Test Equipments Used:
Equipment Sl Calibration Calibration

.No Date Due Date
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Function Check
FUNCTION CHECK
Description: Functional checks of Bus Coupler
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
This is an example for the Bus Coupler Bay, as per the schematic drawing the contents in this
test format can be modified for another Bus coupler
Panel designation
Manufacture
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections as Per TCS –P–105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

1 Inspect for physical damage / defects Check tightness of all Yes N/A
connections
2 Check tightness of all connections Yes N/A
3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for Yes N/A
4 CT shorting and CT, VT isolating checked Yes N/A
5 Indications checked Yes N/A
6 Check the ferrules as per specification Yes N/A
7 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its Yes N/A
final service location.
8 Panel Earthing checked Yes N/A
9 Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC relevant Yes N/A
specification.
10 Check case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust. Yes N/A
11 Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to Yes N/A
approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
12 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw Yes N/A
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to
the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is
bent at the termination point.
13 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected Yes N/A
14 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit Yes N/A
wires.
15 Disconnectors Manual operation by handle and related interlocking Yes N/A
conditions to be checked
16 Mechanical interlocking between DS & ES to be checked Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130

1 Insulation Resistance Test report of all wires to be submitted Yes N/A
By the contractor prior witnessing and made available
2 DC Power supply and control checked. Yes N/A
3 AC Power supply and control checked. Yes N/A
4 All CB’S, DSW’s and ESW’s should be tested before starting Yes N/A
function check
5 Circuit Breaker, Disconnectors and Earth Switch Open/Close Yes N/A
status checked
4. Circuit breaker closing / tripping blocking conditions:
Item Setting CB blocked status

Description Remarks
Values Closing Tripping
1. SF6 Gas pressure 1st stage
2. SF6 Gas Pressure 2nd Stage
3. CB spring charged condition
4. Anti-Pumping condition
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
5. Single line diagram for test bay
6. Checking of operation and indications
Operation Indication
Equip.
Command ECC ECC Condition Remarks
ref LCC CR LCC CR
(FMK) (FMK)
Service
134
Open/ Test
Close Service
136
Test
Service
Close
130 Test
Service
Open
Test
131A Open/
131B close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
7. Functional and interlocking test for circuit breaker 130
Operation Condition Equipments Status Remarks

Close/open Test Ds 134 & 136 Fo
Close* Service DS 134 & 136 FC
Trip Test & Service Protection Relays Operated As Per Sch Dwg
All checked under normal sf6 gas pressure operating conditions

*Protection Relays Reset, Bus VT Mcb on & Synchronizing condition ok
Note:
FO: Fully Open FC: Fully Close
8. Functional test for C.B Trip & open blocking:
C.B Open Blocking while load transfer in one feeder or more to be connected to two bus
bars which coupled by this bus coupler (130) or load transfer in one feeder or more to be
connected to another two bus bars which coupled by bus section and this bus coupler
(130).
9. Functional and interlocking test for Bus Disconnector 134:

Es 131A & 141A FC
Close/open Test
131B FO
CB130 O
Close/open Service
ES 131A, 131B & 141A FO
Note:
FO: fully open FC: fully close O: open
10. Functional and interlocking test for Bus Disconnector 136

ES 131B & 261A FC
Close/open Test
131A FO
CB130 O
Close/open Service
ES 131A, 131B & 261A FO
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
11. Functional and interlocking test for Earth-Switch 131A

Close/open ------- DS 134 & 136 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
12. Functional and interlocking test for Earth-Switch 131B

Close/open ------------ DS 134 & 136 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
13. Checking of indications
As per the schematic drawings
LCC CR FMK
Sl. No. Events Command
TB No. Status TB No. Status TB No. Status
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
14. Checking of LCC annun, Indication & Alarms: (annunciator-1)
Channel LCC CR
Events Status
no. TB no Status TB no Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D - 130
15. Checking of LCC Annun, Indication & Alarms :( Annunciator-2)
Channel LCC CR
Events Status
no. Tb no Status Tb no Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Note:
All interlock points were checked according to interlocking conditions table which is
Approved by system operation department.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Bus Section
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
This is an example for the Bus Section Bay, as per the schematic drawing the contents in this
test format can be modified.
Panel designation
Manufacture
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspections As per TCS –P–105, Rev -1, Item no 4.1

8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in Yes N/A
secured to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no
part of the wire is bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
wires.
15. Disconnectors Manual operation by handle and related Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
3. Electrical Tests

1. Insulation Resistance Test report of all wires to be submitted Yes N/A
By the contractor prior witnessing and made available
2 DC Power supply and control checked Yes N/A
3 AC Power supply and control checked. Yes N/A
4 Circuit Breaker, Disconnector and Earth Switch Open/Close Yes N/A
status checked
function check
Setting CB Blocked Status

Description Remarks
Item Values Closing Tripping
1 SF6 Gas pressure 1st Stage
2 SF6 Gas pressure 2nd Stage
3 CB spring charged condition
checked
4 Anti-Pumping condition checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
5. Single line diagram for test bay:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
6. Checking of operation and indications:
Equipment
Refrence LCC CR LCC CR
(FMK) (FMK)
Service
124A
Test
Service
124B
Open/ Test
Close Service
226A
Test
Service
226B
Test
Service
Close
120 Test
Open
121A
121B
221A
221B
261A Open/ Independe
261B Close nt
141A condition
141B
7. Functional and interlocking test for circuit breaker 120:

Test DS 124A FO
DS 124B FO
Close*
DS 124 A FC
Service
DS 124 B FC
As per the
Trip Independent Protection Relays Operated
schematic Drawing

* Protection Relays Reset, Bus VT Mcb ON & Synchro0 condition ok
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
** Protection Relays Operated

Note:
FO: fully open FC: fully close O: open C: close
8. Functional Test for C.B trip & Open Blocking:
C.B Open Blocking while load transfer in one feeder or more to be connected to
Two bus bars which coupled by this bus section (120).
9. Functional Test for Bus Disconnector 124A:

ES – 121B & 141A FC
Test
ES – 121A FO
Close/open
ES-121A,121B & 141A FO
Service
CB -120 O
Note:
10. Functional and Interlocking Test for Bus Disconnector 124B:

ES – 121A & 141B FC
Close/open Test
ES – 121B FO
ES-121A ,121B &141B FO
Close/open Service
CB - 120 O
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
11. Functional and interlocking test for Bus Disconnector 226A:

Es – 221B ,261A Fc
Close/open Test
Es – 221A Fo
Es-221A,221B,261A
Close/open Service 1 Fo
Ds- 226B
Es-221A,221B,261A
Close/open Service 2 Fo
Ds -206,406,606 & 236
Es-221A,221B,261A
Close/open Service 3 Ds-106,306,506,706 & Fo
136
Note:
FO: fully open FC: fully close
12. Functional and Interlocking Test for Bus Disconnector 226B:

ES – 221A & 261B FC
Close/open Test
ES – 221B FO
DS-226A,
Close/open Service 1 FO
ES- 221A,221B & 261B
ES-221A,221B,261B
Close/open Service 2 FO
DS -206,406,606 & 236
ES-221A,221B,261B
Close/open Service 3 DS-106,306,506,706 & FO
136
Note:
13. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch 121A:

Close/open ------------ DS 124A & 124B Fo
Note:
FO: fully open
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
14. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch 121B:

Close/open ------------ Ds 124A & 124B Fo
Note:
FO: fully open

Close/open ------------ Ds – 226A & 226B Fo
Note:

Close/open ------------ DS – 226A & 226B FO
Note:

DS – 226A , 106,306,506,706
Close/open --------- FO
& 136
Note:
Operation Condition equipments Status Remarks

Close/open ------------ DS– 226B,206,406,606 & 236 Fo
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
Note:

Close/open ------------ DS– 124a , 104,304,504,704 &134 Fo
Note:

Close/open ------------ DS – 124B , 204,404,604 & 234 Fo
Note:
21. Checking of indications:
LCC CR ECC
Item Events Command
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ] _ _
[ ] [ ] _ _
[ ] [ ] _ _
[ ] [ ] _ _
22. Checking Of LCC, Annun. Indication & Alarms:(Annunciator-1)

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bay D- 120
Lcc CR
Channel no. Events Status
TB No Status TB No Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
23. Checking Of Lcc Annun. Indication & Alarms:(Annunciator-2)
Lcc CR
Channel no. Events Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Note:
Approved by system operation department
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Transformer Bay Record No. :
This is an example for the Transformer Bay, as per the schematic drawing the contents in this
test format can be modified for another Transformer Bay
Panel designation
Manufacture
2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection: As per TCS –P–105 Item no 4.1

3. Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for service, Yes N/A
panel doors, handles...etc
8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its final Yes N/A
service location.
9. Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC relevant Yes N/A
specification.
11. Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to Yes N/A
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the
wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent
at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
13. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against Yes N/A
mal operation due to vibration, shock, etc
14. Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit wires. Yes N/A
15. Disconnectors Manual operation by handle and related interlocking Yes N/A
conditions to be checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. Electrical Tests

1 Insulation Resistance Test report of all wires to be submitted by the Yes N/A
contractor prior witnessing and made available
2 Dc power/ control supply checked. Yes N/A
3 AC Power/ Control supply checked. Yes N/A
4. Circuit Breaker, Disconnector and Earth Switch Open/Close status Yes N/A
checked
5 All CB’S, DSW’s and ESW’s should be tested before starting function Yes N/A
check
Sl no. Setting CB blocked status

Description Remarks
values Closing Tripping
st
1 SF6 Gas pressure 1 Stage
4 Anti-Pumping condition
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Single Line Diagram for the Test Bay:
Upper Bus Bar

Lower Bus bar
---06 ---04
---01Z ---01Y
---05
VT - 1 PH 01X
---- 93
13.8 KV, 800 A
GRID – T-------,
10 Ohms
132 / 13.8 KV NER
---01
S ---- 01
3 –PH VT
S -- 05
13.8 kV BUSBAR
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6. Checking of operation and indications:
Equip.
Ref LCC CR LCC CR
(FMK) (FMK)
Service
Service
--- 04
Service
Close /
open Test
Service
Service
--- 06
Service
Test
Test
---- 05 Close Service
Service
----01Y Close /
Independent
----01X open
condition
----01Z
Close / Independent
S - -01
open condition
Close / Service
S - -05
open Service
7. Functional and interlocking test for circuit breaker ----05:

DS ----04& ----06 FO
Close/open Test
CB- S-----05 Test
DS- -----06 FC
Service-1
CB-S----05 O
Close* CB-S---05 O
Service-2
DS- ------04 FC
Test & LCC,CR,ECC &
Open Operated
service Protection Relays
Name:
Signature:
Date:

* Protection relays should be reset
Note:
8. Functional and interlocking test for Bus Disconnector ----04:

ES---01Y FO
Close/open Test ES –--01Z & 141---(bus
FC
bar earth switch)
CB----05 O
DS----06,
Close/open Service
ES-----01X,---01Y,---01Z, FO
141B & S-----01
DS------06,236 & 234 FC
Bus CB- - 30 C
Close/open
transfer-1 ES-----01X,-----01Y,---
FO
01Z , 141B & S-----01
DS-----06,226A,226B,
FC
124A,124B, -- 36 & -- 34
Bus
Close/open CB- --- 20 & --- 30 C
transfer-2
ES-----01X,------01Y, --
FO
01Z, 141 -- & S-------01
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9. Functional and interlocking test for Bus Disconnector ----06:

ES---01Z FO
Close/open Test
ES----01Y & 261-- FC
DS-----04,
FO
ES----- 01X,----01Y,--01Z ,
Close/open Service
261--- & S-----01
CB---05 O
DS-----04,--36 & --- 34 FC
Bus CB- --30 C
Close/open
transfer-1 ES----01X,-----01Y,---01Z,
FO
261 --- & S---01
DS----04,226A,226B,
FC
124A,124B,--36 & --34
Bus
Close/open CB-230 & --- 30 C
transfer-2
ES----01X,-----01Y,----01Z
FO
,261 --& S---01
Note:
10. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01Y:

DS –---04 & ------06 FO
Close/open ------------
S--------05 Test
Note:
FO: fully open
11. Functional and interlocking test for earth switch ----01x:

DS –----04 & -----06 FO
Close/open ------------
S---------05 Test
Note:
FO: fully open
12. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01z:

Name:
Signature:
Date:

DS –----04 & ------06 FO
Close/open ------------
S----------05 Test
Note:
FO: fully open
13. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch s---- 01:

DS –----04 & ------06 FO
Close/open ------------
S -- 05 Test
Note:
FO: fully open
14. Functional and interlocking test for circuit breaker s --05 :

DS –--- 04 FO
Service 1 DS ---- 06 FC
CB --- 05 C
Close/open
DS ----- 06 FO
Service 2 DS –--- 04 FC
CB --- 05 C
Note:
FO: fully open FC: fully close C: close
15. Checking of operations from FMK panel:
Equipment Operation FMK - TB No. FR Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Note:
16. Checking of indications:
LCC CR ECC(FMK)
Item Events Command
17. Checking of LCC, Annun. Indication &Alarm :( annunciator-1)
Channel LCC CR
Events TB No Status
no. TB No Status Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
18. Checking of LCC, Annun. Indication & alarms: (annunciator-2)
Channel LCC CR
Events Status
no. TB No Status TB No Status
_
_
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Note:
approved by system Operation department
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Feeder Bay Record No. :

This is an example for the spare Bay, as per the schematic drawing the contents in this test
format can be modified for another spare Bay.
Panel designation
Manufacture
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection: As per TCS –P–105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

3. Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness Yes N/A
for service, panel doors, handles...etc
8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor Yes N/A
in its final service location.
part of the wire is bent at the termination point.
wires.
15 Disconnectors Manual operation by handle and related Yes N/A
16 Mechanical interlocking between DS & ES to be checked Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

3. Electrical Tests

1 Insulation Resistance Test report of all wires to be submitted by the Yes N/A
contractor prior witnessing and made available
2 DC Power/ Control supply checked. Yes N/A
3 AC Power/ Control supply checked. Yes N/A
4. Circuit Breaker, Disconnector and Earth Switch Open/Close status Yes N/A
checked
function check
4. Circuit Breaker Closing / Tripping blocking conditions:
Setting CB blocked status

Values Closing Tripping
1 SF6 Gas pressure 1st Stage
4 Anti-Pumping condition
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5. Single Line Diagram for the Test Bay:
UPPER BUSBAR
LOWER BUSBAR
---06
---04
---01Z ---01Y
---05
---03
---01X
---01 ---93 3 –PH VT
6. Checking of Operation and Indications
Equip
Ref LCC CR LCC CR
(FMK) (FMK)
Service/
----04 bus transfer
Open/ Test
Close Service/
----06 Bus transfer
Test
Service
----05 Close
Test
----01Y
----01X Open
---------
/close
----01Z
---- 01 ---------
Service
--- 03
Test
Name:
Signature:
Date:

7. Functional and Interlocking Test for Circuit Breaker ----05:

Test Ds ---03,----04&----06 Fo
Close* Service—1 DS-----03 & ------06 FC
Service—2 DS------03 & -------04 FC

* Protection relays should be Reset & Synchro condition OK
** Protection relays operated
Note:
8. Functional and Interlocking Test for Bus Disconnector ----04:

Test ES ----01Z&141B FC
CB----05 O
Service DS----06, ES---01X,--
FO
01Y,---01Z & 141B
DS----06,236&234 FC
Bus CB-230 C
Close/open transfer-1 ES---01X,----01Y,--01Z
FO
& 141B
DS--06,226A,226B,
FC
124A,124B,136 & 134
Bus
CB-120&130 C
transfer-2
ES---01X,---01Y, --01Z
FO
& 141B
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

9. Functional and Interlocking Test for Bus Disconnector ----06:

Test ES ---01Y & 261B FC
CB---05 O
Service DS-- 04, ES-- 01X,----01Y,--- 01Z
FO
& 261B
DS------04,236 &234 FC
Close/open Bus transfer-1 CB-230 C
ES----01X,----01Y,---- 01Z & 261B FO
DS-----04,226A,226B,
FC
124A,124B,136 & 134
Bus transfer-2
CB-130 & 120 C
ES---01X,-----01Y,----01Z & 261B FO
Note:
10. Functional and interlocking test for Line Disconnector ------03:

ES----01Y FC
Test-1
----01 C
Close / ES-----01Z FC
Test-2
open ----01 C
CB----05,------01 O
Service
ES---01X,---01Y,---01Z FO
Note:
11. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01x:

Close/open ------------ DS----03,----04 &--06 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
Name:
Signature:
Date:

12. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01y:

Close/open ------------ DS –--03,---04 &---06 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
13. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01z:

Close/open ------------ DS –--03,----04 & ----06 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
14. Functional and interlocking test for Earth Switch ----01:

Close/open ------------ HES –--03 FO
Note:
FO: fully open
15. Checking of operations from FMK panel:
Equipment Operation FMK ---- TB No. FR Remarks
Note: FO: fully open FC: fully close
Name:
Signature:
Date:

16. Checking of indications

Sl. LCC CR ECC (FMK)
Events Command
no. TB No. Status TB No. Status TB No. Status
17. Checking of LCC Annun.Indication & Alarms :( annunciator-1):
LCC CR
Channel No. Events Status
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:

18. Checking of LCC Annun.Indication & Alarms :( annunciator-2)
Channel LCC CR
Events Status
No. TB No Status TB No Status
_
_
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Note:
Approved by system operation department
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Relay and control

Record No. :
Panel – Bus Coupler Bay
As Per the Schematic drawings the contents in this Test format can be modified
Note:
The following should be done before starting the activity
1. Approved commissioning copy schematic drawing shall be pre-checked.
2. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be completed and witnessed. All test results
Must be available and signed.
3. Auxiliaries, timers, contactors, pulse units, annunciators, MCB’s … etc.
4. All final settings shall be applied and signed
Panel designation
Manufacture
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection: As per TCS–P-105 Rev -1, Item no 4.1

4. CT shorting checked (Visually) Yes N/A
service location.
specification.
12. Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to Yes N/A
terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the
wire and to the termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent
at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
14. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
3. General Panel Functional Checks : As per TCS–P-105 Item no 5.1

1. Check Output Of Ac Outlet Yes N/A
2. Check Illumination Lamp Yes N/A
3. Check Door Switch Yes N/A
4. Check Heater / Thermostat Yes N/A
4. D.C. Loop:
Measuring X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , ---
Item Points in MCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Relay panel R -------- Control panel ---- Fault Recorder CB operation FMK Remarks Function
Protection Trip CBF Ind / Flag CH Alarms CH Events Trip Close TB as
operated Relay Start Relay Block Expected
50 -51 / 86 Bu 50 / 62 51 / 51N Ch - o/c & E/f FR ----- BC ------- TC 1 & X -----: ---- , - Switch ( ) Yes
50N – 51N BF Protection protection 51/51 N TC 2 (IN/OUT)
Protection operated CH ----- Prot optd “OUT”
position
50 -51 / 50N – 86 Bu 50 / 62 50 / 50N Ch - Inst o/c & TC 1 & X -----: ---- , - Switch ( ) Yes
51N BF Protection Inst E/f TC 2 (IN/OUT)
Protection prot op “IN”
position
50 BF + 62 86 CBF 50 / 62 BF CH -- CBF Prot FR ----- BC ---- TC 1 & X -----: ---- , - ( ) Yes
CBF Breaker optd CBF Prt TC 2
86B -1- CH -----
Fail Optd
& 2 ----
Protection
BB 1 ---- Bus 86 B-1- 50/62 TC 1 & X -----: ---- , ( ) Yes
bar protection CBF TC 2
Trip
BB 2 ---- Bus 86 B-1- 50/62 TC 1 & X -----:---- , ( ) Yes
bar protection CBF TC 2
Trip
U/V 27 VT 1-- Ch - Bus VT#1 X -----: ---- , ( ) Yes
Fail
U/V 27 VT 2-- Ch - Bus VT#2 X -----: ---- , ( ) Yes
Fail
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Event Relay panel R -------- Control panel ---- FMK Remarks Function as
Indication / Flag Relay CH Alarms TB Expected
Breaking path of 74 R1 Ch -- Over current X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision circuit &Earth fault
R1 R1 DC supply fail protection faulty
Breaking path of 74 TRS Ch -- Control supply X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision circuit Fail
TRS (Trip Reset TRS DC supply fail
Supply)
Breaking Path of 74 BF Ch -- CBF Protection X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision Circuit Faulty
CBF CBF D.C. supply fail
Breaking path of 74 IC Ch -- Control supply X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision circuit Fail
Indication supply
Breaking path of 74 TC1 Ch -- Trip Circuit -1 X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision circuit Trip CKT -1 Faulty Faulty
TC1
Breaking path of 74 TC2 Ch -- Trip Circuit -2 X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
supervision circuit Faulty
TC2 Trip CKT -2 Faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Event Relay panel R -------- Control panel K---- FMK Remarks Function as
Indication / Flag Relay CH Alarms TB Expected
BB ------ VT 27 VT ------ Ch -- Bus VT ------ A Failed X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
under voltage
BB ------ under ------- Mcb Off Ch -- 27 VT ------- A Faulty X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
voltage Relay
Faulty
BB ------ VT 27 VT ------ Ch -- Bus VT ------ A Failed X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
under voltage
BB ------ under ------- Mcb Off Ch -- 27 VT ------- A Faulty X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
voltage Relay
Faulty
51 / 51N Faulty ------- Mcb Off Ch -- Over current & Earth X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
Fault protection Faulty
Synchro Check Ch -- Synchro Check Relay X -----: ---- , ---- ( ) Yes
Relay Faulty Faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Event Relay panel R -------- Control panel K---- Remarks Function as

Indication / Flag Relay CH Alarms Expected
R1 DC supply Mcb R1 DC supply fail Ch -- Over current & Earth Fault ( ) Yes
Off protection Faulty
74 R1
Ch -- 27 VT ------- Faulty
Ch 1 -- 27 VT ------- Faulty
DCDB switch off ----- R1 DC supply fail Ch -- Over current & Earth Fault ( ) Yes
off protection Faulty DCDB Mcb Trip
74 R1 Alarm also come in
Ch -- 27 VT ------- A Faulty common panel
Ch 1 -- 27 VT ------- A Faulty
Trip Reset DC supply TRS DC supply Fail Ch -- Control supply failed ( ) Yes
Mcb Off
74 TRS
DCDB switch off ----- TRS DC supply Fail Ch -- Control supply failed DCDB Mcb Trip ( ) Yes
off Alarm also come in
74 TRS common panel
Bf prtn Selector CBF DC supply Fail Ch -- CBF Protection Faulty ( ) Yes
switch supply fail
CBF DC supply MCB CBF DC supply Fail Ch -- CBF Protection Faulty ( ) Yes
off in BB CHZ panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
5. Operation Checks:
From control Remarks

LCC D -- 30 panel From
(k----30) FMK Device Operated Command Operation
-------- Flickering
Indications as
Local/ Remote CR/ECC operation
expected
Remote CR Disconnector -----34 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector -----34 Close
Remote CR Disconnector -----34 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector -----34 Open
Remote CR Disconnector -----36 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector -----36 Close
Remote CR Disconnector ---36 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ----36 Open
C .B ------30 (test & service
Remote CR - Close
position)
C. B -----30 (service
Remote ECC Close
position)
C.B ------30 (test & service
Remote CR Open
position)
Remote ECC C.B -------30 (service Open
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Position)
Remarks
LCC D----------30 Device operated Command Semaphore Operation as
indications expected
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ----31A Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ----31A Open
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ----31B Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch --- 31B Open
Operate from LCC VT Isolator 194A Close
Operate from LCC VT Isolator 194A Open
Operate from LCC VT Isolator 296A Close
Operate from LCC VT Isolator 296A Open
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
6. Circuit Breaker Close Block Check
Control
Synchronism
panel Circuit breaker close blocking protection
check Operation of circuit
(K---30)
CB breaker
Remark
Position By By Syn. CBF BB BK / UP VT--- VT----
BB protn
CR/ECC Manual Relay protn protn protn MCB MCB
---------
Switch ------- ------- -------- --------- -- -- To Expected
CR Test - - - - - - - - Close Close

CR Test - - - - - - - - Open Open
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o N/o On On Close Close
CR Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o On On Close Not close
CR Service On Open N/o N/o N/o N/o On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close O N/o N/o N/o On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o O N/o N/o On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o O N/o On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Off On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o N/o On Off Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - - - Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - - - Open Not open
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o On On Close Close
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
ECC Service Off Open N/o N/o N/o N/o On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close O N/o N/o N/o On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o O N/o N/o On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o O N/o On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Off On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o On Off Close Not close
Note: N/O - Not Operated O – Operate
7. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit (TC - 1) Check
C. B BB protn------- B / up protn ------ Operation Remarks

BB protn --------
position - -- Expected Operated
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
8. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit (TC 2) Check
C. B Bb protn ------ B / up protn ------ Operation Remarks

Bb protn ---------
position - - Expected Operated
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Note: N/O - Not Operated O – Operated
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
9. Annunciation Alarm Check:
Alarm Event K-- ---- control pane (Ann) Fmk ----- panel (TB) Indication Remarks
Note: *Checked by Multimeter
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Panel – Bus Section Bay
Note:
2. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be completed and witnessed.
All test results must be available and signed.
Panel designation
Manufacture
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection As per TCS–P-105,Rev – 1 item no 4.1

1. Check tightness of all connections yes n/a
2. Inspect for physical damage / defects yes n/a
3. Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness yes n/a
4. Ct shorting checked yes n/a
5. Indications checked yes n/a
8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the Yes N/A
floor in its final service location.
10. Panel earthing checked Yes N/A
compliance to approved drawings and equipment /material
lists.
13. For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all Yes N/A
screw terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are
firmly secured to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure
that no part of the wire is bent at the termination point. Check
Ferrules.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
14. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and Yes N/A
15. Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current Yes N/A
circuit wires.
3. General Functional Check : As per TCS–P-105 Item no 5.1

1. Check Output Of 127v Ac Outlet Yes N/A
3. Check Function Of Illumination Lamp Yes N/A
4. Check Function Of Door Switch Yes N/A
5. Check Function Of Heater Yes N/A
4. D.C. Loop
Item Measuring X ---- : ---- , -- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , ---
points in MCB
1
2
3
4
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel -------- Control panel ------ Fault Recorder CB operation FMK --- Function
Protection
Trip CBF Ind./ Close Remarks as
operated CH Alarm CH Event Trip T.B
Relay start Flag Relay Block expected
Over current & FR --- BS -- Switch (in
50- 51/ 51/51N ------
50/62 CH Earth Fault - 51/51N / out ) [ ]
50N -51N 86BU Protection Tc1 & -------- X ----:--,
BF ---- Protection CH -- prot. "out" Yes
protection Op. Tc2
Operated -- Optd position
Inst. Over
50- 51/50N 50/50N ----- Switch (in
50/62 CH current & earth
-51N 86BU protection Tc1 & -------- X ---:--,- / out ) "in" [ ] yes
BF ---- fault protection
protection op. Tc2 position
operated
86CBF FR --- -----
50/62BF ------
CH CBF protection CBF [ ]
Bkr failure 86B----A 50/62BF CH -- Tc1 & -------- X ----:--
---- operated prot. Yes
prot. & ---- B -- Tc2
Opd
BB- ----- A
-----
Bus bar 50/62 [ ]
86B- -A Tc1 & --------
protection BF Yes
Tc2
trip
BB- ----- B
Bus bar 86B --- 50/62 [ ]
Tc1 & --------
protection 2B BF Yes
trip Tc2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ----- Control panel --------- FMK---- Function as

Event Remarks
Indication/flag relay CH Alarm T.B expected
Breaking path of 74R1 Over current& earth
CH --- X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
supervision circuit R1 R1 DC supply fail Fault protection faulty
Breaking path of 74TRS
CH --- Control supply fail X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
supervision circuit TRS TRS DC supply fail
Breaking path of 74BF CH ---
CBF protection faulty X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
supervision circuit CBF CBF dc supply fail --
Breaking path of sup ckt CH ---
74IC Control supply fail X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
IND supply --
Breaking path of 74 Tc1 CH ---
Trip circuit-1 faulty X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
supervision circuit TC1 Trip ckt-1 faulty --
Breaking path of 74 Tc2 CH ---
Trip circuit-2 faulty X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
supervision circuit TC2 Trip ckt-2 faulty ---
CH --- Over current earth
51/51N faulty MCB off X ---:--,-- [ ] Yes
--- fault protection faulty
Synchro check relay Ch --- Synchro check relay
X ---:--,-- [ ] yes
faulty --- faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ------ Control panel ------- Function as

Event Remarks
Indication / flag relay CH Alarm expected
Over current& earth fault
R1 DC supply R1 DC supply fail CH --
protection faulty [ ] Yes
Mcb off
74R1
Over current& earth fault *DCDB MCB trip
DCDB- switch R1 DC supply fail CH ---
protection faulty alarm also come [ ] Yes
off ----- off
74R1 in common panel
TRS DC supply TRS DC supply fail Status indication supply
CH --- [ ] Yes
mcb off 74TRS fail
*DCDB MCB trip
DCDB- switch TRS DC supply fail Status indication supply
CH --- alarm also come [ ] Yes
off ----- Off fail
74TRS in common panel
CBF DC supply
CBF DC supply fail CH --- CBF protection faulty [ ] Yes
pushbutton
CBF DC supply
mcb off in BB CBF DC supply fail CH --- CBF protection faulty [ ] Yes
CHZ panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. Operational check:

LCC D ----- From FMK
panel(k --- ) Device operated Command Flickering Operation
-------------- Indications
Local/ Remote CR/ECC operation as expected
Remote CR Disconnector ---- A Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- A Close
Remote CR Disconnector ----- A Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- A Open
Remote CR Disconnector ----- B Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ---- B Close
Remote CR Disconnector ----- B Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- B Open
Circuit breaker ---------
Remote CR Close
(Test & service position)
Circuit breaker -----
Remote ECC Close
(service position)
Circuit breaker ----------
Remote CR Open
(test & service position)
Circuit breaker ------
Remote ECC Open
(service position)
Remote CR - Earth switch ---- A Close
Remote CR - Earth switch ----- A Open
Remote CR - Earth switch ---- B Close
Remote CR - Earth switch ----- B Open
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Remarks
LCC D ----- Device operated Command
Semaphore indications Operation as expected
Operate from LCC Earth switch 221A Close
Operate from LCC Earth switch 221A Open
Operate from LCC Earth switch 221B Close
Operate from LCC Earth switch 221B Open
6. Circuit breaker close block check
Control
Synchronism
panel Circuit breaker close blocking protection Operation of circuit
Circuit check
(k --- ) breaker
breaker Remarks
By By syn BB BB Bk/up
CR/ position CBF prtn Vt--- Vt--
manual relay prtn prtn prtn
ECC --------- mcb -- mcb To Expected
switch ------- ------ ------ --------
CR Test - - - - - - - - Close Close
CR Test - - - - - - - - Open Open
CR Service On Close N/O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Close
CR Service Off Close N/O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Open N/O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/O O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/O N/O O N/O On On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/O N/O N/O O On On Close Not close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
CR Service On Close N/O N/O N/O N/O Off On Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/O N/O N/O N/O On Off Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - - - Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - - - Open Not open
Ecc Service Off Close N/O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Close
ECC Service Off Open N/O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close O N/O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/O O N/O N/O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/O N/O O N/O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/O N/O N/O O On On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/O N/O N/O N/o Off On Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/O N/O N/O N/o On Off Close Not close
Note: N/O - not operated O – operated
7. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit(TC-1) check:
Circuit Back-up Operation Remarks

Bb protection Bb protection
breaker protection
------ -------- Expected Operated
position ------------
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
8. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit (TC-2) check:
Circuit Back-up Operation Remarks

Bb protection Bb protection
breaker protection
------ -------- Expected Operated
position -------------
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
9. Annunciation alarm check
Alarm Event K ---- control panel(ann) Fmk------ panel(TB) Indication Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Panel For Feeder Bay
Note: The following should be done before starting the activity

2. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be completed and witnessed.all test results
must be available and signed.
Panel designation
Manufacture
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspect As per TCS–P-105 Rev - 1, Item no 4.1

2 Inspect for physical damage / defects Yes N/A
3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for service, Yes N/A
4 CT shorting checked Yes N/A
6 Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked Yes N/A
8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its final Yes N/A
service location.
specification.
10 Panel earthing checked Yes N/A
13 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw terminations Yes N/A
are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the wire and to the
termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent at the termination
point. Check Ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against mal Yes N/A
operation due to vibration, shock, etc
15 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit wires. Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3. General Functional Check As per TCS–P-105 Rev - 1, Item no 5.1

4. D.C. Loop:
Measuring points X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , -- X ---- : ---- , -- X ---- : ---- , ---
Sno in MCB -
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Protection Relay panel ----------- Control panel -- Fault Recorder IT Send CB operation FMK - Remarks
operated Trip CBF IT Ind /flag CH Alarms CH Event 85 S/R Trip Close T.B
relay start send Relay Block
87 C cable 86 50 / 62 85 87 C CH - Main prtn FR ---- FMP optd -------- Check
diff prtn PW BF S/R 86 PW - optd CH ---- TC 1 -------- X--:--,- close LK
optd -
51 /51N 86 50 / 62 85 51 / 51 N CH - Bk up FR ---- O/C + Check
BK up O/C BU BF S/R 86 BU prtn optd CH ---- E/F prtn ------- TC 2 -------- X--:--,- close LK
+ E/F prtn optd -
IT Rcv ------ 50 / 62 ------ 85 S/R CH - IT RCV FR ---- IT Rcv 85
85S/R BF optd CH ---- S/R ------- TC 1 -------- X--:--,- -----------
-------- &TC2 -
50 / 62 BF 86 50 / 62 85 50/62 BF CH - CBF prtn FR ---- CBF prtn ------- Check
prtn RTR BF S/R - optd optd TC 1 -------- X--:--,- close LK
86 B 86 RTR CH ---- &TC2
86B B/B 86 B 50 / 62 85 ---------- ------ --------- ------ Switch
prtn trip BF S/R -- --------- --------- TC 1 -------- X--:--,- (in/out)
------ &TC2 -- “out”
86B Position
86B B/B 86 50 / 62 85 86 RTR ------ --------- ------ Switch
prtn trip RTR BF S/R -- --------- --------- TC 1 -------- X--:--,- (in/out)“in”
86 B 86 B ----- &TC2 Position
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel Control panel FMK Remark Function as

Event ------ ------- ---- expected
IND / Flag relay Channel Alarms TB
Breaking path of 74 R1 Main protection X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit R1 CH ---- faulty ( ) Yes
R1 DC supply fail Inter Trip Send /
Rcv Faulty
Breaking path of 74 R2 Back up prot X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit R2 R2 DC supply fail CH ---- Faulty ( ) Yes
Breaking path of 74 IT Inter trip DC X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit IT IT DC supply fail CH ---- supply failed ( ) Yes
Breaking path of 74 BF CBF protection X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit CBF CBF DC supply fail CH ---- faulty ( ) Yes
Breaking path of 74 TC1 CH ---- Trip circuit -1 X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit TC 1 Trip ckt -1 faulty faulty ( ) Yes
Breaking path of 74 TC2 CH ---- Trip circuit -2 X ----: ----.--
supervision circuit TC 2 Trip ckt -1 faulty faulty ( ) Yes
Relay Reset supply TRS 74 TRS CH ---- Control supply X ----: ----.-- ( ) Yes
Trip ckt – 2 faulty failed
Relay Indication supply 74 IC at ------ CH ---- Control supply X ----: ----.-- ( ) Yes
IC failed
Indication supply CH ---- Control supply X ----: ----.-- ( ) Yes
failed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ------ Control panel ------- FMK ---- Remarks Function as
Event IND / FLAG relay Channel Alarms TB expected
CH ---- Optical line system
Optical cable system 87 C /85 S/R failed X ----: ----.--- Remove fiber ( ) Yes
failed Main protection faulty optic cable
CH ---- Inter trip send/Rcv faulty
Main protection Main protection faulty
faulty 74 R1 CH ---- Inter trip send/Rcv faulty X ----: ----.--- Mcb off ( ) Yes
51 / 51N faulty 74 R2 CH ---- Back up protection X ----: ----.--- Mcb off ( ) Yes
Faulty
IT send relay DC off 74 IT CH ---- Inter trip dc supply faulty X ----: ----.--- Mcb off ( ) Yes
CBF protection faulty 74 BF CH ---- Cbf protection faulty X ----: ----.--- Mcb off ( ) Yes
Synchro check relay Closing LCC supply CH ---- Synchro check relay X ----: ----.--- -------------- ( ) Yes
faulty off Faulty
Switch off DC supply R1 DC supply fail CH ---- Main protection faulty -------------- -------------- ( ) Yes
fail mcb R1 Inter trip send/Rcv faulty ( ) Yes
Switch off DC supply R2 DC supply fail CH ---- Back up protection ------------- -------------- ( ) Yes
fail mcb R2 Faulty
Switch off IT DC IT DC supply fail CH ---- Inter trip dc supply faulty ------------- -------------- ( ) Yes
supply fail mcb
CBF DC supply mcb CBF DC supply fail CH ---- Cbf protection faulty ------------- -------------- ( ) Yes
off in BBCH panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. Operational check:
Local / Remote Switch in local position, no operation from CR & ECC for all equipments is O.K ( ) or
Not O.K ( )

LCC D----- From ----+
panel (k----) Device operated Command Flickering Operation
FMK----- Indications
Local/ Remote CR/ ECC operation as expected
Remote CR Disconnector ----06 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ----06 Close
Remote CR Disconnector ---- 06 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ----06 Open
Remote CR Disconnector ---- 04 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ---- 04 Close
Remote CR Disconnector -----04 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector -----04 Open
Remote CR Line Disconnector----03 Close
Remote ECC Line Disconnector ---03 Close
Remote CR Line Disconnector ---03 Open
Remote ECC Line Disconnector ---03 Open
Remote CR Line earth switch -----01 Close -
Remote CR Line earth switch ---- 01 Open -
Circuit breaker ----- 05
Remote CR Close -
(Test & service position)
Circuit Breaker ----05
Remote ECC Close -
(service position)
Circuit Breaker -----05
Remote CR Open -
Circuit Breaker -------05
Remote ECC Open -
(service position)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Remarks
LCC D --- Device operated Command
Semaphore indications Operation as expected
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -----01X Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -----01X Open
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ------01Y Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ------01Y Open
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -------01Z Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -------01Z Open
Operate from LCC VT isolator ----------93 Close
Operate from LCC VT isolator ----------93 Open
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Control panel Circuit Breaker Close Blocking

Synchronism check
(K---) Protection Operation of circuit
CB
By syn. Main Back-up CBF Bus bar breaker Remarks
position By Manual
CR/ECC Relay protn protn. protn. protn
switch
------ ------ --------- -------- -------- To Expected
CR Test - - - - - - Close Close
CR Test - - - - - - Open Open
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Close
CR Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Open N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close O N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o O N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o O N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o O Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - Open Not open
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Close
ECC Service Off Open N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close O N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o O N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o O N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o O Close Not close
Note: N/o - not operated O – operated
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
7. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit (TC-1) Check:
Circuit breaker Main protn Busbar protn. Inter-trip received Operation Remarks
position ----------- -------------- --------------- Expected Operated
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
8. Circuit breaker Trip Circuit(T C-2) check:
Circuit breaker Bk / up protn. Bus bar protn. Inter-trip received Operation Remarks
position ---------- --------------- -------------- Expected Operated
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Test/service Trip
Note: N/o - not operated O – operated
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Alarm Event K----- control panel(ann1) FMK------ panel(TB) Indication Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Panel For Transformer Bay
As Per the Schematic Drawings, the contents in this Test Format can be modified.
Note:
2. All secondary injection and all components tests shall be completed and witnessed.
All test results must be available and signed.
Panel designation
Manufacture
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection: As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item No 4.1

8. Check panel Earthing Yes N/A
service location.
specification.
3. 12.
G Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to Yes N/A
e approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
n
13. For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw terminations Yes N/A
e are tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the wire and to the
r termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent at the termination
a point. Check Ferrules.
l
14. Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against mal Yes N/A
f
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
unctional check : As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1
Item Description checked

4. D.C. Loop:
Measuring
Item X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , --- X ---- : ---- , ---
points in MCB
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ----------- Control panel -- Fault recorder Hv & Lv CB FMK -- Remark Function
Protection Trip CBF ACSE IND /flag Chan Alarms Ch Event Trip Close T.B as
operated relay start Start relay nel Block expected
87 T Diff 86 T1 50 / 62 X--:--,- 87 T Ch - TR Diff Prtn FR --- GT----- 87T CB –TC1 CB ---- ( )
Prtn 94 T1 BF CH --- optd CB S --- CB S - X--:--,-- Yes
50P /51P 86 T1 TR HV O/C FR ---- GT --- 51S ( )
HV O/C 50 / 62 -------- 50 / 51 P Ch - prtn 50 / 51 prtn CB --TC1 CB ---- X--:--,-- Yes
prtn 94 T1 BF CH --- optd CB S ---- CB S - -
50S/51S 50S/51S TR LV O/C FR --- GT --- 51S -------- ( )
--- 50S/51 94 T2 ------- -------- 50S/51 Ch - + E/F prtn CH --- 50 / 51 prtn CB S ---- -------- X--:--,-- Yes
NS LV NS optd optd
O/C prtn
64 NP HV 86 T2 HV REF Ch - TR HV REF FR --- GT --- 64 CB – TC2 CB – ( )
REF prtn 50 / 62 X--:--,- 64 NP prtn optd NP / 64NS TC2 X--:--,-- Yes
94 T2 BF optd CH --- optd CB S ---- CB S --- -
-
64 NS LV LV REF Ch - TR LV REF FR --- GT --- 64 CB – TC2 CB – ( )
REF prtn 86 T2 50 / 62 X--:--,- 64 NS prtn optd NP / 64 NS TC2 X--:--,-- Yes
94 T2 BF optd CH---- optd CB S ---- CB S - -
51 N 86 T1 50 / 62 Ch -- TR stand FR ---- GT --- 51 CB --TC1 CB ------ ( )
stand BY BF -------- 51 N BY E/F prtn N optd CB S ---- CB S - X--:--,-- Yes
E/F prtn 94 T1 optd CH----
51 NA ------ Neutral CH -- TR neutral ------ ------- ------ FMK -- THIS ( )
neutral ----- ------ O/C O/C alam ----- X--:--,-- alarm Yes
O/C alarm ------ Alarm 51 ------ ------ for com
NA optd panel
50 / 62 BF 86 B CBF prtn FR ---- GT----- cbf CB –---- ( )
breaker 50 / 62 X--:--,- 50 / 62 CH - optd optd Tc1 & CB ---- X--:--,-- Yes
prtn 86 BF BF CH --- Tc2 CB S ---
CBF CB S ---
86B B/B CB –----- Switch ( )
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
prtn trip 86 B 50 / 62 X--:--,- 86 B CH - ---- -------- Tc1 & CB ---- X--:--,-- (in / out Yes
BF -------- Tc2 - ) "out"
--- CB S ---- CB S - position
86B B/B ---- CB ---- CB ------ Switch ( )
prtn trip 86 B 50 / 62 X--:--,- 86 B CH -- -------- -------- Tc1 &Tc2 X--:--,-- (in / out Yes
86 CBF BF --- CB S ---- CB S --- ) "in"
position
96 – 2 86 T2 CH -- TR buch FR ---- GT --- CB – TC2 CB ----- Trip ( )
Buch 94 T2 50 / 62 X--:--,- ------- stage – 2 CH --- Buchholz CB S ---- CB S --- X--:--,-- signal is Yes
surge trip BF prtn optd optd - cutted
K -- after 5
sec
63QP -2 CH -- Tap Change FR ---- CB – TC2 CB ----- Trip ( )
Tap chan 86 T2 50 / 62 X--:--,- --------- Prtn Device -------- X--:--,-- signal is Yes
prot dev 94 T2 BF trip CH---- CB S ---- CB S --- - cutted
trip k -- after 5
sec
26 S TR TR fire prtn FR ---- ( )
fire prtn -------- optd GT --- fire -------- ------ X--:--,-- Yes
optd K --- ---------- -------- -------- CH prtn optd --------- ------
------- CH----
49 T wdg CH -- TR wdg ------ ( )
temp high 94 T1 ----- X--:--,- -------- temp high ----- CB S ----- ------ X--:--,-- Yes
stage - 2 stage – 2
optd ------ ------
Rapid ----- ----- ----- CH -- Rapid ------ ------ ( )
pressure --------- pressure ------ ------- X--:--,-- Yes
rise relay rise relay
trip trip
------
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ----- Control panel --------- FMK---- Function as

Event Remarks
Indication/flag relay Channel Alarm T.B expected
Breaking path of supervision 74R1 Transformer main
CH --- X ---:--,- [ ] Yes
circuit R1 R1 DC supply fail Protection faulty
Breaking path of supervision 74 R2 Transformer back up
CH ---- X ---:--,- [ ] Yes
circuit R2 R2 DC supply fail protection faulty
Breaking path of supervision 74 S2 Transformer mech
Ch ---- X ---:--,- [ ] yes
circuit s2 S2 DC supply fail protection faulty
Breaking path of supervision 74 BF
Ch ----- CBF protection faulty X ---:--,- [ ] yes
circuit cbf CBF DC supply fail
Breaking path of supervision 74TRS X ---:--,-
Ch ----- Control supply fail [ ] yes
circuit trs TRS DC supply fail -
Breaking path of supervision 74TC1 X ---:--,-
Ch ----- Trip circuit-1 faulty [ ] yes
circuit tc1 Trip ckt-1 faulty -
Breaking path of supervision 74TC2 X ---:--,-
Ch ------ Trip circuit-2 faulty [ ] yes
circuit tc2 Trip ckt-2 faulty -
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Relay panel ----- Control panel --------- Function as

Event Remarks
Indication / flag relay Ch Alarm expected
87 T faulty 87T D.C supply ---- MCB off Transformer main protection
Ch --- [ ] yes
50 / 51 P faulty 50 / 51 P D.C supply -------- MCB off faulty
Transformer back up
51 N faulty 51 N D.C. supply ----- MCB off Ch --- [ ] yes
protection faulty
Transformer neutral current
51 NA faulty 51 NA D.C. supply ------ MCB off Ch --- [ ] yes
alarm faulty
50S / 51S – 50NS / 50S / 51S – 50NS / 51NS D.C.supply Transformer back up l.v.
Ch --- [ ] yes
51NS faulty ----- MCB off protection faulty
87 T off
CH -- Tr back up faulty
50 / 51 P off DCDB
MCB trip [ ] Yes
51 N CH -- Tr back up protection faulty
DCDB switch MCB off
50S / 51S – 50NS / 51NS CH -- Tr back up l.v. protection faulty alarm
51 NA CH -- Tr neutral current alarm faulty also
Switch off ------ R2 DC supply fail Transformer back up come in [ ] Yes
CH -- common
DCDB switch off MCB - R2 DC supply fail protection faulty [ ] Yes
Switch off ------ S2 DC supply fail Transformer mech protection panel [ ] Yes
CH --
DCDB switch off MCB - S2 DC supply fail faulty [ ] Yes
Switch off ------ CBF DC supply fail [ ] Yes
CBF DC supply MCB CBF DC supply fail CH -- CBF protection faulty
off in BBCHZ panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. Operational Check:
Local / Remote Switch in LOCAL position, no operation from CR & ECC for all
Equipments is O.K ( ) or Not O.K ( )
From Remarks
control
LCC D ----- From FMK
panel Device operated Command Flickering Operation
----------- Indications
(K-----) operation as expected
Local/Remote CR/ECC
Remote CR Disconnector ----- 06 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- 06 Close
Remote CR Disconnector ---- 06 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- 06 Open
Remote CR Disconnector ----- 04 Close
Remote ECC Disconnector ----- 04 Close
Remote CR Disconnector ----- 04 Open
Remote ECC Disconnector ---- 04 Open
C.B.--- 05(test &
Remote CR Close
service position)
Circuit breaker
Remote ECC Close -
05(service position)
Circuit breaker ------
Remote CR 05(test & service Open -
position)
Circuit breaker -----
Remote ECC Open -
05(service position)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6. 13.8KV SWGR (---------):
Circuit Breaker S------05

Remote CR Close -
Circuit Breaker S------05
Remote ECC Close -
(service position)
Circuit Breaker S-----05
Remote CR Open -
(Test & Service position)
Circuit Breaker S-----05
Remote ECC Open -
(service position)
Remarks
LCC D--------- Device operated Command Semaphore Operation as
indication expected
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ------01X Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -----01X Open
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -----01Y Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ----01Y Open
Operate from LCC Earth Switch ----01Z Close
Operate from LCC Earth Switch -----01Z Open
Operate from LCC VT isolator -----93 Close
Operate from LCC VT isolator ----93 Open
Operate from k----- Earth Switch S-------01 Close/open
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Control
panel Synchronism check Circuit breaker close blocking protection Operation of circuit
Circuit
(k-----) breaker
breaker Remarks
By syn. Lock-out Lock-out CBF Bus bar
CR / position By manual
Relay relay relay protn protn
ECC switch To Expected
------------ ( ---------) (--------) -------- ----------
CR Test - - - - - - Close Close
CR Test - - - - - - Open Open
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Close
CR Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Open N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close O N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o O N/o N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o O N/o Close Not close
CR Service On Close N/o N/o N/o O Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - Close Not close
ECC Test - - - - - - Open Not open
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Close
ECC Service Off Open N/o N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close O N/o N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o O N/o N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o O N/o Close Not close
ECC Service Off Close N/o N/o N/o O Close Not close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
8. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit(TC-1) Check:
Circuit breaker Lock-out relay Operation Remarks

Bus bar protn ------
position -------- Expected Operated
Test/service O; terminal: - Trip Trip
Test/service - O; terminal: Trip Trip
9. Circuit Breaker Trip Circuit (TC-2) check:
Circuit breaker Lock-out relay Bus bar protn Operation Remarks

position ------- ------- Expected Operated
Test/service O; terminal: - Trip Trip
Test/service - O; terminal: Trip Trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
10. Annunciation alarm check:
K------- control panel FMK-------

Alarm Event Indication Remarks
(Ann ---) panel(TB)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of AVC Panel Record No. :

As Per the Schematic Drawings the Contents in This Test Format Can Be Modified
Functional Test Is Carried Out Without Current Circulating Scheme Not Available In AVC Panels
Transformer OLTC data: AVC panel data:
OLTC Type Panel Name:

No of taps Make:
AC supply AC supply:
DC supply DC supply:
Dwg No
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection As per TCS–P-105,Rev – 1, Item no 4.1

Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for Yes N/A
3
Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its Yes N/A
8
Name:
Signature:
Date:


specification.
12 Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance Yes N/A
to approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
wires.
3. General Panel Functional Checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01,Item no 5.1
S. No Description Remarks
1 Check output of ac outlet yes N/A
2 Check illumination lamp yes N/A
3 Check door switch yes N/A
4 Check Heater / Thermostat Yes N/A
5 Check Function Of OLTC Heater Yes N/A
6 Check Function Of Lighting Circuit Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

4. Operation Checks:
OLTC Switch AVC panel AVC panel OLTC switch AVC push button AVC panel ECC
Auto/
Local/Remote CR/ECC Auto/manual Raise Lower Raise Lower Raise Lower Raise Lower Ls step1 Ls step2
Manu
E Pos. Pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos.
Manual
A
CR
Auto
Local A
Manual
A
ECC
Auto
A
E N.pos. N.pos. Pos. Pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos.
Manual
A
CR
E N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. pos. pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos.
Auto
A
Remote
E N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. pos. pos. pos. N.pos. N.pos.
Manual
A
ECC
E N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. N.pos. Pos. Pos. Pos. N.pos. N.pos. Pos. Pos.
Auto
A
Note: E: expected A: actual; Pos: possible; N. Pos: not possible
Name:
Signature:
Date:

AVC panel AVC ECC

Tap Numbers CR/ECC Raise push Lower push Auto raise Auto lower Auto/manual Raise Lower
button button
1 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
2 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
3 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
4 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
Manual
5 CR Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
6 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
7 CR Manual
Auto
Name:
Signature:
Date:

ECC Manual
Auto
8 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
9 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
10 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
11 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
CR Manual
Auto
12 ECC Manual
Auto
13 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
14 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
Name:
Signature:
Date:

15 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
Manual
16 CR Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
17 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
18 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
19 CR Manual
Auto
ECC Manual
Auto
Name:
Signature:
Date:

5. Tap Position Indication Checks
Tap number Tap in OLTC Tap in AVC panel Tap in FMK Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:

6. AVC Panel Indication Checks:
AVC panel FMK ------ panel

Event
Lamp status Remarks Tb Indication Remarks
OLTC manual mode
OLTC auto mode
Tap change in
progress
Load shedding step-1
Load shedding step-2
Load shedding reset *
NOTE: * checked by multimeter
Name:
Signature:
Date:

7. Annunciation Alarm Check
Alarm Event AVC panel(ANN) FMK ----panel(TB) Indication Remarks

OLTC remote off
Tap changer incomplete
Tap changer motor fail
Tap changer oil filter pressure
high
AVC supply fail
AVC remote off

Tap changer oil filter motor trip
Annunciator DC supply fail
(supply1)
Annunciator ac supply fail
(supply2)
Voltage control fail
Note: * checked by multimeter
Name:
Signature:
Date:

8. Load Shedding Checks
Status AVC sheet no Initiation contact device AVC indication FMK continuity test
0% ------- Shorting X ---:--,-- K ---- glow X ----: ---,----
5% -------- Shorting X---:--,--- K ---- glow X ----::----,----
10% --------- Shorting X---:---,---- K ---- glow X ----:-----,----
*
Selector switches K ---- in ECC pos. During test from FMK,

* AVC in auto mode,
* Function is as expected [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional Checks of Medium Voltage
Record No. :
Switchgear Feeder Panel

1 Panel:
2 Breaker serial number:
3 Breaker capacity
4 Rated voltage:
5 Rated current of bus bar:
6 Frequency:
7 Make:
8 Swgr type:
9 Drawing no:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item no 4.1

8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor Yes N/A
10 Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per SEC Yes N/A
12 Check all installed equipment nameplate information for Yes N/A
wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3. General Panel Functional Checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1

1 Check Output Of Ac Outlet Yes N/A
2 Check Illumination Lamp Yes N/A
3 Check Door Switch Yes N/A
4. Dc Loop Test
Loop Loop open due to Supervision relay

function MCB OFF TB Protection Relay FMK ( ) ( ) Expected Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. General operational checks

1 CB Anti - Pumping Checked
2 Breaker Rack In / Rack Out Checked
3 Breaker Mechanical Closing & Opening Checked
4 Breaker Open / Close Flag Indication Checked
5 Manual Spring Charging Checked
6 CB Auxiliary (Open / Close & Test / Serves) Contacts Checked
7 ES Auxiliary Contacts Checked
8 Earth Switch Interlock With Respect To Cb Position Checked
9 Selector Switch Ds1& Ds2 Function Checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6. Checking of CB Rack In
Item Equipment Condition CB Rack In Remarks

E Possible
OFF
1 Breaker A
E Not possible
ON
A
E Possible
OFF
A
2 Earth Switch E Not possible
ON
A
3 Bus bar Earth Switch E Possible
OFF
A
E Not possible
ON
A
4 ** Hv Side Earth Switch And E Possible
OFF
Disconnector A
E Not possible
ON
A
Note: ** Only for Incomers E: Expected A: Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
7. Checking of CB Operation
Control
From 13.8kv swgr From CR From FMK
Selector CB position
Switch Close Open Close Open Close Open
Test E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible
Local A
Service E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not possible
A
Not Not Not Not
Test E Possible Possible
possible possible Possible Possible
A
CR N
o Not Not Not Not
Service E Possible Possible
t possible possible Possible Possible
e A
: E: Expected A: Actual
8. Checking of Trip Circuit Supervision Relays
Relay Breaker condition Event Indication at swgr Remark

Trip circuit faulty E
ON
A
OFF
A
Note: the above event simulated by pulling out all wire as the drawing e: expected a: actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
9. Checking of CB Interlocking
Breaker Lock out Lock Out relay Closing from13.8kv **closing From Closing From
Position Relay Status swgr CR FMK
E Possible Possible Possible
Reset
A
Service
E Not possible Not possible Not possible
Operation
A
E Possible Not possible Not possible
Reset
A
Test
Operation
A
Reset
A E:
Service
Operation
A
Reset
A
Test
Operation
A
Expected A: Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
10. Checking of Protection Tripping
Item Panel Protection, device & contact Tripping of CB Remarks

1
2
3
4 Tripping
5 link
isolator
checked [ ]
11. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Indications
Swgr indication FMK

Item Event Remarks
T.B Status T.B Status
1 CB close [ ] Red lamp glows [ ] Indication
2 CB open [ ] Green lamp glows [ ] Indication
3 CB in test position [ ] White lamp glows [ ] Indication
4 CB in service position :4 [ ] White lamp glows [ ] INDICATION
5 Earth switch close [ ] Yellow lamp glows [ ] Indication
6 Earth switch open [ ] Yellow lamp off [ ] Indication
Checked by continuity
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
12. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Alarms
Swgr Indication FMK Control panel

Item Event Remarks
T.B Status T.B Status T.B Status
1 [ ] [ ]
2 [ ] [ ]
3 [ ] [ ]
4 [ ] [ ]
5 [ ] [ ]
6 [ ] [ ]
7 [ ] [ ]
8 [ ] [ ]
9 [ ] [ ]
10 [ ] [ ]
Checked by Continuity
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional Checks of Medium voltage
Record No. :
Switchgear Incomer panel

1 Panel:
3 Breaker capacity
4 Rated voltage:
6 Frequency:
7 Make:
8 Swgr type:
9 Drawing no:
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for service, panel Yes N/A
doors, handles...etc
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its final Yes N/A
service location.
specification.
13 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw terminations are Yes N/A
tight and that crimp connectors are firmly secured to the wire and to the
termination point. Ensure that no part of the wire is bent at the termination
point. Check Ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against mal Yes N/A
3. General panel functional checks As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01 Item no 5.1

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
4. DC Loop Test:

function MCB off TB Protection relay FMK ( ) ( ) Expected Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. General operational checks:

1 CB anti - pumping checked
2 Breaker rack in / rack out checked
3 Breaker mechanical closing & opening checked
4 Breaker open / close flag indication checked
5 Manual spring charging checked
6 CB auxiliary (open / close & test / serves) contacts checked
7 Es auxiliary contacts checked
8 Earth switch interlock with respect to cb position checked
9 Selector switch ds1& ds2 function checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6. Checking of CB rack in:
Item Equipment Condition CB Rack in Remarks

E Possible
Off
1 Breaker A
E Not possible
On
A
2 Earth switch E Possible
Off
A
E Not possible
On
A
3 Bus bar earth switch E Possible
Off
A
E Not possible
On
A
4 ** Hv side Earth switch E Possible
Off
and disconnector A
E Not possible
ON
A
Note: ** only for incomers E: Expected A: Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
9. Checking of CB operation:
Control selector CB From 13.8KV swgr From CR From FMK

Switch position Close Open Close Open Close Open
Test E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible
A
Local
Service E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not possible
A
Test E Not possible Not possible Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible
A
CR
Service E Not possible Not possible Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible
A
Note: E: Expected A: Actual
10. Checking of Trip Circuit Supervision relay
Relay Breaker condition Event Indication at swgr Remarks

On
A
Off
A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
11. Checking of CB Interlocking
Breaker **closing From Closing From

Lock out Relay Lock out relay Status Closing from13.8kv swgr
Position CR FMK
Reset
Service A
Operation
A
Reset
A
Test Operation
A
Reset
A
Service
Operation
A
Reset
A
Test
Operation
A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Item Panel Protection, device & contact Tripping of CB Remark

1
2
3
4
5
Tripping link isolator checked [ ]
13. Checking of swgr SCADA Indication:
Swgr indication FMK

Item Event Remark
1 CB close [ ] Red lamp glows [ ] Indication
2 CB open [ ] Green lamp glows [ ] Indication
3 CB in test position X&5 [ ] White lamp glows [ ] Indication
4 CB in service position X76 [ ] White lamp glows [ ] Indication
5 Earth switch close X7:7 [ ] Yellow lamp glows [ ] Indication
6 Earth switch open &9 [ ] Yellow lamp off [ ] Indication
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
14. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Alarms:
Swgr indication FMK Control panel

Item Event Remark
T.B Status T.B Status T.B Status
1 [ ] [ ]
2 [ ] [ ]
3 [ ] [ ]
4 [ ] [ ]
5 [ ] [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Medium Voltage

Record No. :
Bus section panel
1. General data and information

1 Panel:
3 Breaker capacity
4 Rated voltage:
6 Frequency:
7 Make:
8 Swgr type:
9 Drawing no:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01,item no 4.1

1 Check tightness of all connections yes N/A
2 Inspect for physical damage / defects yes N/A
3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness for yes N/A
4 Ct shorting checked yes N/A
5 Indications checked yes N/A
6 Contact resistance of tripping and alarm checked yes N/A
7 Check the ferrules as per specification yes N/A
8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its yes N/A
9 Panel earthing checked yes N/A
10 Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per sec relevant yes N/A
specification.
11 Check case cover and gasket for proper seal against dust. yes N/A
12 Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance to yes N/A
13 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all screw yes N/A
bent at the termination point. Check ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against yes N/A
15 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit wires. yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
3. General Panel Functional Checks: As per Tcs–p-105 Rev – 01, item no 5.1

1 Check output of ac outlet yes n/a
2 Check illumination lamp yes n/a
3 Check door switch yes n/a
4 Check heater / thermostat yes n/a
5 Check function of oltc heater yes n/a
6 Check function of lighting circuit yes n/a
4. Dc loop Test

function MCB off Terminal Protection relay FMK ( ) ( ) Expected Actual
Block
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
5. General Operational Checks

1 CB anti - pumping checked
2 Breaker rack in / rack out checked
3 Breaker mechanical closing & opening checked
4 Breaker open / close flag indication checked
5 Manual spring charging checked
6 CB auxiliary (open / close & test / serves) contacts checked
7 Es auxiliary contacts checked
8 Earth switch interlock with respect to cb position checked
9 Selector switch ---- & ---- function checked
6. Checking of CB Rack In
Item Equipment Condition CB rack in Remarks

E Possible
Off
1 Breaker A
E Not possible
On
A
2 Bus bar ----------- earth switch E Possible
Off
A
E Not possible
On
A
Note: ** only for incomers E: Expected A: Actual

Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
7. Checking of CB operation
Control From 13.8kv swgr From CR From FMK

Selector CB position
Close Open Close Open Close Open
Switch
Test E Possible Possible Not possible Not possible Not possible Not possible
A
Not
Service E Possible Possible Not possible Not possible Not possible
possible
Local
A
Test E Not possible Not possible Possible Possible Not possible Not possible
A
CR
Service E Not possible Not possible Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible
A
E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible
Test
Ecc A
E Possible Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible Not Possible
Service A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
8. Checking of D.C. Supervision Relay
Relay Event Indication at swgr Remarks

Protection D.C. supply fail E Flag at ------- coil
---------- A
9. Checking of Trip Circuit Supervision Relay
Relay Breaker condition Event Indication at swgr Remarks

Trip circuit faulty E Flag at -------- coil
On
A
Trip circuit faulty E Flag at -------- coil
Off
A
Note: The above event simulated by pulling out all wire as the drawing E: expected A: actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
10. Checking of CB Closing Interlock
Breaker Lock out Lock out relay Closing from **closing Closing
Position Relay Status 13.8kv swgr From cr From fmk
Reset
A
Service 13.8 k.V. stuck
prot for 86 ------- Operation
A
Reset
A
Test
Operation
A
Reset
A
Service 13.8 k.v. stuck
prot lor Operation
A
86 ---------
Reset
A
Test
Operation
A
E: expected a: actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
11. Checking of bus bar earth switch interlock
Position of CB
Bay
E Possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Service Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Service Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Service Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Service Test Test Test Test Test Test Test
A
Earth
switch E Not possible Test Test Test Test Service Test Test Test Test Test Test
closing A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Service Test Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Service Test Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Service Test Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Service Test Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Service Test
A
E Not possible Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Test Service
A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
12. Checking of protection tripping:
Sr Panel Protection, device & contact Tripping of CB Remark

1 13.8 k.v. Stuck prot for 86 ------ 86 --------
2 13.8 k.v. stuck prot for 86 --- 86 --------
3 33 kv load shedding st ----- ls 81 ------
4 ACSE TOP
Tripping link isolator checked [ ]
13. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Indication:
Swgr Indication FMK

Item Event Remark
T.b Status T.b Status
1 Cb close [ ] Red lamp glows [ ] Indication
2 Cb open [ ] Green lamp glows [ ] Indication
3 Cb in test position X [ ] White lamp glows [ ] Indication
4 Cb in service position 6 [ ] White lamp glows [ ] Indication
5 Bus bar earth switch close X:8 [ ] Yellow lamp glows [ ] Indication
6 Bus bar earth switch open X7: [ ] Yellow lamp off [ ] Indication
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Bus section panel
14. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Alarms:
Swgr. Indication FMK

Item Event Remark
1 Ef 11 off [ ] [ ]
2 Ef 12 off [ ] [ ]
3 Ef 13 off [ ] [ ]
4 Ef 14 off [ ] [ ]
5 Ef 15 off [ ] [ ]
6 Dc supervision drop [ ] [ ]
7 Ef 16 off [ ] [ ]
8 Trip circuit faulty [ ] [ ]
9 Remote off [ ] [ ]
10 F2 (ph + n ) optd [ ] [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No.
Bus Earthing ---------- panel

1 Panel:
3 Breaker capacity
4 Rated voltage:
6 Frequency:
7 Make:
8 Swgr type:
9 Drawing no:
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No.

8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its Yes N/A
specification.
bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and protected against Yes N/A
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No.
3. General Panel Functional Checks As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1

4. Checking of D.C. Supervision Relay
Relay Event Indication at swgr Remarks

E
A
protection, device & Tripping of CB Sec

Item panel Remark
contact & close block
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No.
6. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Alarms
Swgr alarms FMK ( SA )

Sr Event Remark
T.B Alarm T.B Status
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
7. Checking of Swgr. SCADA Indications
Swgr alarms Fmk ( sa )

Item Event Remark
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
[ ] [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No.
8. Checking of Bus Bar Earth Switch Interlock
Position of CB & E sw
Bay
E
A
Earth switch closing E
interlock A
E
A
E
A
E
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Load

Record No. :
Shedding panel
As Per the Schematic Drawings Contents In This Test Format Can Be Modified
Panel designation
Manufacture

3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness Yes N/A
15 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current Yes N/A
circuit wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
3. General Panel Functional Checks As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item no 5.1

4. Functional Check: (section--------)
Events (from Events(from

Function Expected Remarks
Control panel) FMK---- panel)
U/f protection in In/out switching relay
selection k------- will Pick up
U/f protection out K----- Reset and U/F
selection prot. Out lamp H------
will Glow
U/f protection in In/out switching relay
selection k------- Will pick up
U/f protection out K---- Reset and u/f prot.
selection Out lamp H------ will
Glow
U/F prot. Out LS----- &
Lamp test LS------ lamp H-----& H
------ will glow
Dc supply supervision -------- will drop
Dc supply supervision
-------- will drop
(status indication)
13.8kv bus section
--------- will pick up
---------- CB close
U/F tripping relay for Tripping relays -------&
stage-1 --------- will pick up
U/F tripping relay for Tripping relays --------&
stage-2 --------- will pick up
U/F tripping relay for Tripping relay ---------
stage-3 will pick up
U/F tripping relay for Tripping relay ---------
stage-4 will pick up
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
5. Voltage Selection Check
Voltage input Under-frequency relay

Voltage selection
(L------,L--------, L---------) (measured at Terminal)
H--11 H---12 H-3 4 H-- 120 H- 320
Remarks
TR I /c -1 TR I/c -2 TR I /c -3 Bus Tie Bus Tie -------- ------- --------
(x-----:---) Sec- (x---:---) (x----:---) A /B B/C (sec-A) (sec-B) (sec-C)
A Sec- B Sec-- c (---) (----)
110v injected - - Close Close
115v
- - Close Close
injected
- 120v
- Close Close
injected
115v
110v injected - Close Close
injected
115v
110v injected - Open Close
injected
120v
110v injected - Close Close
injected
120v
110 injected - close open
injected
115v 120v
Close Close
- injected injected
115v 120v
Close Open
injected injected
115v 120v
110v injected Close Close
injected injected
115v 120v
110v injected Open Open
injected injected
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
6. Trip Isolation Check : ------------ Under Frequency Relay
13.8KV ----------- section--------------
6.1. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------
Circuit Common Stage-1 Stage-2

Operation
breaker link link link Stage operated Remarks
expected
status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Open Close Close Stage-1 & 2 CB will not trip
CB Close Open Close Stage-1 CB will not trip
S------- Close Open Close Stage-2 CB will trip
in Close Close Open Stage-1 CB will trip
Close Close Close Open Stage-2 CB will not trip
Close Close Close Stage-1 & 2 CB will trip
6.2. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------

breaker link link link Stage operated Operation expected Remarks
status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
6.3. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------

Stage
breaker link link link Operation expected Remarks
operated
status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
6.4. 13.8KV Switchgear H --------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Cb Close Open Close Stage-1 CB will not trip
6.5. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
6.6. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------

Operation
breaker link link link Stage operated Remarks
expected
status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
6.7. 13.8KV switchgear H --------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
in Close Close Open Stage-1 Cb will trip
Close Close Close Open Stage-2 Cb will not trip
Close Close Close Stage-1 & 2 Cb will trip
6.8. 13.8KV switchgear H -------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
6.9. 13.8KV Switchgear H ---------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Open Close Close Stage-1 & 2 Cb will not trip
6.10. 13.8KV switchgear H ---------

status (-----------) (----------) (-----------)
Open Close Close Stage-1 & 2 Cb will not trip
6.11. 13.8kv switchgear Bus section ( h--------) operation by 13.8kv UF Relay -----------
section -----------
Circuit Stage-3
Common link Stage-4 link Stage Operation
breaker link Remarks
(----------) (---------) operated Expected
status (-----------)
Close Open Close Stage-3 CB will not trip
CB s---- Close Open Close Stage-4 CB will trip
in close Close Close Open Stage-3 CB will trip
Close Close Open Stage-4 CB will not trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shedding panel
6.12. 13.8kv switchgear Bus section ( H-----) operation by 13.8kv UF relay ------
Section -----------
Circuit
Common link Stage-3 link Stage-4 link Stage Operation
breaker Remarks
(----------) (-----------) (---------) operated Expected
status
Close Open Close Stage-3 CB will not trip
CB s----- Close Open Close Stage-4 CB will trip
in close Close Close Open Stage-3 CB will trip
Close Close Open Stage-4 CB will not trip
Alarm Event K------ panel(Ann) Fmk------panel(TB) Indication Remarks

U/f protection
operated-
*
13.8kv B/B
sec----------
*
U/f protection *
faulty-13.8kv *
B/B sec------- *
*
Note: *checked by multimeter
8. Remote indication check
Events (from Events Indication

Function Remarks
control panel) (FMK----- panel) (FMK---------- panel)
U/f protection 13.8kv
Press PB ------ *
B/B sec ---------- in
U/f protection 13.8kv
Press PB ------- *
B/B sec--------- out
Note: * Checked by Multimeter

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional Checks of DCDB Panel Record No. :
Panel designation Circuit ref

Serial no Type
Manufacture Range
Dwg & sch no Class
Panel no
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev - 01 Item no 4.1

lists.
secured to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure that
no part of the wire is bent at the termination point. Check
Ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and Yes N/A
circuit wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. General Panel Functional Check: As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01,Item no 5.1

5 Identification label for each compartment is fixed properly Yes N/A
6 Manual spring charging operation Yes N/A
7 Circuit breaker manual closing by Push button Yes N/A
8 Circuit breaker manual opening by Push button Yes N/A
9 Check under voltage relay operation Yes N/A
10 Check over current relay operations Yes N/A
4. Electrical Operation Test

1 Electrical spring charging motor operation
2 Circuit breaker closing by local & remote electrical operation
3 Circuit breaker opening by local & remote electrical operation
4 Circuit breaker emergency trip checked
5 Circuit breaker close interlock verified as per drawing
6 Circuit breaker “ON “ indication checked
7 Circuit breaker “OFF “ indication checked
8 Circuit breaker “TRIP “ indication checked
9 Cubicle illumination lamp circuit checked
10 Cubicle heater circuit checked
11 All contactor & relay operation is checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Auto / Manual Change Over Operation
5.1. Auto Mode
Item Condition Q - 101 Q - 103 Q - 102

Incomer - 1 Bus Section Incomer - 2
1 Normal Closed Opened Closed
2 >v at incomer - 1 Opened after 3 Closed After T = Closed
sec 3 Sec delayed
time after I /C –1
CB opened
3 V return to bus bar 1 Closed after 15 Opened After Closed
minutes same 15 min
4 > v at incomer – 2 Closed Closed After T = Opened after 3 s
3 Sec delayed
time after I /C –2
CB opened
5 V return to bus bar 2 Closed Opened After Closed after 15
same 15 min min
6 > v at incomer 1 & incomer 2 Opened Opened Opened
7 O / C at I / C -1 Tripped Opened Close
8 O / C at I / C - 2 Closed Opened Tripped
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5.2. Manual Mode
Item Condition Q - 101 Q - 103 Q - 102

Incomer - 1 Bus section Incomer - 2
2 >v at incomer - 1 Opened after 3 s Closed by Closed
push-button
3 V return to bus bar 1 Closed after 15 min by Opened by Closed
pressing push-button push button
4 > v at incomer – 2 Close Closed by Opened after 3 s
push-button
5 V return to bus bar 1 Close It can be After 15 minutes it
opened by can be closed by
pressing push pressing push
button button
6 > v at incomer 1 & Opened Open Opened
incomer 2
7 O / C at I / C -1 Tripped Open Close
8 O / C at I / C - 2 Close Open Tripped
9 O / C at I / C – 1 & 2 Tripped Open Tripped
6. ACDB Auxiliary Circuit Check
Item Circuit Details Cable Size Breaker Size From Circuit To Circuit Remarks
Name:
Signature:
Date:
7. Annunciation:
Panel Ref :
Unit Name:
Alarm Time Color of

Output Fmk
the Led
Item Description Input Cont TB
Indication Audible Set Meas Red /
Oper no.
yellow
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
7.1. Dc supply fail checked:
7.2. Aux. Ac supply fail checked:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional Checks of ACDB Panel Record No. :
As per the schematic drawings the contents in this test format can be modified
Panel designation Circuit ref

Serial no Type
Manufacture Range
Dwg & sch no Class
Panel no
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection as per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

4 Ct shorting checked Yes N/A
8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in Yes N/A
9 Panel earthing checked Yes N/A
10 Confirm that panels are constructed and wired as per sec Yes N/A
part of the wire is bent at the termination point. Check ferrules.
15 Use of ring type terminals for wire termination for current circuit yes n/a
wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. General Panel Functional Checks : As Per Tcs–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1

1 Check output of ac outlet Yes N/A
2 Check illumination lamp Yes N/A
3 Check door switch Yes N/A
4 Check heater / thermostat Yes N/A
5 Identification label for each component is fixed properly Yes N/A
6 Manual spring charging operation Yes N/A
7 Circuit breaker manual closing by push button Yes N/A
8 Circuit breaker manual opening by push button Yes N/A
.
4. Electrical Operation Test

1 Electrical spring charging motor operation
2 Circuit breaker closing by local & remote electrical operation
3 Circuit breaker opening by local & remote electrical operation
4 Circuit breaker emergency trip checked
5 Circuit breaker close interlock verified as per drawing
6 Circuit breaker “on “ indication checked
7 Circuit breaker “off “ indication checked
8 circuit breaker “trip “ indication checked
9 Cubicle illumination lamp circuit checked
10 Cubicle heater circuit checked
11 All contactor & relay operation is checked
5. Interlock Test
Item Condition Q – Ax bus - 1 Q – Cx bus coupler Q – Bx bus - 2

2 >v at bus - 1 Opened Closed Closed
3 > v at bus - 2 Closed Closed Opened
4 > v at bus -1 & bus - 2 Opened Opened Opened
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6. Dc Scheme Check:

1 Dc MCB function
2 All protection relays and auxiliary relays function checked
3 Q10x,q10y&q10z close/open function checked
4 All breaker close/open status indication checked
5 All breakers motor spring charging operations verified
6 Auxiliary supply change over checked
7 Auto/manual selector switch function checked
8 Breaker control switch function checked
9 Over current, under voltage & over voltage trip checked
7. DCDB Auxiliary Circuit Check
Item Circuit details Cable size Breaker size From circuits To Remarks
circuits
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. Annunciation:
Panel Ref:
Unit name:
Alarm Time Colour of

O/p
Fmk the led
Item Description I/P Con
Indication Audible Set Mea TB no. Red /
Oper
yellow
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
8.1. Dc supply fail checked:
8.2. Aux. Ac supply fail checked:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9. Battery charger tests:
9.1. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection

1 Inspection for physical damage / defects
2 Check name plates information for correctness
3 Check tightness of all external wiring and cabling connections
4 Verify all panel mounted devices supplied and installed per app dwgs
4.1 Meters
4.2 Switches
4.3 Push buttons
4.4 Indicating lamps
9.2. Electrical Tests:
9.2.1. Insulation resistance tests ( 500 V)
Incoming power cables: in ohms
Outgoing power cables: in ohms
9.2.2. Charging voltage adjustments:
Mode of charge Setting Range

1
2
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9.2.3. Voltage regulation & efficiency test:
Output Output voltage Input Input Efficiency

load % Current Float Boost Voltage Current %
No load
50
100
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Bus Bar
Record No. :
Protection Panels and CBF Scheme Checks
Panel Designation
Serial No
Manufacture
Dwg & Sch No
Panel No
2. Mechanical Check and Visual Inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item no 4.1

8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the Yes N/A
floor in its final service location.
lists.
13 For all internal and external panel wiring, confirm that all Yes N/A
screw terminations are tight and that crimp connectors are
firmly secured to the wire and to the termination point. Ensure
that no part of the wire is bent at the termination point. Check
Ferrules.
14 Check that panel equipment is mounted securely and Yes N/A
circuit wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3. General panel functional checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item no 5.1 & 5.7

4. DC Loop Test
Loop Loop Open Due to Supervision Relay

Function MCB TB Protection FMK ( ) ( ) Expected Actual
off Relay
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
5. Single Line Diagram
230
234 236
130
134 136
BB SEC 2A BB SEC 2B UPPER BUS
226A 226B BB SEC 1B

BB SEC 1A LOWER BUS
406
306 124A
206 404
304 124B
106 104 204
120
205 405
305 105
UGF GRID T1 UGF GRID T2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 1A
Discrimination zone Check zone Trip initiate

In/Out CT 87B In/Out CT 87B-CH Expected Actual
supervision status supervision
In Healthy Operated In Healthy Operated Yes
In Healthy Operated Out Healthy ------ Yes
In Healthy Operated In Un healthy Not Yes
operated
Out Healthy ------ In Healthy Operated Yes
Out Healthy ------ Out Healthy ------ NO
Out Healthy ------ In Un healthy Not No
operated
In Un healthy Not In Healthy Operated Yes
operated
In Un healthy Not Out Healthy ------ NO
operated
In Un healthy Not In Un healthy Not No
operated operated
Note:
1. Observe R130 86B-1A / 86B-2A. For zone 1A / 2A trip indication.
2. Observe R130 86B-1B / 86B-2B. For zone 1B / 2B trip indication.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
7. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 2A:

operated
Out Healthy ------ Out Healthy ------ No
operated
operated
In Un healthy Not Out Healthy ------ No
operated
operated operated
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
8. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 1B:

operated
operated
operated
operated
operated operated
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
9. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 2B:

operated
operated
operated
operated
operated operated
Note:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
10. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 1A & 2A (130, 120, &230) are Open
Check Zone operation Condition is simulated:
Bus bar protection Bay bus Disconnector 86B (1A) 86B(2A)

zone operation position Expected Actual Expected Actual
104 Open N.OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP
106 Open N.OP N.OP
1A Close N.OP N.OP
(87B 1A) 304 Open N.OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP
306 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
104 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
106 Open N.OP N.OP
2A Close N.OP OP
(87B 2A) 304 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
306 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP OP
Note: N.OP = Not Operated, OP = Operated.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
11. Functional checks of Discrimination Zone 1B & 2B (130, 120, &230) are open
Check Zone operation Condition is simulated
Bus bar protection Bay bus disconnector 86B (1B) 86B(2B)

zone operation position Expected Actual Expected Actual
204 Open N.OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP
206 Open N.OP N.OP
1B Close N.OP N.OP
(87B 1B) 404 Open N.OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP
406 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
204 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
206 Open N.OP N.OP
2B Close N.OP OP
(87B 2B) 404 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP
406 Open N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP OP
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
12. Functional checks of Discrimination Zone 1A & 2A with the following conditions,
Bus coupler (i.e., 134,136 &130) closed and (120 & 130) are open:
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1A) 86B(2A) Bus Coupler 130
protection disconnector Expected Actual Expected Actual 86B(1A) 86B(2A)
zone operation position
104 Open N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP OP N.OP
1A Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
(87B 1A) 104&106 OP OP OP OP
closed
Close OP N.OP OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
304&306 OP OP OP OP
closed
104 Open N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
2A Close N.OP OP N.OP OP
(87B 2A) 104&106 OP OP OP OP
closed
Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
Close N.OP OP N.OP OP
304&306 OP OP OP OP
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
13. Functional checks of Discrimination Zone 1B & 2B with the following conditions,
Bus coupler (i.e., 234,236 &230) closed and (120 &130) are open:
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1B) 86B(2B) Bus Coupler 230
protection disconnector Expected Actual Expected Actual 86B(1B) 86B(2B)
zone position
operation
Clos OP N.OP OP N.OP
e
1B 206 Open N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
(87B 1B) Clos N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
e
204&206 OP OP OP OP
closed
Clos OP N.OP OP N.OP
e
Clos N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
e
404&406 OP OP OP OP
closed
Clos N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
e
2B 206 Open N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
(87B 2B) Clos N.OP OP N.OP OP
e
204&406 OP OP OP OP
closed
Clos N.OP N.OP N.OP OP
e
Clos N.OP OP N.OP OP
e
404&406 OP OP OP OP
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Note: N.OP = Not Operated, OP = Operated
130,120.226A, 226B closed and 230 is open
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1A) 86B(2A) Bus coupler Bus section Any feeder
protn disconnector 130 120 connected
zone position to 2B
operation E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2B
(1A) (2A) (1A) (1B)
104 Open N.op N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op
Close Op N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op
1A Close N.op N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op
(87B 1A) 104&106 Op Op Op Op Op N.op Op
closed
Close Op N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op
Close N.op Op Op N.op Op N.op N.op
304&306 Op Op Op Op Op N.op Op
closed
104 Open N.op N.op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
Close N.op N.op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
Close N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
closed
2A 304 Open N.op N.op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
(87B 2A) Close N.op N.op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1B) 86B(2B) Bus coupler Bus section Any
protn disconnecto 130 120 feeder
zone r position connecte
operation d to 2A
E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2A
(1A) (2A) (1A) (1B)
204 Open N.op N.op N.op N.op N.op Op N.op
Close Op N.op N.op N.op N.op Op N.op
1B Close N.op N.op N.op N.op N.op Op N.op
(87B 1B) 204&206 Op Op N.op Op N.op Op Op
closed
Close Op N.op N.op N.op N.op Op N.op
Close N.op N.op N.op N.op N.op Op N.op
404&406 Op Op N.op Op N.op Op Op
closed
2B Close N.op Op N.op Op N.op N.op Op
(87B 2B) 204&206 Op Op N.op Op N.op Op Op
closed
404&406 Op Op N.op Op N.op Op Op
closed
Note: N.OP = Not Operated, OP = Operated,
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
16. Functional Checks of Discrimination Zone 1A & 2A With the Following Conditions,
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1A) 86B(2A) Bus coupler 230 Bus section Any
protn disconnecto 120 feeder
zone r position Connect
operation ed to 2B
E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2B
(1B) (2B) (1A) (1B)
104 Open N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
Close OP N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
1A Close N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
(87B 1A) 104&106 Op Op N.op Op Op N.op Op
closed
Close OP N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
Close N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
304&306 Op Op N.op Op Op N.op Op
closed
104 Open N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
2A Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
(87B 2A) 104&106 Op Op N.op Op Op N.op Op
closed
Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
304&306 Op Op N.op Op Op N.op Op
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1B) 86B(2B) Bus coupler 230 Bus section Any
protec-tion disconn 120 feeder
zone Ector connect
operation position ed to 2A
E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2A
(1B) (2B) (1A) (1B)
20 Open N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
4 Close OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
1B 6 Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
(87B 1B) 204&206 Op Op Op Op N.op Op
closed op
4 Close OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
6 Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP
404&406 Op Op Op Op N.op Op Op
closed
4 Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
2B 6 Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
(87B 2B) 204&206 Op Op Op Op N.op Op Op
closed
4 Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
6 Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP OP
closed
N.OP = Not Operated, OP = Operated
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1A) 86B Bus Coupler Bus Coupler Any
protection disconnecto (2A) 130 230 feeder
zone r position connec
operation ted to
2B
E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2B
(1A) (2A) (1B) (2B)
10 Open N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP
4 Close OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP
1A 6 Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP
(87B 1A) 104&106 Op Op Op Op N.op Op Op
closed
4 Close OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP
6 Close N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP N.OP N.OP
closed
10 Open N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
4 Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
2A 6 Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
(87B 2A) 104&106 Op Op Op Op N.op Op Op
closed
4 Close N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
6 Close N.OP OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Bus bar Bay bus 86B (1B) 86B Bus coupler Bus coupler Any feeder
protection disconnecto (2B) 130 230 connected
zone r position to 2A
operation E A E A 86B 86B 86B 86B 86 2A
(1A) (2A) (1B) (2B)
204 Open N.op N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
Close Op N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
1B Close N.op N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
(87B 1B) 204&206 Op Op N.op Op Op Op Op
closed
Close Op N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
Close N.op N.OP N.OP N.OP OP N.OP N.OP
404&406 Op Op N.op Op Op Op Op
closed
204 Open N.op N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
Close N.op N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
2B Close N.op OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
(87B 2B) 204&206 Op Op N.op Op Op Op Op
closed
Close N.op N.OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
Close N.op OP N.OP OP N.OP OP OP
404&406 Op Op N.o Op Op Op Op
closed p
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
20. BB Protection/ CBF Scheme Check (1A&2A)
Protection Bay bus 50/62 86 CBF 86B Bus bar Bus bar
zone disconnector BFOperate zone 1A trip zone 2A trip
position E A E A E A E A
104 Open
Close
106 Open
1A Close
104&106
closed
304 Open
Close
306 Open
Close
304&306
closed
104 Open
Close
106 Open
2A Close
104&106
closed
304 Open
Close
306 Open
Close
304&306
closed
Note: E = Expected, A = Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
21. BB Protection/ CBF Scheme Check (1B & 2B )
Protection Bay bus 50/62 BF 86 CBF 86B Bus bar Bus bar
zone disconnector position Operate zone 1B zone 2B
trip trip
E A E A E A E A
204 Open
Close
206 Open
1B Close
204&206 closed
404 Open
Close
406 Open
Close
404&406 closed
204 Open
Close
206 Open
2B Close
204&206 closed
404 Open
Close
406 Open
Close
404&406 closed
Note: E = Expected, A = Actual
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
22. CBF of 130 operation :
Operation status CB 120 CB 230 BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn

Trip trip zone 1A zone 2A zone 1B zone 2B
Trip Trip trip Trip
230,120, E N.op N.op Op Op N.op N.op
226 A,226 B
A
open
120 closed, 226 E Op N.op Op Op N.op N.op
A,226 B & 230
A
open
120 open, 226 E N.op Op Op Op N.op Op
A,226 B & 230 A
closed
23. CBF OF 230 Operation
Operation status CB 120 CB 130 BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn

Trip trip zone 1A zone 2A zone 1B zone 2B
trip Trip trip Trip
130,120, E N.OP N.OP OP OP N.OP N.OP
226 A,226 B
A
open
120 closed, 226 E OP N.OP OP OP N.OP N.OP
A,226 B & 130
A
open
120 OPEN, 226 E N.OP OP OP OP N.OP OP
A,226 B & 130 A
closed
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
24. CBF of 120 Operation
Operation CB CB 230 trip BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn BB prtn

status 120 zone 1A zone 2A zone 1B zone 2B
Trip trip Trip trip Trip
230,130, E N.op N.op Op N.op Op N.op
226 A,226
A
B open
130closed E Op N.op Op N.op Op N.op
226 A,226
A
B & 230
open
130 open, E N.op Op Op N.op Op N.op
226 A,226 A
B & 230
closed
130 & 230 E Op Op Op N.op Op N.op
closed A
25. Auto Reset Scheme Checking:
Feeder Zone Trip relay operate Trip relay reset

1A 2A 1B 2B E A E A
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of ACSE /ABTS
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
Panel designation
Serial no
Manufacture
Dwg & sch no
Panel no

8 Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in Yes N/A
wire is bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
3. General panel functional checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1 & 5.9

4. Single line diagram

Upper Bus
Lower Bus
GT -1 GT - 2 GT - 3
S1105 (I/C-1) S1205 (I/C-2) S 3405(I/C-3)
13.8KV Bus
S120 (B/S – 1) Tested by S320 (B/S –Witnessed

2) by
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
5. Definitions
5.1. GT1 in service if;
GT1 13.8kv VT on and (504 & 505 closed) or (506 & 505 closed)
S1105 Drawn in, closed and not opens
5.2. GT2 in service if:
S1205 Drawn in, closed and not open.
5.3. GT3 in service if:
S3405 Drawn in, closed and not open
5.4. 13.8KV Bus A energized under the following conditions:
Condition 1.1 satisfied

Or
Condition 1.2 satisfied along with s120 drawn in and closed
Or
S320 & S120 drawn in, closed along with def.3 satisfied
5.5. 13.8kv Bus B energized under the following conditions:

Or
Condition 1.1 satisfied along with s120 drawn in & closed
Or
5.6. 13.8kv Bus C energized under the following conditions:

Or
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
Or
Condition 1.1 satisfied along with s120 & s320 drawn in and closed
5.7. GT1 on standby if
(504 & 505 closed) or (506 & 505 closed)

And
S1105 drawn in and open
And
GT1 13.8kv VT on
5.8. GT2 on standby if
(104 & 105 closed) or (106 & 105 closed)

And
S1205 drawn in and open
And
GT2 13.8kv VT on
5.9. GT3 on standby if:
(404 & 405 closed) or (406 & 405 closed)

And
S3405 draw in and open
And
GT3 13.8kv VT on
5.10. Parallel operation:
If S120 & S320 closed with two of the GT Transformers in service

with the Third one as standby.
5.11. Independent operation:
If S120 or S320 open or both open and three transformers are in service.
6. Timer’s settings:
Closing pulse: 500 ms

Opening pulse: 500 ms
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
ACSE sequence time-out: 150 s

TOP timer: 60 S
7. Sequence 01: “Fault Section – A, GT2 on standby”
 Parallel Operation (S120, S320 closed)

 GT1 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT2 on standby
Protection Actions
GT1 Transformer protection operation 505 trip (Except for WDG. Temp. Stage 2)
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S1105 trip and S1205 auto close, etc
WDG. according to the protection requirement
Tem. Stage – 2, Buchholz, OLTC, CBF,
HV
BB, PRD, etc according to the protection
requirement)
13.8kv stuck breaker protection operation S1105 & S120 trip and S1205 auto close
Control panel indication:
1. Initial stage : GT2 standby on

2. During sequence : ACSE in progress
3. Completion of sequence : GT2 standby off, ACSE failed (on or off)
 Parallel operation (S120, S320 closed)

 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT1 on standby
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S1105 remain open and no auto close,
WDG. etc according to the protection
Tem. Stage – 2, Buchholz, OLTC, CBF, requirement
HV
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
requirement)
S1105 remain open & S120 trip and no
13.8kv stuck breaker protection operation
auto close

2. During sequence : N/A
3. Completion of sequence: GT1 standby off

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 on standby
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)

10. Sequence 04: “Fault Section – A, Bus section A/B S120 open”
 Independent operation (S120 open & S320 closed)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
Protection Actions
Tem. Stage – 2, Bucholz, OLTC, CBF,
HV
requirement)
S1105 trip & S120 remain open and no
auto close
1. Initial stage : GT1 standby off, GT2 standby off, GT3 standby off
2. During sequence : ACSE in progress (in gt protection only)
3. Completion of sequence : ACSE failed (on or off)
11. Sequence 05: “Fault Section – A, Bus section B/C S320 open”
 Independent operation (S120 closed & S320 open)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
S1105 trip & S120 trip and S320 auto
close
1. Initial stage : GT1 standby off, gt2 standby off, gt3 standby off
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
12. Sequence 06: “Fault Section – A, Bus section A/B S120 & bus section B/CS320 open”
 Independent operation (S120 open & S320 open)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
GT1 Transformer protection operation 505 trip (Except for WDG. Temp. STAGE
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, 2)
WDG. & S1105 trip and S120 & S320
Tem. Stage – 2, Bucholz, OLTC, CBF, autoclose, etc according to the protection
HV requirement
requirement)
S1105 trip & S120 remain open and
S320 auto close

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
13. Sequence 07: “Fault Section – B, GT3 on standby”

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 on standby
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
S1205, S120 & S320 trip and S3405 auto
close

Parallel operation (S120, S320 closed)

 GT1 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT2 on standby
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S1205 remain open and no autoclose,
HV
requirement)
S1205 remain open and S120 & S320 trip
and no autoclose
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel

3. Completion of sequence : GT2 standby on

 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT1 on standby
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
S1205, S120 & S320 trip and S1105 auto
close

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
16. Sequence 10: “Fault Section – B, bus section A/B S120 open”

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
S1205 & S320 trip & S120 remain open
and no auto close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
17. Sequence 11: “Fault Section – B, bus section B/C S320 open”
 Independent operation (S120 closed & S320 open)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 on standby
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
13.8kv stuck breaker protection S1205 & S120 trip and S320 remain open
operation and no auto close
2. During sequence : ACSE in progress (in GT protection only)
18. Sequence 12: “Fault Section – B, bus section A/B S120 & bus section B/C S320 open ”
 Independent operation (S120 open & S320 open)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S1205 trip and S120 & S320 auto close,
HV
requirement)
S1205 trip and S120 & S320 remain open
and no auto close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
19. Sequence 13: “Fault Section – C, GT2 on standby”
 Parallel operation (S120 & S320 closed)

 GT1 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT2 on standby
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S3405 trip and S1205 autoclose, etc
HV
requirement)
13.8kv stuck breaker protection operation S3405 & S320 trip and S1205 autoclose


 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 on standby
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S3405 remain open and no auto close,
HV
requirement)
S3405 remain open & S320 trip and no
auto close

3. Completion of sequence : GT3 standby off

 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
 GT1 on standby
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)

Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
22. Sequence 16: “Fault Section – C, bus section A/B S120 open”

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
13.8kv stuck breaker protection operation S3405 trip and S120 auto close
23. Sequence 17: “Fault Section – C, bus section B/C S320 open”
Independent operation (S120 closed & S320 open)

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
HV
requirement)
S3405 trip and S320 remain open and no
auto close
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel

24. Sequence 18: “Fault Section – C, bus section A/B S120 & bus section B/C S320 open”

 GT1 in service
 GT2 in service
 GT3 in service
Protection Actions
(Differential, HV REF, LV REF, TR fire, & S3405 trip and S120 & S320 auto close,
Tem. Stage – 2, Bucholz, OLTC, CBF, requirement
HV
requirement)
S3405 trip & S320 remain open and S120
auto close
25. Sequence 19: “Interlock between the five 13.8kv C.Bs”
S1105 S1205 S3405 S120 S320

C1 C C C C
C C1 C C C
C C C1 C C
C C C C1 C
C C C C C1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
All CB’s drawn in Breakers as shown “c” kept closed .closing interlock “C1” preventing
operation (close) observed as indicated.
26. Sequence 20: ‘trip ON Parallel (TOP.)”
TOP P.B S1105 S1205 S3405 S120 S320 TOP ind

S1205 O/MC C/AT C C C OK
S3405 C O/MC C/AT C C OK
S120 C C O/MC C/AT C OK
S320 C C C O/MC C/AT OK
S1105 C/AT C C C O/MC OK
O/MC → Initial Status “Open”/Manual “Close” Command

C/AT → Initial Status “Close”/Auto “Trip” By ACSE
C → “Close” Status
27. Sequence 21: ‘Trip On Parallel (TOP)”
Trip On Parallel Command Input Was Not Accepted For The Following Cases.
1. When Less Than 4 Breakers Were Closed Out Of 5
2. With 4 Breakers Closed And 5th Breaker Drawn Out
3. Command To The Breaker Already In Open Status
4. For The Breaker In Open Status
(A) If The Corresponding Transformer Is Not On Standby (Incomer)
(B) If 13.8kv Both Sides Of Bus Section (Bus Section Bkr) Is Not Live.
The Above Confirmed By Close Interlock Not Being Withdrawn Or The Corresponding
“Top” Lamp Not Illuminating.
28. Sequence 22: ACSE sequence incomplete (Auto change over condition)
ACSE sequence incomplete output energizes for protection operation of respective section
and the corresponding breaker fails to trip or the breaker fails to close .The Auto Close
Command by ACSE. Annunciation On Bus Section A/B Panel. “ACSE Sequence
Incomplete” Observed After 150 Secs. After Resetting By Push Button On ACSE Panel
Normally restored Of ACSE.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
/ TOP Panel
29. Sequence 23: watchdog alarm (Self Supervision Alarm)
On CPU Internal Fault The ACSE Will Be In Stop Mode, The Watchdog Relay Will Be De-
Energized And The Alarm Will Be Active, The Only Way To Test It Is To Put The CPU On
Stop Mode Using Laptop.
30. Sequence 24: ACSE sequence failure alarm
Once The ACSE Is Initiated a Timeout Relay Will Start, If The Sequence Don’t Finish Within a
Defined Time, The Sequence Failure Alarm Will Be Active.
31. Additional test:
1. ACSE In/Out Verification By LOCAL

2. ACSE In/Out Verification By SCADA
3. TOP Selection By LOCAL
4. TOP Selection By SCADA
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Transformer
Record No. :
Marshalling Kiosk panel
As per the schematic drawings contents in this test format can be modified
Panel designation
Manufacture
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor in its Yes N/A
specification.
12. Check all installed equipment nameplate information for compliance Yes N/A
to approved drawings and equipment /material lists.
wire is bent at the termination point. Check Ferrules.
wires.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
3. General panel functional checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev -01, Item no 5.1 & 5.4.2

4. DC Loop test:
Relay Panel Functional check of Dc circuit Control FMK Function as

panel dwg MCB Verification Flag relay Flag panel expected
no of DC ckt alarm
5. Alarms:
Alarm’s simulation Annuncition FMK

Item Mk TB Protn. panel TB Control panel TB AVC panel TB TB
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6. Mechanical protection function test:
Protection MK Trip Dwg No Relay panel Control FMK

Device TB No Panel Trip Relay CBF panel alarm
Start
7. Fan operation function checks:
Mode Cooling MCB C&R Panel FMK FR

Auto/manual Fan no On/off/trip
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Functional checks of Of (ACCS)
Automatic capacitive control system Panel For Record No. :
13.8 kv / 7 Mvar Capacitor Banks
As Per the Schematic Drawings Contents In This Test Format Can Be Modified
Notes:
1. The capacitor bank CB should be tripped in case of respective incomer tripping.

2. Two capacitor banks should not be connected to one transformer.
3. If any transformer switches ON, the respective capacitor bank should be ON only after
10 Min.
Panel designation
Serial no
Make
Panel type
Dwg & sch no
Panel no
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2. Mechanical check and visual inspection As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 4.1

3. Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, readiness Yes N/A
8. Confirm that each panel has been properly secured to the floor Yes N/A
lists.
circuit wires.
3. General panel functional checks : As per TCS–P-105 Rev – 01, Item no 5.1 & 5.9

Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Single line diagram & focus of capacitor banks:
G T1 G T2 G T3
13.8 KV SWGR 13.8 KV SWGR 13.8 KV SWGR

SEC- A SEC- B SEC- C
B/C - 1 B/C - 2
13.8 kv / 7MVAR 13.8 kv / 7MVAR

13.8 kv / 7MVAR
CAP BANK - 1 CAP BANK - 3
CAP BANK - 2
5. Switch Gear CB operation checks:
Mode of operation: Manual
Item Initial condition of swgr Action taken place at C.B Command Control By
Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Given Local Scada
Bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 Bank -3
1 Opened Racked Racked Close Racked Racked Manual
out out out out close
2 Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Racked Manual
out out out out open
3 Racked Opened Racked Racked Close Racked Manual
4 Racked Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Manual
5 Racked Racked Opened Racked Racked Close Manual
6 Racked Racked Closed Racked Racked Open Manual
Note: After tripping of CB 10 Min should be elapsed for further operation...

Name:
Signature:
Date:
6. Functional Checks of ACCS:
Mode of operation: Auto

Closing and opening of capacitor Bank breaker is 5 min
In Auto Mode, the Closing of cap Bank Circuit Breakers should be in ascending order (i.e.,
cap bank -1, cap bank – 2, cap bank – 3 …..) where as the opening of cap bank to be in
descending order (i.e.,) cap bank -3,cap bank -2,cap bank -1 and so on.
Case 1:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) are in open Position
S.N Condition initial position of CB Action taken by Accs Remarks Control by

checked panel to issue to C.B of
by Accs Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 Bank -3
1 T -1 MVAR Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Over
>9 out out close out out MVAR
2 T -1 MVAR Closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Under
<1 out out open out out MVAR
3 T -2 MVAR Racked Opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Over
>9 out out out close out MVAR
4 T -2 MVAR Racked Closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Under
<1 out out out open out MVAR
5 T -3 MVAR Racked Racked Opened Racked Racked Auto Over
>9 out out out out close MVAR
6 T -3 MVAR Racked Racked Closed Racked Racked Auto Under
<1 out out out out open MVAR
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Case 2:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) Open and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in Close position
S. N Conditions initial position of CB Action taken by Accs panel to Remarks Control by

checked issue to C.B of
By Accs Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank - Bank -3
2
1 T -1 MVAR Opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Over
>9 out out close out out mvar
2 T -1 MVAR Closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Under
<1 out out open out out mvar
3 T -2 + T -3 Racked Opene Opened Racked Auto Opened Over
MVAR > 9 out d out close mvar
4 T -2 + T -3 Racked Closed Opened Racked Closed Auto Over
MVAR > 9 out out close mvar
5 T -2 + T -3 Racked Closed Closed Racked Closed Auto Underm
MVAR < 1 out out open var
6 T -2 + T -3 Racked Closed Opened Racked Auto Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out out open open mvar
7 T -2 + T -3 Racked Opene Opened Racked Racked Racked Racked
still MVAR out d out out out out
<1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Case 3:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) Close and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in open position
S. N Conditions initial position of cb Action taken by accs panel to Remarks Control by

checked issue to c.b of
By ACCS Cap bank Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Loca Scada
-1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 Bank -3 l
1 T -1 + T -2 Opened Opened Racked Auto Opened Racked Over
MVAR > 9 out close out mvar
2 T -1 + T -2 Auto Opened Racked Auto Auto Racked Over
MVAR > 9 close out close close out Mvar
3 T -1+ T -2 Racked Closed Closed Racked Closed Auto Under
MVAR <1 out out open mvar
4 T -2 + T -3 Racked Closed Auto Racked Auto Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out open out open open mvar
5 T -3 MVAR Racked Racked Opened Racked Racked Auto Over
>9 out out out out close mvar
6 T -3 Racked Racked Closed Racked Racked Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out out out out open mvar
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Case 4:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in Close position
S. N Conditions initial position of cb Action taken by accs panel to Remarks Control by

by accs Cap bank Cap Cap bank Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
-1 bank -2 -3 bank - Bank -2 Bank -3
1
1 T -1 + T -2 Opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Over
+T -3 out out close out out MVAR
MVAR > 9
2 T -1 + T -2 Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Racked Under
+ T -3 out out out out MVAR
MVAR >1
&<9
3 T -1+ T -2 Racked Opene Racked Racke Auto Racked Over
+ T -3 d out d out close out MVAR
MVAR >
9
4 T -1 + T -2 Racked Closed Racked Racke Open Racked Under
+ T- 3 out out d out out MVAR
MVAR >1
&< 9
5 T -1+ T -2 Racked Racked Opened Racke Racked Auto Over
+ T -3 out out d out out close MVAR
MVAR >
9
6 T -1+ T -2 Racked Racked Closed Racke Racked Open Under
+ T -3 out out d out out MVAR
MVAR >1
& <9
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Case 5 & 6:
Under voltage and over voltage operations
The Closing and opening of 13.8 kV capacitor bank breaker lies between
14.6 > 13.8 kv < 12.14
14.7
S. N Conditions Initial position of CB Action taken by ACCS panel Remarks Control By
checked to issue to C.B of
by ACCS Cap bank Cap Cap bank Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
-1 bank -3 bank Bank Bank
-2 -1 -2 -3
1 Bus – A Opened Racked Racked Close Racked Racked Under
volt <12.14 out out out out voltage
2 Bus – A closed Racked Racked Open Racked Racked Over
volt > 14.6 out out out out voltage
3 Bus – B Racked opened Racked Racke Close Racked Under
volt< 12.14 out out d out out voltage
4 Bus – B Racked Closed Racked Racke Open Racked Over
volt > 14.6 out out d out out voltage
5 Bus – c Racked Racked Opened Racke Racked Close Under
volt< 12.14 out out d out out voltage
6 Bus – c Racked Racked closed Racke Racked Open Over
volt < 14.6 out out d out out voltage
Case 7:
If any one of Three Grid Transformer is out of service, then the system will remain
Same.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9. Scada Commands to ACCS Panel:
SN From SCADA To ACCS Signal Name Remarks

Panel
1 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA in
2 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA out
3 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 1 close Command
4 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 1 trip Command
5 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 2 close Command
6 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 2 trip Command
8 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 3 trip Command
9 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Scada auto command
10 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Scada manual command
10. ACCS Indications:
SN Alarm Local at ACCS Received at Ecc Remarks

1 ACCS Faulty
2
3
4
5
11. Annunciator Windows & Alarms:
11.1.Capacitor Bank Annunciation -1
SN Source Annunciator Litra Remarks

1 3CBP - 1 Window - 1 Group -1 protection operated
3 S ------- Window - 3 Trip ckt faulty
4 S ------- Window - 4 Sf – 6 stage – 2 operated
5 3CBP - 1 Window - 5 Stage - 1 alarm operated
6 S ------- Window - 6 Swgr trouble
7 3CBP - 1 Window - 7 Prot faulty bank - 1
8 3CBP – 1 Window - 8 Vt fail bank -1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
11.2. Capacitor Bank Annunciation -2
1 3CBP – 2 Window - 8 Group -1 protection operated

2 3CBP – 2 Window - 9 Group -2 protection operated
5 3CBP – 2 Window - 12 Stage - 1 alarm operate
11.3. Capacitor Bank Annunciation -3
1 3CBP – 3 Ann window – 16 Group -1 protection operated

2 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 17 Group -2 protection operated
3 S Ann window - 18 Trip ckt faulty
4 S Ann window - 19 Sf – 6 stage – 2 operated
5 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 20 Stage - 1 alarm operated
6 S ------- Ann window - 21 Swgr trouble
7 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 22 Prot faulty bank - 3
8 3CBP - 3 Ann window - 23 Vt fail bank -3
12. General Annunciators
1 PLC Ann window - 27 Main DC fail

2 ACCS Ann window - 28 PLC battery low / PLC faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:
33 kv / 10 Mvar Capacitor Banks
As Per the Schematic Drawings the Contents in This Test Format Can Be Modified.
Panel designation
Serial no
Make
Panel type
Dwg & sch no
Panel no

3 Panel condition, cleanliness, organization, labeling, Yes N/A
Readiness for service, panel doors, handles...etc
Name:
Signature:
Date:
wires.
3. General panel functional checks As per TCS–P-105 Item no 5.1 & 5.9

4. Single Line Diagram & Focus Of Capacitor Banks:
G T1
G T2 G T3
13.8 KV SWGR 13.8 KV SWGR 13.8 KV SWGR

SEC- A SEC- B SEC- C
B/C - 1 B/C - 2
33 kv /10 MVAR 33 kv / 10 MVAR

CAP BANK - 1 33 kv / 10 MVAR
CAP BANK - 2
CAP BANK - 3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Switch Gear CB operation checks:
Mode of operation: Manual

Item Initial condition of Swgr Action taken place at C.B Command Control By
Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Given Local Scada
bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 bank -3
1 Opened Racked Racked close Racked Racked Manual
2 closed Racked Racked open Racked Racked Manual
3 Racked opened Racked Racked close Racked Manual
4 Racked closed Racked Racked open Racked Manual
5 Racked Racked opened Racked Racked close Manual
6 Racked Racked closed Racked Racked open Manual
Note: After tripping of CB 10 Min should be elapsed for further operation...
6. Functional Checks of ACCS:
Mode of operation: Auto
Closing and opening of capacitor Bank breaker is 5 Min
In Auto Mode, the Closing of cap Bank Circuit Breakers should be in ascending order (i.e.,
cap bank -1, cap bank – 2, cap bank – 3 …..) Where as the opening of cap bank to be in
descending order (i.e.,) cap bank -3,cap bank -2,cap bank -1 and so on.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.1. Case 1:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) are in open Position
Item Conditions Initial position of CB Action taken by ACCS panel Remarks Control By
checked to issue to C.B of
by ACCS Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
bank -1 bank -2 bank-3 bank-1 Bank -2 bank-3
2 T -1 MVAR closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Under
3 T -2 MVAR Racked opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Over
>9 out out out close out MVAR
4 T -2 MVAR Racked closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Under
<1 out out out open out MVAR
5 T -3 MVAR Racked Racked opened Racked Racked Auto Over
>9 out out out out close MVAR
6 T -3 MVAR Racked Racked closed Racked Racked Auto Under
<1 out out out out open MVAR
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.2. Case 2:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) Open and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in Close position
Item Conditions Initial position of CB Action taken by ACCS Remarks Control By

checked panel to issue to C.B of
bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank - bank -3
2
2 T -1 MVAR closed Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Under
3 T -2 + T -3 Racked opened Opened Racked Auto Opene Over
MVAR > 9 out out close d MVAR
4 T -2 + T -3 Racked closed opened Racked closed Auto Over
MVAR > 9 out out close MVAR
5 T -2 + T -3 Racked closed closed Racked closed Auto UnderM
MVAR < 1 out out open VAR
6 T -2 + T -3 Racked closed opened Racked Auto Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out out open open MVAR
7 T -2 + T -3 Racked Opened Opened Racked Racked Racked Racked
still MVAR out out out out out
<1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.3. Case 3:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) Close and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in open position
Item Conditions initial position of cb Action taken by accs panel to Remarks Control by
By accs Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
bank -1 bank -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 Bank -3
1 T -1 + T -2 Opened Opened Racked Auto Opened Racked Over
MVAR > 9 out close out MVAR
2 T -1 + T -2 Auto Opened Racked Auto Auto Racked Over
MVAR > 9 close out close close out MVAR
3 T -1+ T -2 Racked Closed Closed Racked Closed Auto Underm
MVAR < 1 out out open var
4 T -2 + T -3 Racked Closed Auto Racked Auto Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out open out open open MVAR
5 T -3 Racked Racked Opene Racked Racked Auto Over
MVAR > out out d out out close MVAR
9
6 T -3 Racked Racked Closed Racked Racked Auto Under
MVAR < 1 out out out out open MVAR
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.4. Case 4:
Bus coupler – 1(BC -1) and Bus coupler -2 (BC -2) in Close position
Item Conditions initial position of cb Action taken by accs panel to Remarks Control by
by accs Cap Cap bank Cap Cap Cap Cap Local Scada
bank -1 -2 bank -3 bank -1 Bank -2 Bank -3
1 T -1 + T -2 Opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Racked Over
+T -3 out out close out out MVAR
MVAR > 9
2 T -1 + T -2 Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Racked Under
MVAR >1
&<9
3 T -1+ T -2 Racked Opened Racked Racked Auto Racked Over
+ T -3 out out out close out MVAR
MVAR >
9
4 T -1 + T -2 Racked Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Under
+ T- 3 out out out out MVAR
MVAR >1
&< 9
5 T -1+ T -2 Racked Racked Opene Racked Racked Auto Over
+ T -3 out out d out out close MVAR
MVAR > 9
6 T -1+ T -2 Racked Racked Closed Racked Racked Open Under
MVAR
>1&<9
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.5. Case 5 & 6:
Under voltage and over voltage operations

The Closing and opening of 33 kV capacitor bank breaker lies between 36 > 33 < 31
Item Condition Initial position of CB Action taken by ACCS panel Remarks Control By
s checked to issue to C.B of
bank bank bank bank Bank Bank
-1 -2 -3 -1 -2 -3
1 Bus – A Opened Racked Racked Close Racked Racked Under
volt out out out out voltage
< 31 kv
2 Bus – A closed Racked Racked Open Racked Racked Over
> 36 kv
3 Bus – B Racked opened Racked Racked Close Racked Under
< 31 kv
4 Bus – B Racked Closed Racked Racked Open Racked Over
> 36 kv
5 Bus – c Racked Racked Opened Racked Racked Close Under
< 31 kv
6 Bus – c Racked Racked closed Racked Racked Open Over
< 36 kv
6.6. Case 7:
If any one of Three Grid Transformer is out of service, then the system will
Remain same.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
7. Scada commands to Accs panel:
Item From SCADA To Accs Panel Signal Name Remarks

1 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA in
2 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA out
3 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 1 close Command
4 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 1 Trip Command
6 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 2 Trip Command
8 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ Cap Bank – 3 Trip Command
9 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA auto command
10 1 X --- : ___ - __ X --- : ___ - __ SCADA manual command
8. ACCS indications:
Item Alarm Local at ACCS Received at Ecc Remarks

ACCS Faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:
9. Annunciator windows & alarms:
9.1. Capacitor bank annunciation -1
Item Source Annunciator Litra Remarks

5 3CBP - 1 Window - 5 Stage - 1 alarm operated
9 3CBP – 2 Window - 8 Group -1 prot operated

10 3CBP – 2 Window - 9 Group -2 prot operated
13 3CBP – 2 Window - 12 Stage - 1 alarm operate
17 3CBP – 3 Ann window – 16 Group -1 protection operated

18 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 17 Group -2 protection operated
19 S Ann window - 18 Trip ckt faulty
20 S Ann window - 19 Sf – 6 stage – 2 operated
21 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 20 Stage - 1 alarm operated
22 S ------- Ann window - 21 Swgr trouble
23 3CBP – 3 Ann window - 22 Prot faulty bank - 3
24 3CBP - 3 Ann window - 23 Vt fail bank -3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
10. General annunciators
25 PLC Ann window - 27 Main DC fail

26 Accs Ann window - 28 PLC battery low / PLC faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : CT Testing
CT TESTING
Description: CT Loop Resistance Test Formats Record No. :
Rated Voltage : KV
Bay No. :
Bay Name :
CT Details :
CT No:
Core No. Core 1 Core 2 Core 3

Ratio
Burden
Class
Knee Point Voltage
Rct
Magnetizing Current
2. Loop Resistance Test:
R loop = R C.T + R LOAD + R LEAD

Calculated Burden = I2 * R LOOP
2.1. R-Phase
Measured
Burden R (c.t) Measured Calculated
No Core Ratio Terminals R(Ω)
(VA) (Ω ) R loop(Ω) Burden (VA)
load+Rlead
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2.2. - Phase
Measured
(VA) (Ω ) R loop(Ω) Burden (VA)
load+Rlead
2.3. B - Phase
Measured
(VA) (Ω) R loop(Ω) Burden (VA)
load+Rlead
All temperatures at what resistance measured should be recorded and all

resistances referred to the value at 75° C.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
3. Single Earth Point:
Panel number Current T.B earthed Remark
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: CT Primary InjectionTests Record No. :
Rated voltage: KV
Bay No. :
Bay Name:
Core No. CT1 – 1 CT1 – 2 CT1 – 3 CT1 – 4 CT1 – 5

Ratio:
Class:
Function:
SL.No:
2. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection: (TCS - P-105-R1-3.7.1)

1. Inspect for any physical damage or defects.
2. Check nameplate information for correctness.
3. Check tightness of all bolted connections.
Check all grounding cables are securely
4.
connected.
3. Primary Injection Test
CT1-1
Secondary Current (mA )
Panel: Panel: Panel:
Phase location
Terminal number
For current phase R Y B N R Y B N R Y B N
Primary Current(A)
R-E
Y-E
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
CT1-2
Phase location
Terminal number
Primary Current(A)
R-E
Y-E
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
CT1-3
Phase location
Terminal number
Primary Current(A)
R-E
Y-E
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
CT1-4
Phase location
Terminal number
Primary Current(A)
R-E
Y-E
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
CT1-5
Phase location
Terminal number
Primary Current(A)
R-E
Y-E
B-E
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
4. Shorting & Isolating Facility checked [ ]
5. Core Identification checked [ ]
6. Test Plugs Function Checked [ ]
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Item Description Make Equipment S.N Calibration Date Calibration

Due Date
1.
2.
3
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: IPCT Tests Record No. :
1. General Information and Data
Panel No. Ph A
Designation No. Ph B
Type No. Ph C
Manufacturer Neutral
2. Current Transformer Data

Core No. Ratio Class Burden RCT Vkp Duty
3. Mechanical and Visual Checks (TCS - P-105-R1-3.7.2)

1. Inspect for physical damage or defects.
2. Check tightness of all connections.
4. Check all groundings securely connected
4. Electrical Tests (TCS - P-105-R1-3.7.2)
4.1. Polarity Test (Positive connected to P1 & Negative connected to P2)
Polarity Check
Core No. Core Description Terminal No.
Phase R Phase Y Phase B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.2. CT Winding Resistance, Rct.

Temperature = °C
Winding Resistance (Ω)

Core Core
Terminal No. Phase Phase Phase
No. Description
R Y B
To convert Resistance at Ambient temperature to resistance at 75°C
Rc = (234.5 + 75) * R / (234.5 + T)

Where: Rc = Resistance at 75°C (ohms)
R = Resistance at ambient temperature
T = Ambient temperature (°C)
Note: If the test equipment is digital tester as (CPC100) the test results
should be attached.
R at 75°C At Factory
Core Ratio
R Y B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3. Insulation Resistance
Insulation Resistance (GΩ)

Applied Between Primary Phase R Phase Y Phase B Neutral
Phases and Ground
4.3.1. Primary to Secondary. 2.5kV DC for 1 Minute.

Applied Between
Phase R Phase Y
Phase B
Primary and Secondary ( Core 1 )
4.3.2. Secondary To Secondary 1KV DC for 1 Minute.

Applied Between
Core 1 and Core 2
Core 2 and Core 3
Core 3 and Core 4
Core 4 and Core 5
Core 5 and Core 1
Core 5 and Core 2
Core5 and Core 3
Core 4 and Core 2
Core 4and Core 1
Core 3and Core 1
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3.3. Secondary To Ground 1kV DC for 1 Minute.

Applied Between
Core 1 and Ground
Core 2 and Ground
Core 3 and Ground
Core 4 and Ground
Core 5 and Ground
4.4. Ratio Test
Core No. Core Injected Primary Measured Secondary Current (A)

C.T Ratio
Description Current (A) Phase R Phase Y Phase B
Note: If the test equipment is digital tester as (CPC100) applicable the results should
be attached
4.5. Magnetisation Curves
Core No Point R Phase Y Phase B Phase

V(volt) I(mA) V(volt) I(mA) V(volt) I(mA)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Note: Use separate sheet for plotting of graph

Note: if the test equipment is digital tester as (CPC100) the above table not
applicable and the Mag
Curve results should be attached.
5. Test Equipments
1
2
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Panel Ref. Rated Frequency 60 Hz

Make Type
Item R Phase Y Phase B Phase

CT serial no.
2. IPCT Data
Ratio
Class Vk [V] Im [mA] Rct [Ohm] Burden [VA] CONT.N Function
[A/A]
3. Mechanical Checks and Visual Inspection: (TCS - P- 105 - R1 - 3.7.1)

1. Inspect for any physical damage or defects.
3. Check tightness of all bolted connections.
4. Check all grounding cables are securely connected.
4. Electrical Tests: (TCS – P – 105 - R1 - 3.7.2)
Item Description Done Remarks

1. Check the Secondary circuits , Terminal to Terminal
2. De-Magnetize CT Cores after all tests
3. Ensure no open circuit on CT Secondary side
4.1. Insulation Resistance Test Time Duration: 01 min
Applied Measured Resistance Value

Item Description
voltage R ph Y ph B ph
1. Primary - Ground 1000 volts
2. Secondary - Ground 1000 volts
3. Primary - Secondary 1000 volts
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.2. Polarity Check
Item Phase REF. Checked

1. R
2. Y
3. B
4.3. Magnetization Current Test
Magnetization current (mA)

Item Applied voltage (V)
R Y B
4.4. Ratio Test:
Rated Inj. Current In Primary (A) Meas. Current in Secondary (A) Ratio Error (%)
Ratio R Y B R Y B R Y B
1A/1A
4.5. Winding Resistance
Item Phase REF. Primary Secondary

1. R
2. Y
3. B
Item Test Equipment Make Serial No Calibration date Calibration due date
1.
2.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Stability Testing
STABILITY TESTING
Description: Transformer Differential & REF
Record No. :
Stability and Sensitivity Test
Designation No. TR. Differential Relay Type

TRF Manufacture TR.R.E.F Relay Type
Rating HV CT Ratio / Class:
Winding Vector Group LV CT Ratio / Class:
Impedance % HV BCT Ratio / Class:
No. of Taps LV BCT Ratio / Class:
Ratio Main Tap: / KV Last Tap: / KV
2. Transformer Stability and Sensitivity Test Procedure
2.1. Objective:
The objective of this test is confirm that the differential relay or REF relay doesn't
operate at normal conditions even though load currents are high, where It should
operate when a fault occurs in its zone.
2.2. Source:
 Suitable 3 phase generator (Separate) – 380 volt – 60 Hz or Suitable Voltage.
 SEC supply.
3. Precautions:
3.1. Good earth of:

3.1.1. The Generator.
3.1.2. The Transformer.
3.1.3. The shield of the cables.
3.2. The correct size of connected testing cables.
3.3. Determine working zones and places and preventing any person to be in these zones.
3.4. Suitable MCB for 3-phase supply.
3.5. CT terminal blocks must be checked and tightness well.
3.6. All REF (Restricted Earth Fault) relays must be removed or its CT terminal shorted.
3.7. Check the Phase Sequence of the 3-Phase Supply.
3.8. Test equipments and tools:
 Calibrated multi-meters.
 Calibrated testers for measure current and phase angle.
4. Calculation:
The following calculation is as a general example.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Technical Data of Power Transformer:

- Two winding - three phase - Ynyn0d1 transformer.
- 132/13.8 KV.
- 60 MVA.
- Rated current 262.43 / 2510.22 A.
- HV CTR = 300/1.
- LV CTR = 3000/1.
- Percentage impedance:
 At Tap 7L = 25.137 %
 At Tap N = 23.594 %
 At Tap 11R = 21.847 %
Calculation:
At normal tap.
- H.V side:
60  10 6
I1 p   262 .43 A
3  132  10 3
1
IPCT   1.14
0.875
- LV Side:
60  10 6
I 2s   2510 .22 A
3  13 .8  10 3
2510 .22
i2   0.837 A
3000 1
1
IPCT   1 .2
0.837
 Z   Z % 

KV 2 
MVA
 At Tap 7L Z   0.25137

13.8 2 
 0.797848 
60
When we apply 380 V power supply at LV side
380 3
I 2( LV )   274 .981 A
0.797848
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
274 .981
i2   91 .7mA
3000
1.2
After IPCT i 2  91 .7   63.5mA
3
13 .8
I1( HV )  274 .981   28 .74 A
132
28 .74
i1   95 .8mA
300
1.14
After IPCT i1  95.8   77.44 mA
3
 At Tap N
Z   0.23594
13.8   0.748874 
2
60
380 3
I 2( LV )   292 .96 A
0.748874
292 .96
i2   97 .65 mA
3000
1.2
After IPCT i 2  97.65   67.67 mA
3
13 .8
I1( HV )  292 .96   30 .62 A
132
30 .62
i1   102 .8mA
300
1.14
After IPCT i1  102 .8   67 .19 mA
3
 At Tap 11R
Z   0.21848
13.82   0.693456 
60
380 3
I 2( LV )   316 .38 A
0.693456
316 .38
i2   105 .49 mA
3000
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
1.2
After IPCT i 2  105 .49   73 .06 mA
3
13 .8
I1( HV )  316 .08   33 .08 A
132
33 .08
i1   110 .25 mA
300
1.14
After IPCT i1  110 .25   72.57 mA
3
5. Final setting testing check:
5.1. Check the final setting of the differential relay.

5.2. Check the final setting of the REF relays.
6. Transformer differential stability and sensitivity test for tap no ------
6.1. stability test
6.1.1. Primary measurements
Source
V&I
R Y B N R-Y Y-B B-R
V (V)
I (A)
6.1.2. Secondary measurements
Diff. relay Diff. relay

HV Side LV Side
(HV side) (LV side)
Phase I
I pri. I pri. I sec. I
T.B. sec. T.B. T.B. I (mA) T.B.
(A) (A) (mA) (mA)
(mA)
R
Y
B
N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
6.1.3. Differential Relay Current Measurement (for Digital relays)
DIFF Relay DIFF Relay

DIFF Current Restrain Current
Phase Measurement Measurement
Id mA IR mA
HV side current A LV side current A
R
Y
B
6.2. Sensitivity Test by swapping CT Terminals :
Diff. relay (HV Diff. relay (LV

Phase HV Side LV Side
side) side)
I pri. I sec. I pri. T.B I sec. T.B I
T.B. T.B. I (mA)
(A) (mA) (A) . (mA) . (mA)
R
Y
B
N
6.2.2. Differential Relay Current Measurement (for Digital relays)

Id mA IR mA
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
7.1. stability test
7.1.1. Primary measurements
Source
V&I
R Y B N R-Y Y-B B-R
V (V)
I (A)
Diff. relay (HV

Phase HV Side LV Side Diff. relay (LV side)
side)
I pri. T.B I sec. I pri. I sec.
T.B. T.B. I (mA) T.B. I (mA)
(A) . (mA) (A) (mA)
R
Y
B
N
7.1.3. Differential Relay Current Measurement(for Digital relays)

Id mA IR mA
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

HV Side LV Side
side) side)
Phase
I pri. I sec. I sec. T.B I
T.B. I pri. (A) T.B. I (mA) T.B.
(A) (mA) (mA) . (mA)
R
Y
B
N

Id mA IR mA
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
8.1. stability test
8.1.1. Primary measurements :
Source
V&I
R Y B N R-Y Y-B B-R
V (V)
I (A)
8.1.2. Secondary measurements:

HV Side LV Side
side) side)
Phase
I pri. T.B I sec. I pri. T.B I sec. I
T.B. T.B. I (mA)
(A) . (mA) (A) . (mA) (mA)
R
Y
B
N

Id mA IR mA
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :

HV Side LV Side
side) side)
Phase
I pri. T.B I sec. I pri. I sec. I
T.B. T.B. I (mA) T.B.
(A) . (mA) (A) (mA) (mA)
R
Y
B
N

Id mA IR mA
R
Y
B
9. Stability And Sensitivity Of REF HV Side At Tap No ----
9.1. Stability test
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______
Measured I secondary REF relay

Connected
I primary Wire From neutral Wire From CT's
Supply to I (mA) V (V)
(A) CT sum
Phase
I (mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
9.2. Sensitivity Test by Swapping CT Terminals :
I Measured I secondary REF relay

Connected
primary Wire From neutral CT Wire From CT's sum
Supply to Phase I (mA) V (V)
(A) I (mA) I (mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
10. Stability and sensitivity of REF HV Side at Tap No ----
10.1. Stability and sensitivity of REF HV Side at Tap No ----
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______

Connected
I primary Wire From Wire From CT's
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N

Connected
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
11. Stability and sensitivity of REF HV Side at Tap No ----
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______

Connected I primary
Supply to Phase (A) Wire From neutral CT Wire From CT's sum I (mA) V (V)
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
11.2. Sensitivity Test by Swabing CT Terminals :

Connected
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
12. Stability and sensitivity of REF LV Side at Tap No ----
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______

Connected
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N

Connected
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______

Connected
(A) neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N

Connected Wire From Wire From
I primary I (mA) V (V)
Supply to neutral CT CT's sum
(A)
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
VRN= _______ VYN= _______ VBN= _______

Connected I
Wire From Wire From CT's
Supply to primary I (mA) V (V)
neutral CT sum
Phase (A)
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N

Connected
Wire From Wire From CT's
Supply to I primary (A) I (mA) V (V)
neutral CT sum
Phase
I(mA) I(mA)
T.B. No
R-N
Y-N
B-N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: High Impedance Bus Bar

Record No. :
Protection Stability And Sensitivity Test
BB rated voltage designation

Circuit. Frequency:
Panel No. Serial no:
Make: Model no:
Dwg& Sh no Conn.Diag.no
2. Relay Setting
Zone: CT supervision setting

Current setting : Serial no:
Stabilizing resistor: Model no:
CT ratio: Conn.Diag.no
3. Stability test by Secondary Injection :
Inject secondary voltage across ct terminal block of the zone under test in the BBP panel.
3.1. CT Supervision Relay Operation Test:
CT supervision Series Shunt

Injected Measured Main relay
Phase T.B relay resistor resistor
V I V I V I V I V I
R
Y
B
3.2. Main Relay Operation Test
CT supervision Series Shunt

Injected Measured Main relay
Phase T.B relay resistor resistor
V I V I V I V I V I
R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
3.3. Stability Test:
Inject primary current to flow from reference bay to under test bay.
3.3.1. BB ( ) Discrimination Zone in LCC PANEL
Reference feeder (BAY No. ) Under test feeder (BAY No. )

current (A)
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
Primary
R Y B N R Y B N
PH
I I I I I I I I
Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ
mA mA mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.3.2. BB ( ) Discrimination Zone in BBP Panel
BBP DISC. Zone panel ( ) BBP DISC. Zone panel ( )

current (A)
Primary
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
PH
I I I I I I I I
V V V V V V V V
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Metrosil Series resistor

current (A)
Primary
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
PH
I I I I I I I I
V V V V V V V V
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shunt resistor Main relay

current (A)
Primary
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
PH R Y B N R Y B N
I I I I I I I I
V V V V V V V V
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.3.5. BB ( ) Check Zone in LCC Panel
Reference Feeder (BAY No. ) Under Test Feeder (BAY No. )

current (A)
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
Primary
R Y B N R Y B N
PH
I I I I I I I I
Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ Φ
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.3.6. BB ( ) Check Zone in BBP Panel
BBP check zone panel ( ) BBP check zone panel ( )

current (A)
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
Primary
R Y B N R Y B N
I V I V I V I V I V I V I V I V
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
3.3.7. BB ( ) Check Zone in BBP Panel:

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I V I V I V I V I V I V I V I V
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.3.8. BB ( ) Check Zone in BBP Panel

current (A)
PH
Primary
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I V I mA V I mA V I mA V I V I V I V I V
mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.4. Sensitivity / in-Stability Test:
3.4.1. BB ( ) Discremination Zone in LCC

Current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I mA Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ
mA mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
3.4.2. BB ( ) Discremination Zone in BBP panel
BBP Disc Zone Panel ( ) BBP Disc Zone Panel ( )

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I mA V I V I V I V I V I V I mA V I V
mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.4.3. BB ( ) Discremination Zone in BBP panel
Metrosil Series Resistor

current (A)
PH
Primary
X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I mA V I mA V I mA V I mA V I V I mA V I V I mA V
mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.4.4. BB( ) Discremination Zone in BBP panel

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
V I V I V I V I mA V I V I V I V
I mA
mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
3.4.5. BB ( ) Check Zone in LCC

currenT
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
(A)
R Y B N R Y B N
I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
3.4.6. BB ( ) Check Zone in BBP panel
BBP check zone panel ( ) BBP check zone panel ( )

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I V I V I V I V I V I V I V I mA V
mA mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I mA V I V I mA V I V I V I V I V I V
mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Record No. :
Shunt resistor Main relaY

current (A)
Primary
PH X : X : X : X : X : X : X : X :
R Y B N R Y B N
I V I V I V I V I mA V I V I mA V I V
mA mA mA mA mA mA
R&R
Y&Y
B&B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: stuck breaker stability and
Record No. :
sensitivity test
GT1 INCOMER H11 GT2 INCOMER H12 GT3 INCOMER H34
Lower CT Lower CT Lower CT
Upper CT H120 Upper CT H320 Upper CT
Lower CT Upper CT Lower CT Upper CT
51BB+51NBB 51BC+51NBC
51BA+51NBA
Sec B Sec C
mA GT2
Incomer B
51/ 51N
86SB
SEC A/B SEC B/C
Feeder
A
A: Ammeter for measuring primary current PRIMARY INJECTION DEVICE

mA: Ammeter for measuring Summation current
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
sensitivity test
1. Stuck protection A
1.1. Stability test between GT1 Incomer Feeder H11 and Bus Section Feeder H120
Secondary Current is in mA and Angle in Degrees.
Panel ( H11 )GT1 Panel ( H120A ) Panel ( H120) BUS

Incomer Bus Riser SECTION
Other Prim R Y B N R Y B N R Y B N
PH. Bay Curre
C.T nt (A) T.B: T.B: STUCK – A RELAY
(51BA+51NBA)
I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ I Φ
R-R Normal
Y-Y Normal
B-B Normal
1.2. sensitivity test between GT1 Incomer Feeder H11 and Bus Section Feeder H120
Reverse Current at ( )
Panel ( H11 )GT1 Panel ( H120A ) BUS Panel ( H120) BUS

Other Bay C.T
INCOMER RISER SECTION

Current (A)
Primary
R Y B N R Y B N R Y B N
PH.
T.B: T.B: STUCK – A RELAY
(51BA+51NBA)
R-R reverse
Y-Y reverse
B-B reverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
sensitivity test
2. Stuck protection B
Panel ( H12 )GT2 Panel ( H320C ) BUS Panel ( H120) BUS

Other Bay C.T

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
T.B: T.B: STUCK – B RELAY
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R Normal
Y-Y Normal
B-B Normal
2.2. Sensitivity test between GT2 Incomer Feeder H12 and Bus Section Feeder H320
Panel ( H12 )GT2 Panel ( H320C ) BUS Panel ( H120) BUS

Other Bay C.T

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R reverse
Y-Y reverse
B-B reverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
sensitivity test
2.3. Stability Test Between GT2 Incomer Feeder H12 and Bus Section Feeder H120
Panel ( H12 )GT2 Panel ( H120A ) Panel ( H120)

Other Bay C.T
incomer Bus Riser Bus Section

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R Normal
Y-Y Normal
B-B Normal
2.4. sensitivity test between GT2 Incomer feeder H12 and Bus Section Feeder H320
Panel ( H12 )GT2 Panel ( H120A ) BUS Panel ( H120) BUS

Other Bay C.T

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R reverse
Y-Y reverse
B-B reverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
sensitivity test
2.5. Stability test between Bus Section H120 and Bus Section H320
Panel ( H120 ) Panel (H320) Panel ( H120)

Other Bay C.T
BUS SECTION AB BUS SECTION BC BUS SECTION CA

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R Normal
Y-Y Normal
B-B Normal
2.6. sensitivity test between Bus Section H120 and Bus Section H320
Panel ( H120 ) Panel (H320) Panel ( H120)

Other Bay C.T
BUS SECTION AB BUS SECTION BC BUS SECTION

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
(51BB+51NBB)
R-R reverse
Y-Y reverse
B-B reverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
sensitivity test
3. Stuck protection C
Panel ( H34 ) GT3 Panel ( H320C ) Panel ( H320)

Other Bay C.T
incomer Bus Riser Bus section

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
T.B: T.B: STUCK – C RELAY
(51BC+51NBC)
R-R Normal
Y-Y Normal
B-B Normal
3.2. sensitivity test between GT2 Incomer Feeder H12 and Bus Section Feeder H320
Panel ( H34 ) GT3 Panel ( H320C) Panel ( H320)

Other Bay C.T
Incomer Bus Riser Bus Section

Current (A)
Primary
PH.
T.B: T.B: STUCK – C RELAY
(51BC+51NBC)
R-R reverse
Y-Y reverse
B-B reverse
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : End-To-End Test
END-TO-END TEST
Description: End to End Test – MBC1 Record No. :
1. Pilot Wire insulation test & loop resistance:
Bay Name
Core Color Continuity Insulation Test Loop Remarks

test (G ohm) Resistance
(Ω)
1 White
2 Blue
3 White
4 Orange
5 White
6 Green
7 White
8 Brown
9 White
10 Gray
11 Red
12 Blue
13 Red
14 Orange
15 Red
16 Green
17 Red
18 Brown
19 Red
20 Gray
21 Black
22 Blue
23 Black
24 Orange
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2. Relay Data:
Local S/S : Remote S/S :

Relay SR. NO : Relay SR. NO. :
Relay type : Relay Type :
PIT connection : Stabilizing Res :
K ratio :
KS :
KT :
N :
RL :
RPP :
3. Local Injection
Operating pilot current IN mA Relay operation

current injected Local S/S Remote S/S & indication
Input from
Phase Local Remote Relay Main Relay Main Local Remote
S/S
S/S S/S pilot pilot pilot pilot S/S S/S
current current current current
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
4. Remote Injection
Operating pilot current IN mA Relay

current injected Local S/S Remote S/S operation &
Input from indication
Phase
S/S Local Remote Relay Main Relay Main Local Remote
S/S S/S pilot pilot pilot pilot S/S S/S
current current current current
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Short The Pilot Terminal, Check Relay Restrain at 2 X Iop Injection [ ]
6. Pilot OHM Loop Resistance :

Core 1-2 (IT SEND) # :
Core 3-4 (IT RECEIVES) # :
Core 23-24 (PILOT WIRE) # :
7. MRTP Supervision Relay Test
Relay at S/S
Simulation at S/S:
Description Local S/S Remote S/S
Pilot open
Pilot shorted
Pilot crossed
Pilot dc current
8. GCM05 End-to-End Test
8.1. Relay Data:

Local S/S : Remote S/S :
Relay SR.NO. : Relay SR.NO. :
Bay NO. : Bay NO. :
Bay Name : Bay Name :
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8.2. Local Substation
Item Description
1 ITR Relay Selected IN Master Slave
2 ITS Relay Selected IN Master Slave
3 ITR Relay Supervision Voltage +/-
4 ITS Relay Supervision Voltage +/-
5 Pilot voltage send +/-
6 Pilot receive voltage & Current +/-
7 Operating Time (Loop Time)
8 Ripple voltage measured send +/-
8.3. Supervision Check
Item Description Alarms at CP

Local S/S Remote S/S
1 Pilot open – send IT REC Faulty
2 Pilot open – Received IT REC Faulty
3 Pilot short – send IT SND Faulty IT REC Faulty
4 Pilot short – Received IT REC Faulty IT SND Faulty
5 Pilot cross – send IT REC Faulty
6 Pilot cross – Received IT REC Faulty
8.4. Remote Substation
Item Description
1 ITR Relay Selected IN MASTER SLAVE
2 ITS Relay Selected IN MASTER SLAVE
3 ITR Relay Supervision Voltage +/-
4 ITS Relay Supervision Voltage +/-
5 Pilot voltage send +/-
6 Pilot receive voltage & Current +/-
7 Operating Time (Loop Time)
8 Ripple voltage measured send +/-
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8.5. Supervision check:
Item Description Alarms at CP

1 Pilot open – send IT REC Faulty
2 Pilot open – Received IT REC Faulty
3 Pilot short – send IT SND Faulty IT REC Faulty
4 Pilot short – Received IT REC Faulty IT SND Faulty
5 Pilot cross – send IT REC Faulty
6 Pilot cross – Received IT REC Faulty
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: End to End Test Distance Relay Record No. :
Notes:
1. This test format is the minimum for END-to-END test of distance protection.
2. The following forms should be according to schematic drawing and type of relays
and devices used.
1. Indication and alarm checking:

Note: (CP)—Communication Panel
2. Distance protection communication scheme and inter-trip indication and alarm check:
Simulation From Local S/S
Item Equ.no & Descripti Ind. IND. Control Ind. On IND. Control panel
name on On /FLAG on panel Ann. / NSD(CP) /FLAG on Ann /HIMU
NSD Relay HIMU Relay
(CP) panel panel
1
2
3
4
5
Local Station Remote Station Remarks

Signal Indication At Signal Indication At Alam In Flags In Indication
Initiated NSD (OLS) Received NSD (OLS) Control Panel Relay At Relay
/ Himu Panel
FPFM-1 FPFM-1
Permissive Permissive
Send Received
FPFM-2 FPFM-2
Permissive Permissive
Send Received
Inter Trip-1 Inter Trip-1
Send (INST.) Received
Inter Trip-2 Inter Trip-2
Send(INST.) Received
FPFM-1 Block FPFM-1
Send Block
Received
FPFM-2 Block FPFM-2
Send Block
Received
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: End to End Test Distance Relay Record No. :
3. Distance protection communication scheme and inter-trip check
Simulation From Local Substation

Local Substation Remote Substation
Item Simula-Ted Trip IND / CP ANN A/R Indication NSD Indication IND / FLAG Con A/R
Fault Relay FLAG / HIMU NSD On Relay Panel
In Rp on RP Panel ANN
OLS PLCC OLS PLCC /HIMU
1 FPFM-1 Z1
optd
2 FPFM-1 Z2
optd
3 FPFM-1 Z3
optd
4 FPFM-1 Z1
SOTF optd
5 FPFM-2 inst
optd
6 FPFM-2 time
delay
7 FPSM-1 Z1
optd
8 FPSM-1 Z2
optd
9 FPSM-1 Z3
optd
10 FPSM-1 Z1
SOTF optd
11 FPSM-2 inst
optd
12 FPSM-2delay
Trip
13 CBF ½ optd
Checked:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: End to End Test Line / Cable
Record No. :
Differential
1. Relay Data
Item Items Details

1 Rated Current
2 Rated Auxiliary Voltage
3 Model No.
4 Serial No Local
5 Serial No. Remote
6 Local End
7 Remote End
2. Preliminary Checks
Item Items Details

1 Check the loop back is removed
2 Check the setting are applied at Relay
3 Check the alarms are reset at Relay
4 Check fiber optical cable connection
3. DC Failure Test
Simulation Alarms at Local S/S Alarms at Remote S/S

at Local Control Relay FO Box & Control Relay FO Box &
S/S Panel Panel MUX Panel Panel Panel MUX Panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Differential
4. Communication Fail Check
Simulation Alarms at Local S/S Alarms at Remote S/S

at Local Control Relay FO Box & Control Relay FO Box &
S/S Panel Panel MUX Panel Panel Panel MUX Panel
5. Measurements:
5.1. Injected at local S/S
Phase Applied Current Display Value at Local Display Value at Remote

R
Y
B
5.2. Injected at Remote S/S
Phase Applied Current Display Value at Remote Display Value at Local

R
Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Differential
6. Single Current Injection Test
6.1. Injection at Local S/S

Phase Display Current(mA) Operating Relay Display Current (mA) Operating Relay
I-Ph I-Bias I-Diff Current LED I-Ph I-Bias I-Diff Current LED
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y R
Y
Y-B Y
B
R-B R
B
R- R
Y-B Y
B
6.2. Injection at Remote S/S

Phase Display Current(mA) Operating Relay Display Current(mA) Operating Relay
I-Ph I-Bias I-Diff Current LED I-Ph I-Bias I-Diff Current LED
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y R
Y
Y-B Y
B
R-B R
B
R- R
Y-B Y
B
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Differential
7. Inter Trip Test
7.1. Direct Inter Trip (Local S/S)
Item Protection Alarms at local S/S Alarms at Remote S/S Function

Operated Relay Panel Relay panel Control as
Function Inter Trip Send Panel Alarms Expected
1
7.2. Direct Inter Trip (Remote S/S)
Item Protection Alarms at Remote S/S Alarms at Local S/S Function

Operated Relay Panel Relay panel Control Panel as
Function Inter Trip Send Alarms Expected
1
7.3. Permissive Inter Trip (Local S/S)
Item Protection Alarms at local S/S Alarms at Remote S/S Function as

Operated Relay Panel Relay Control Expected
Function Inter Trip panel Panel
Send Alarms
86B operated
While BB
1 Intertrip IN/OUT
selector switch
(out)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Record No. :
Differential
7.4. Permissive Inter Trip (Remote S/S)
Item Protection Alarms at Remote S/S Alarms at Local S/S Function

Operated Relay Panel Relay Control Panel as
Function Inter Trip panel Alarms Expected
Send
86B operated
While BB
1 intertrip IN/OUT
selector switch
(OUT)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: End to End Test - BBP & CBF
Record No. :
Relay
1. Relay Data
Item Items Details

1 Rated Current
2 Rated Auxiliary Voltage
3 Model No.
4 Serial No Local
5 Serial No. Remote
6 Local End
7 Remote End
2. Preliminary Checks
Item Items Details

1 Check the setting are applied at Relay
2 Check the alarms are reset at Relay
3 Check fiber optical cable connection
3. Electrical Test:
Local End Remote End

NSD CB Alarm at Indication CB Alarm at Indication
Signal channel Operation Control at Relay Operation Control at Relay
Initiated initiated Trip A/R Panel Panel Trip A/R Panel Panel
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : On Load Test
ON LOAD TEST
Description: On Load Measurements Record No. :
On load measurements for check all the current and voltage circuits of an energized bay. This
test format should be as per schematic drawing.
Bay No. :
Bay Name:
2. Current Measurement:
Drawing and Sheet No:
Terminal No. Measured Current(I) Circuit

Panel Device/ Function
TB R Y B N R Y B N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Note:
i) Check ct terminal block are of isolating link type.
ii) Check ct secondary star point and grounding.
3. Voltage Measurement:
Drawing and Sheet No:
Terminal No. Measured Voltage(V) Circuit

Panel Device/ Function
TB R Y B N R Y B N
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Calibration due
Item Test Equipment Serial Number Calibration date
date
1.
2.
5. Remarks:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: On Load Test – MBC 1 Record No. :
Bay No. : Aux. Voltage :

Manufacturer : Order No. :
Drawing and Sh. No. : Conn. Diag. No. :
Type of Stabilizing Resistor: Current Rating :
2. Relay Settings:
Ks= N= Kt= Rpp=
Pilot loop Resistance:
Stabilizing Resistor Value:
Load MW Import/Export MVAR Import/Export
Local
Remote
3. On load test (TCS-P-105-R1-5.23.2)
- Make the 87PW protection out of service.

- Make the jumper in the MCRI Contact 2 & 4 to enable 87PW protection.
-
Phase Pilot Normal Relay Pilot Reverse Relay
Values
Phase In Disco. Main Local Remote of Ks
Service And Main Local Remote OP RES OP RES
Pilot Relay Relay
Short pilot Relay Relay
L R L R L R L R
R-Y-B-N
R-N
Y-N
B-N
R-Y
Y-B
B-R
R-Y-B-N
- Remove the jumper wire form the MCRI Relay contact 2& 4
- Normalize the CT Circuits
- Normalize all the pilot Circuits
- Put the Protection in to service
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: On Load Test – DEF Record No. :

2. Relay Settings
Current Setting I>: I>>:

Curve Setting: blocking voltage:
Angle: Direction:
3. Load Measurement:
3.1. (Control Panel)
Load Current A Active Power MW Import/Export Reactive power MVAR Import/Export

Local
Remote
3.2. Relay Measurement: (for digital relays)

Local
Remote
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: On Load Test – DEF Record No. :
4. Directional Check: (Ref: 5.23.3 of TCS-P - 105-R1):
4.1. The voltage terminals connected from open delta connection of VT
The faulty voltage phase should be simulated by removing this phase terminals and
connect the open delta terminals to the other two phases.
Fault Short phase Measured Open Measured Directionality

Type & isolate Current current delta voltage Measured Relay result
Current terminals value voltage value Angle Action NOT
OK
phases status phases OK
Y& B normal Y-B
R-E
Y& B Reverse Y-B
R&B normal B-R
Y-E
R&B Reverse B-R
R&Y normal R-Y
B-E
R&Y Reverse R-Y
4.2. The voltage terminals connected from phase of VT
The faulty voltage phase should be simulated by isolate this phase terminal block.
Fault Short phase Measured Remaining Measured Directionali

type & isolate Current current connected voltage Measured Relay ty result
Current terminals value voltage value Angle Action NOT
OK
phases status phases OK
Y& B normal Y-B
R-E
Y& B Reverse Y-B
R&B normal B-R
Y-E
R&B Reverse B-R
R&Y normal R-Y
B-E
R&Y Reverse R-Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: OnLoad Test - BBP Record No. :

2. Relay Settings
Current Setting I>: I>>:

Curve Setting: blocking voltage:
Angle:
Direction:
3. Load Measurement:
3.1 (Control Panel)

Local
Remote
3.2 Relay Measurement: (for digital relays)

Local
Remote
4. Directional Check: (Ref: 5.23.3 of TCS-P - 105-R1)
Note: Minimize current setting to be less than available load current.
Fault Short phase Measured healthy Measured Directionality

type & isolate Current current voltage voltage Measured Relay result
Current terminals value phase value Angle Action NOT
OK
phases status OK
Y& B normal Y-B
R-E
Y& B Reverse Y-B
R&B normal B-R
Y-E
R&B Reverse B-R
R&Y normal R-Y
B-E
R&Y Reverse R-Y
Name:
Signature:
Date:
1. General Information
Load Details
Feeder Bus A MW MVAR
2. Measurement at LCC Panels
Drawing and Sheet No
Panel Panel
TB.No TB.No
Current(Amps) Current(Amps)
Angle(Degree) Angle(Degree)
TB.No TB.No
TB.No TB.No
3. Measurement at BB Panels
Drawing and Sheet No
Panel Panel
Device Device
Terminal No. Terminal No.
Voltage(mV) Voltage(mV)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Panel Panel
Device Device
Terminal No. Terminal No.
Voltage(mV) Voltage(mV)
4. Remarks:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description : Substation Automation System
(SAS) Sheet : Page 798 of 822
Substation Automation System (SAS)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Bay Control Unit (BCU) Record No. :
1. Local Control Cubicle Inspection

1.1 Installed Equipment
Visual inspections that all the equipment in related cubicle are according to
corresponding drawings.
1.2 Cabinet arrangement
Mechanical construction of the related cabinet/ cubicle will be checked and ticked off if
considered ok.
1.3 Terminals and Wiring
Main attention has to be focused on the related process-device i.e. BCU/BPU/BCPU

within the cubicles and the SAS-network-connections (mainly for fiber optics).
Test Checked Remarks

Labels and Markings
Panel Dimensions, Color, Selection, Locking System, etc.
Visual inspection (Units, and individual modules) are
undamaged.
Visual inspection of correct wiring practices
Proper earthing of cubicle and devices
Proper wiring in cable channel
MCB rating
All modules mounted according to general arrangement
Terminal blocks & MCBs are mounted properly
Illumination within the panel is adequate
AC sockets
Name:
Signature:
Date:
2. Hard- and Software Configuration
Hard- and software components are checked to ensure required functionalities. Versions
are recorded for later support purposes.
Hardware components Checked Remarks

Device ID/Bay No:  BF
Device type:  -
Order Number:  -
Activated Function:  Synchrocheck
 Measurements
Software and Module Interface components

Firmware: 
Parameter-Set: 
Boot system: 
Web monitor: 
Communication  IEC61850
Module Checked:  ……………..
3. BCU-Display and Handling
Check of the BCU Default and Control display. Layout handling and control is
demonstrated and checked.
Function / Picture Checked Remarks
Handling of displays, control and menu

Event list
Alarm List
LED assignment
Analogue measurement list
Default Display
Control Display
The bay related BCU display pictures will be attached.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Control and Monitoring Tests
All bay related tests will be checked and documented for each feeder and equipment
separately according with approved Signal List. Control of substation shall be affected
from the interlocking conditions and detailed bay display diagrams.
The method of man machine dialogue shall be a multi-stage procedure with verification
to ensure security of control. CLOSE and OPEN operation of switching devices are
tested by giving a command from BCU and checking of the command execution. At the
same time, the respective check back indications of switching position are checked at
the BCU. The correct registration in the event list will also be tested.
Furthermore the displays and handling BCU will be checked and for command execution
some faults will be simulated (e.g. Control authority, CMD interlocked, CMD Monitoring
time). Circuit breaker operation counter is checked on BCU display.
4.1 Circuit breaker control
Command Checked Remarks

-A605 Circuit Breaker
 Control and Display at BCU
 Control and Display at Mimic
Operation Counter (BCU display)
4.2 Disconnector Switch control

- Busbar 1 Disconnector
- Line Disconnector
- VT Disconnector
 Display at BCU (only position indication)
 Display at Mimic (only position indication)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3 Earthing Switch control

- Maintenance Earthing Switch
- High Speed Earthing Switch
4.4 Synchrocheck function
All CB controls have a synchrocheck function implemented in the bay controller (in
case of control from BCU, HMI or SCADA). Synchrocheck routine is as follows:
 Close command is given to the BCU. The unit checks the sync – conditions (Vdiff,
fdiff, angel) and closes the breaker if these conditions are fulfilled.
 Bypass of synchrocheck is not possible from BCU
4.5 Synchrocheck function BCU
To test synchrocheck functionality a test set is connected to the BCU’s analog inputs.
Commands are given from BCU.
Command/Synchrocheck Function Checked Remarks

Closing of Circuit Breaker is possible for:
 Dead line – dead bus
 Live line – dead bus
 Dead line – live bus
 Live line – live bus with fulfilled sync conditions (Vdiff,
fdiff, angle)
Blocking of command under not allowed conditions
 Line VT MCB Trip
 Bus Bar VT MCB Trip
 Live line – live bus with not fulfilled sync conditions
(Vdiff, fdiff, angle)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Parameter Setting Measured Checked Remarks

Min. voltage limit Umin
Max. voltage limit Umax
Threshold without voltage
Maximum duration of Synchronism-check
Max. Voltage difference
Max. frequency difference
Max. angle difference
4.6 Manual Synchrocheck function (If applicable)
To test synchrocheck functionality a test set is connected to the Manual synchrocheck

relay analog inputs. Commands are given from Mimic.

 Live line – live bus with fulfilled sync conditions (Vdiff,
fdiff, angle)
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Maximum duration of Synchronism-
check
5. Interlocking test
SAS Control is possible from Mimic, BCU, HMI or SCADA. Due to different control levels
the system has to prove the Control Authority before releasing the command. If Control
Authority is not given to the place of activation, the command must be blocked. Switching
the relevant LOER (LOCAL) switch will be displayed on event list.
Interlocking has be checked for all switching devices (Circuit Breakers, Isolators and
Earthing switches) for the respective feeder. Control of switchgear devices is only
possible if all interlocking conditions are fulfilled. Interlocking conditions are shown in
schematic diagrams of local control cubicles.
During testing Bay Interlocking and Switchgear Interlocking will be checked. All tests will
be documented bay-wise. Any deviation from the written logic will lead to failure of the
operation. The software interlocking bypass functionality is given by key switch Software
DE-Interlock (Normal/Interlocking OFF) on BCU. The software interlocking could be
bypassed in case of BCU Local control. Interlocking bypass is also possible from local
control cubicle (Emergency).
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Switching device MIMIC BCU

Circuit breaker
Busbar 1 disconnector
Line disconnector
Maintenance Earth switch
High Speed Earthing switch
Checked Remarks
Bay interlocking
Switchgear interlocking
BCU Interlocking Bypass
Control Authority
5.1 Interlocking diagrams
The bay related interlocking scheme will be verified and shall be attached.
6. Measurement
Measurement tests will be performed on all bays by current and voltage injection at the
secondary terminal of the BCU. The respective registration of measurement values will be
checked in the BCU.
checked
CT Ratio:
VT Ratio:
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.1 Current Measurement: Checked:
Injected Expected Indicated value

current value
L1 L2 L3
BCU HMI BCU HMI BCU HMI
Limit Supervision(if applicable)

Upper Limit 2
Upper Limit 1
Limit setting
Alarm processing
6.2 Voltage Measurement: Checked:

voltage value
L1-L2 L2-L3 L3-L1

Upper
Limit 2
Upper
Limit 1
Lower
Limit 1
Lower
Limit 2
Limit
setting
Alarm processing
Name:
Signature:
Date:

voltage value
L1-N L2-N L3-N
BCU BCU BCU
6.3 Frequency: Checked:
Injected frequency Hz Hz Hz
Indicated value
Limit Supervision
Upper Limit 2
Upper Limit 1
Lower Limit 1
Lower Limit 2
Limit setting
Alarm processing
6.4 Power Measurement:
Injected sec. values: 1 A / 66.4 V Ph-E Checked:
Phase Indicated Value

Angle
Active Power P [MW] Reactive Power Q [Mvar] Power Factor cos phi
I with ref. Expected BCU HMI Expected BCU HMI Expected BCU HMI
to V value value value
0°
60°
90°
120°
-30°
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.5 Reactive Power Limits:
Upper Limit 2
Upper Limit 1
Limit setting
Alarm processing
6.6 Power Factor Limits:
Lower Limit 1
Lower Limit 2
Limit setting
Alarm processing
7. Bay Level Alarm and Signals.
All the Alarm and signals related to the bay shall be verified locally according to approved
signal list.
Signal Local HMI / Led / ANN Checked
6. Verification Communication Redundancy/Ring Topology.
S. No Test Checked
1 Check the redundancy of the Ethernet switches located on the rear of
IED by failing communication link. The redundant Ethernet switch
shall carryout the communication without any interruption.
2 Check the ring topology of the Ethernet switched located on the rear
of IED by failing communication link of the Ethernet switch (breaking
the ring). The redundant Ethernet switch shall carryout the
communication without any interruption.
3 Verify the redundancy of the GPS servers feeding the GPS input
signal.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: Protection IED or I/O Box Record No. :
1. Local Control Cubicle Inspection
1.1. Installed Equipment
1.2. Cabinet arrangement
Mechanical construction of the related cabinet/ cubicle will be checked and ticked off
if considered ok.
1.3. Terminals and Wiring
Main attention has to be focused on the related process-device i.e.

BCU/BPU/BCPU within the cubicles and the SAS-network-connections (mainly for
fiber-optics).

Labels and Markings
undamaged.
MCB rating
AC sockets
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Hard- and software components are checked to ensure required functionalities.

Versions are recorded for later support purposes.

Device ID/Bay No:  BF -A201
Device type:  -
Order Number:  -
 Measurements

Firmware: 
Parameter-Set: 
Boot system: 
Web monitor: 
3. Verification Communication Redundancy/Ring Topology.
S.No Test Checked

Check the redundancy of the Ethernet switches located on the rear
1 of IED by failing communication link. The redundant Ethernet switch
Check the ring topology of the Ethernet switched located on the
rear of IED by failing communication link of the Ethernet switch
2
(breaking the ring). The redundant Ethernet switch shall carryout
the communication without any interruption.
Verify the redundancy of the GPS servers feeding the GPS input
3
signal.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Bay Level Alarm and Signals.
All the Alarm and signals related to the bay shall be verified locally according to
approved signal list.
Signal Local HMI / Led / ANN Checked
5. Connection With Engineering Workstation.
The connection and allocated IP address of the device should be verified with the
Engineering Workstation.
6. Verification of All Parameters and Configuration Before energization.
After completion of final settings. The protection and configuration parameters should
be verified with the Engineering workstation.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Description: SAS Station-HMI Record No. :
1. Control Cubicle Inspection
1.1. Installed Equipment
1.2. Cabinet arrangement
Mechanical construction of the related cabinet/ cubicle will be checked and

ticked off if considered ok.
1.3. Terminals and Wiring
Main attention has to be focused on the related process-device i.e.

BCU/BPU/BCPU within the cubicles and the SAS-network-connections (mainly
for fiber-optics).

Labels and Markings
undamaged.
MCB rating
AC sockets
Name:
Signature:
Date:
Hard- and software components are checked to ensure required functionalities.

Versions are recorded for later support purposes.

Device ID/Bay No:  BF -A201
Device type:  -
Order Number:  -
 Measurements

Firmware: 
Parameter-Set: 
Boot system: 
Web monitor: 
3. Station-HMI Display and Handling
3.1. Check of the Station-HMI Default and Control display. Layout handling and
control is demonstrated and checked.
Function / Picture Station-HMI-1 Station-HMI-1 Remarks

1 Handling of displays, control and menu
2 Event list
3 Alarm List
4 Analogue measurement list
5 Default Display
6 Control Display
7 Command execution of all CB/DS/ES etc
3.2. Check of the function Engineering workstation. Check that all the engineering
software are available and working properly.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4. Control and Monitoring Tests
All station related tests will be checked and documented for each feeder and
equipment separately according with approved Signal List. Control of substation shall
be checked it will include interlocking conditions and detailed bay display diagrams.
The method of man machine dialogue shall be a multi-stage procedure with

verification to ensure security of control. CLOSE and OPEN operation of switching
devices are tested by giving a command from Station-HMI and checking of the
command execution. At the same time, the respective check back indications of
switching position are checked at the BCU and physically. The correct registration in
the event list will also be tested.
Furthermore the displays and handling BCU will be checked and for command
execution some faults will be simulated (e.g. Control authority, CMD interlocked, CMD
Monitoring time). Circuit breaker operation counter is checked on BCU display.
4.1. Circuit breaker control

-A605 Circuit Breaker
 Control and Display at Station-HMI
Operation Counter (station-HMI display)
4.2. Disconnector Switch control

 Control and Display at Station-HMI.
- Line Disconnector
- VT Disconnector
 Display at Station-HMI. (only position
indication)
 Display at Mimic (only position indication)
Name:
Signature:
Date:
4.3. Earthing Switch control

- High Speed Earthing Switch
4.4. Synchrocheck function
All CB controls have a synchrocheck function implemented in the bay controller

(in case of control from BCU, HMI or SCADA). Synchrocheck routine is as
follows:
 Close command is given to the BCU. The unit checks the sync – conditions
(Vdiff, fdiff, angel) and closes the breaker if these conditions are fulfilled.
 Bypass of synchrocheck is not possible from BCU
Synchrocheck function BCU
To test synchrocheck functionality a test set is connected to the BCU’s analog
inputs. Commands are given from BCU.

 Live line – live bus with fulfilled sync conditions
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Maximum duration of
Synchronism-check
4.5. Manual Synchrocheck function (If applicable)
To test synchrocheck functionality a test set is connected to the Manual

synchrocheck relay analog inputs. Commands are given from Mimic.

 Live line – live bus with fulfilled sync conditions

Max. voltage limitUmax
Maximum duration of
Synchronism-check
Name:
Signature:
Date:
5. Interlocking test
SAS Control is possible from Mimic, BCU, HMI or SCADA. Due to different control
levels the system has to prove the Control Authority before releasing the command. If
Control Authority is not given to the place of activation, the command must be
blocked. Switching the relevant LOER (LOCAL) switch will be displayed on event list.
Interlocking has be checked for all switching devices (Circuit Breakers, Isolators and
Earthing switches) for the respective feeder. Control of switchgear devices is only
possible if all interlocking conditions are fulfilled. Interlocking conditions are shown in
schematic diagrams of local control cubicles.
During testing Bay Interlocking and Switchgear Interlocking will be checked. All tests
will be documented bay-wise. Any deviation from the written logic will lead to failure of
the operation. The software interlocking bypass functionality is given by key switch
Software DE-Interlock (Normal/Interlocking OFF) on BCU. The software interlocking
could be bypassed in case of BCU Local control. Interlocking bypass is also possible
from local control cubicle (Emergency).
Station-
Switching device MIMIC BCU
HMI
Circuit breaker
Line disconnector
High Speed Earthing switch
Checked
Bay interlocking
Switchgear interlocking
BCU Interlocking Bypass
Control Authority/Local/Remote
Interlocking diagrams and GOOSE signals:
The overall station related interlocking scheme will be verified and shall be attached.
The internal GOOSE signals shall be verified to prove the interlocking.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6. Measurement
Measurement tests will be performed on all bays by current and voltage injection at
the secondary terminal of the BCU. The respective registration of measurement
values will be checked in the BCU.
checked
CT Ratio:
VT Ratio:
6.1. Current Measurement: Checked:

current value
L1 L2 L3
6.2. Voltage Measurement: Checked:

voltage value
L1-L2 L2-L3 L3-L1
6.3. Frequency: Checked:
Injected frequency Hz Hz Hz
BCU Station- BCU Station- BCU Station-
HMI HMI HMI
Indicated value
Name:
Signature:
Date:
6.4. Power Measurement: Injected sec. values: 1 A / 66.4 V Ph-E Checked:
Phase Indicated Value

Angle
Active Power P [MW] Reactive Power Q Power Factor cos phi
[Mvar]
I with Expec BCU HMI Expec BCU HMI Expec BCU HMI
ref. to ted ted ted
V value value value
0°
60°
90°
120°
-30°
6.5. Reactive Power Limits:
Upper Limit 2
Upper Limit 1
Limit setting
Alarm processing
6.6. Power Factor Limits:
Lower Limit 1
Lower Limit 2
Limit setting
Alarm processing
7. Redundant Supply.
S No Test Checked
1 The DC to AC inverter shall be tested according the manufacturer
recommendations. The redundant supply shall be verified by failing
the main supply. There should not be any interruption during the
switching.
2 The redundant supply for the Ethernet switches shall be verified by
failing the main supply. There should not be any interruption during
the switching.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
8. Redundancy/Ring Topology.
S No Test Checked
1 Check the redundancy of the Ethernet switches located on the rear

of IED by failing communication link. The redundant Ethernet switch
2 Check the ring topology of the Ethernet switches by failing
communication link (breaking the ring). The redundant Ethernet
switch shall carryout the communication without any interruption.
3 Verify the redundancy of the GPS servers feeding the GPS input
signal.
9. Functional check of all peripheral devices such as printers/monitors/keyboards etc.
S No Test Checked
1 Functional check of all peripheral devices such as printers /
monitors / keyboards
10. Alarm and Signals for All IED’s (SOE events for Protection and Control).
All the Alarm and signals related to substation shall be verified at Station-HMI according
to approved signal list.
Signal Station-HMI/ Local IED Checked
Name:
Signature:
Date:
11. Remote Control and monitoring form SCADA mater station.
S No Test Checked
1 Check the operation of SAS with the SCADA master station(to
be done by SCADA representative)
12. Communication Firewall.
S.No Test Checked

Check the operation of Communication Firewall (to be done by
1
SCADA representative)
13. SAS Self-supervision and Internal system Alarms.
S No Test Checked
Check function of SAS internal alarms list such as
1 communication failure, internal supply failure and internal
system alarms.
14. Checking of Basic functions.
S.No Test Checked

1 Control mode selection (Local /Off / Emergency / Remote)
2 Select-before-execute principle.
Command supervision(Interlocking and blocking Double
3
command).
4 Synchrocheck, voltage selection.
Transformer tap changer control raise/lower (for power
5
transformer bays).
6 Operation counters for circuit breakers.
7 Anti-pumping of circuit breaker (open/close).
8 Operating pressure supervision through digital contacts only.
9 Display of interlocking and blocking.
10 Breaker position indication.
11 Local HMI (local guided, emergency mode).
12 Data storage for at least 200 events.
Disturbance recording with capabilities for all analogue and
13
binary values.
14 Status supervision for equipment.
Name:
Signature:
Date:
15. Station HMI Reports.
S No Test Checked
The Station-HMI should be capable of Producing Trend
Reports for the connected load based on the historoical data.
1
The trend reports should be based on daily, monthly semi
anual and yearly basis.
The Station-HMI should be capable of displaying historical
2 data for the respective bays. The historical data should be
based on, daily, 15min, weekly, monthly and yearly basis.
16. Automatic disturbance file transfer.
S No Test Checked
All recorded data from the IEDs with integrated disturbance
recorder as well as dedicated disturbance recording systems
1 shall be automatically uploaded (event triggered once per day)
to the Station HMI computer equipment, with data stored on
hard disk.
Name:
Signature:
Date:

Bus BAr

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bus BAr

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Commissioning Service Department

Commissioning Standard Test Formats

Commissioning Reference Test Formats is the reference of test formats on site

The Commissioing Refrence Test Formats divided into tow parts:

3. Limitation of tests on site should be informed and notified to Technical

NEW TEST FORMAT APPROVAL PROCEDURE FOR NEW EQUIPMENT NOT

CONTRACTOR sends new test format to

CSD-technica support &

CSD-technica support & coordination division

Low Impedance Bus Bar Protection Relay 7SS 522 165

Functional Checks of Medium Voltage Bus Earthing ---------- panel 576

Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

1. General data & information:

2. Mechanical checks & visual inspection:

As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.33.1

Item Description Status

3. Electrical test: As per TCS –P – 105, Rev – 01, Item no 3.33.2

3.1. Insulation Test:

Applied voltage: 1000V Duration: 1min.

Connection Measured insulation value Remarks

Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

3.2. Main Circuit Resistance Test:

Circuit Reference Measured Resistance (µΩ)

3.3. MCB Testing:

MCB Details Operating Time Aux.

3.4. MCCB Testing:

Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

MCB Details Operating Time

3.5. A.C. Ammeter Test: (by secondary injection)

% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale

3.6. A.C. Milli Ammeter Test: (by secondary injection):

Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale reading

3.7. A.C. Voltmeter Test: (by secondary injection)

% Error = (Observed meter reading-Calculated meter reading)/Full scale reading

3.8. High Voltage Test:

3.8.1. General Data and Information:

3.8.2. INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST:

*** All MCBS in open condition

Description : AC Distribution Panel Record No. :

. R – (Y+B+E) Y –(R+B+E) B –(R+Y+E)

3.8.3. BUS BAR HIGH VOLTAGE TEST:

***All MCB’S In Open Condition

Injected Connected to Neon voltage indicators Leakage Current in mA

4. Test Equipment Used:

Item Description Make Equipment Sl. No Calibration Calibration

Description : Auxilliary Transformer Tests Record No. :

1. Name Plate Details

2. Mechanical Check And Visual Inspection

Item Description Remarks

3. Insulation Resistance & Polarization Index Test

Time HV-LV HV- Earth. LV- Earth. Remarks

Description : Auxilliary Transformer Tests Record No. :

NOTE: Polarization Index = IR Value at 10 min. / IR Value at 1 min

4. Winding Resistance Test

Tap Position Measured Value (Ohm) Mean Factory

Mean Value Factory Test

Temperature correction formula:

Condition: 1. three phase voltages applied on HV side, by keeping

2. Current measurement carried at HV terminals.

Description : Auxilliary Transformer Tests Record No. :

Magnetizing Current in m A at Primary

Measured voltages following

Result: Vector Group _________